Tata McGraw-Hill Education -Mechanical

offers a wide variety of online products categorized as Content, Mobile Learning, Course Management Systems/Online
Testing and Multimedia
Content products offer online coursework that complements the textbook. Mobile Learning applications offer tests which help learners test their
understanding of the concepts and preparedness for various examinations. Course management systems/Online testing products focus on how well
students are doing in class. And Multimedia products include interactive study aids that help students learn through animation.
No matter which products our customers choose, they can count on unparalleled service that answers every question through the life of the adoption.
We Publish digital solutions
McGraw-Hill Connect is a web-based
assignment and assessment platform
that gives you the power to create
assignments, practice, tests, and quizzes
online, while saving your time!
connect provides the problems directly
form the end-of-chapter material in your
McGraw-Hill textbook, so you can easily
create assignments and tests and deliver
them to your students. Connect grades
an assignment automatically, provides
instant feedback to sutdents, and
securely stores all student results.
Detailed results let you see at a glance
how each student performs, and easily
track the progress of every student in
your course.
These new and improved sites offer
instructors an instant online presence
with a ready-to-go Website that ties
directly to their book. Students can visit
the site for key terms, Quizzes, exercises,
and more. Instructors can have this
book-Specific contect delivered in
pageOut of other course management
systems like Blackboard or WebCT.
Easy-to-use desktop test generator used for creating paper tests. Create paper tests
from book specific banks or write your own algorithmic questions using simple
question templates. You can also create multiple versions of the same test.
www.mhhe.com/eztest
COURSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS/ONLINE ASSESSMENT & TESTING
CONTENT
E-BOOK LIBRARY
Online Learning Center
EZ Test
1. Business Management
2. Computer Engineering
3. Mechanical Engineering
4. Electrical & Electronics Engineering
5. Civil Engineering
6. First Year Engineering
7. Business & General Reference
8. Science & Mathematics
9. Science & Technology
§ IP based 24x7 access across the campus network
§ the eBooks are available in pdf format
§ eBooks Reader Independent Platform
§ The platform allows every user to create a personalized login to save their searches
& personal notes
§ Personalized Notes
§ Search & Retrieval
§ The users will be able to print and email their notes & saved searches
§ Exhaustive Cross-Referencing Facility
§ The product can be accessed by 50 concurrent users
Disciplines covered
Tata McGraw-Hill now offers Express Library-a library of 500 select e-books in
Engineering, Computing, Technology and related Management areas. The library is
available on Mylibrary platform which offers organizations the ability to acquire and
access digital content on an individual title, publisher-specific or subject collection
basis, based on the unique requirements and re-sources.
Features
press
Tata McGraw- Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
B-4, Sector-63, Dist. Gautam Budh Nagar
Noida, UP-201301
Ph.: +91- 120 4383400
Fax : +91 120 4383401-403
E-mail : vijay_sarathi@mcgraw-hill.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 1
ENGINEERING
MECHANICS
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
1st Edition
By N H Dubey, Engineering
Coordinator, Vidyalankar Institute of
Technology, Wadala, Mumbai
2011 / 700 Pages (T)
ISBN : 9780071072595
This book caters to the need of first year
Engineering Students under all the
B.Tech branches that enables them to
achieve a firm footage in the subject.
The text covers 95-100% syllabi of all
major Indian Universities. The complete
package of topical coverage, perfect
depth of theory and rich pedagogy will
help the students understand the
subject better.
FEATURES
• Easy to grasp and engaging theory
with practical day to day application
• Procedures, Steps, Special Cases
present throughout the book
• 1000+ solved problems, MCQ’s,
Exercise problems, Review
questions, and Fill-in-the blanks
• Basic Trigonometry and Calculus
given as appendix comes very
handy for the students
• Excellent illustrations explain the 3D
aspect of engineering
CONTENTS
Unit 1. Introduction to Mechanics -
Statics Unit 2. Resultant of system of
forces Unit 3. Equilibrium of system of
forces Unit 4. Forces in Space Unit 5.
Centre of gravity Unit 6. Moment of
Inertia Unit 7. Structural Analysis –
Beams and trusses Unit 8. Friction Unit
9. Principle of Virtual Work Unit 10.
Simple Lifting Machines Unit 11. Stress
and Strains Unit 12. Introduction to
Dynamics Unit 13. Kinematics of
Particles Unit 14. Kinematics of Rigid
Bodies Unit 15. Kinetics of Particle Unit
16. Kinetics of Rigid Bodies
VECTOR MECHANICS FOR
ENGINEERS: STATICS AND
DYNAMICS, (SI Units)
9th dition
2010 / 1326 Pages
ISBN : 9780070700307
by Ferdinand P. Beer, Lehigh
University, E. Russell Johnston,
University of Connecticut, David F.
Mazurek, U.S. Coast Guard Academy,
Phillip J. Cornwell, Rose-Hulman
Institute of Technology, Elliot R.
Eisenberg, The Pennsylvania State
University, Dr. Sanjeev Sanghi, Indian
Institute of Technology, Delhi
The Beer/Johnston textbooks have over
the years introduced significant
pedagogical innovations into
engineering mechanics teaching.
Careful presentation of content,
unmatched levels of accuracy, and
attention to detail has made these texts
the standard for excellence. This book,
the ninth edition of the classic text
Vector Mechanics for Engineers: Statics
& Dynamics continues in the spirit of its
successful previous editions, provides
conceptually accurate and thorough
coverage together with a significant
refreshment of the exercise sets and
problems.
FEATURES
• SI Units used throughout the book.
• Visual Program: Liberal use of
effective-forces diagrams to achieve
a more intuitive and complete
understanding of fundamental
principles.
• Real World Examples, Applications
& Problems: Helps students identify
circumstances in there daily lives
and better understand the concepts.
• Computer and Design Problems:
Problems are designed to be easily
solved using popular computational
programs like Matlab®, Mathcad®,
and Maple™. The computer
problems focus on symbolic
manipulation and plotting rather than
programming aspects
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Statics of Particles 3.
Rigid Bodies: Equivalent Systems of
Forces 4. Equilibrium of Rigid Bodies 5.
Distributed Forces: Centroids and
Centers of Gravity 6. Analysis of
Structures 7. Forces in Beams and
Cables 8. Friction 9. Distributed Forces:
Moments of Inertia 10. Method of Virtual
Work 11. Kinematics of Particles 12.
Kinetics of Particles: Newton’s Second
Law 13. Kinetics of Particles: Energy
and Momentum Methods 14. Systems
of Particles 15. Kinematics of Rigid
Bodies 16. Plane Motion of Rigid
Bodies: Forces and Accelerations 17.
Plane Motion of Rigid Bodies: Energy
and Momentum Methods 18. Kinetics of
Rigid Bodies in Three Dimensions 19.
Mechanical Vibrations
US Edition
VECTOR MECHANICS FOR
ENGINEERS:
STATICS AND DYNAMICS
9th Edition
by Ferdinand P. Beer (deceased)
E Russell Johnston, Jr., University of
Connecticut; Elliot R Eisenberg,
Pennsylvania State University;
David Mazurek, U S Coast Guard
Academy
2009 / 1376 Pages
ISBN : 9780077275556
Continuing in the spirit of its successful
previous editions, the ninth “edition of
Beer, Johnston, Mazurek, and
Cornwell's Vector Mechanics “for
Engineers provides conceptually
accurate and thorough coverage
“together with a significant refreshment
of the exercise sets and online “delivery
of homework problems to your students.
Nearly forty percent “of the problems in
the text are changed from the previous
edition. “The Beer/Johnston textbooks
introduced significant pedagogical
“innovations into engineering mechanics
teaching. The consistent, “accurate
problem-solving methodology gives your
students the best “opportunity to learn
statics and dynamics. At the same time,
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
2 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
the careful “presentation of content,
unmatched levels of accuracy, and
attention “to detail have made these
texts the standard for excellence.
FEATURES
• Online Homework specific to the
text is provided Many problems “are
algorithmically-generated giving the
instructor a wide array of “problems
for assignment to students
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Statics of Particles
3. Rigid Bodies : Equivalent Systems of
Forces 4. Equilibrium of Rigid Bodies
5. Distributed Forces: Centroids and
Centers of Gravity 6. Analysis of
Structures 7. Forces in Beams and
Cables 8. Friction 9. Distributed Forces:
Moments of Inertia 10. Method of Virtual
Work 11. Kinematics of Particles 12.
Kinetics of Particles: Newton's Second
Law 13. Kinetics of Particles: Energy and
Momentum Methods 14. Systems of
Particles 15. Kinematics of Rigid Bodies
16. Plane Motion of Rigid Bodies: Forces
and Accelerations 17. Plane Motion of
Rigid Bodies: Energy and Momentum
Methods 18. Kinetics of Rigid Bodies in
Three Dimensions 19. Mechanical
Vibrations“ Appendix Fundamentals of
Engineering Examination
VECTOR MECHANICS FOR
ENGINEERS: STATICS, (SI Units)
9th Edition
by Ferdinand P. Beer, Lehigh
University, E. Russell Johnston,
University of Connecticut, David F.
Mazurek, U.S. Coast Guard Academy,
Phillip J. Cornwell, Rose-Hulman
Institute of Technology, Elliot R.
Eisenberg, The Pennsylvania State
University, Dr. Sanjeev Sanghi, Indian
Institute of Technology, Delhi
2010 / 648 Pages
ISBN : 9780070700314
The Beer/Johnston textbooks have over
the years introduced significant
pedagogical innovations into
engineering mechanics teaching.
Careful presentation of content,
unmatched levels of accuracy, and
attention to detail has made these texts
the standard for excellence. This book,
the ninth edition of the classic text
Vector Mechanics for Engineers:
Dynamics continues in the spirit of its
successful previous editions, provides
conceptually accurate and thorough
coverage together with a significant
refreshment of the exercise sets and
problems.
FEATURES
• SI Units used throughout the book.
• Visual Program: Liberal use of
effective-forces diagrams to achieve
a more intuitive and complete
understanding of fundamental
principles.
• Real World Examples, Applications
& Problems: Helps students identify
circumstances in there daily lives
and better understand the concepts.
• Computer and Design Problems:
Problems are designed to be easily
solved using popular computational
programs like Matlab®, Mathcad®,
and Maple™. The computer
problems focus on symbolic
manipulation and plotting rather than
programming aspects
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Statics of Particles 3.
Rigid Bodies: Equivalent Systems of
Forces 4. Equilibrium of Rigid Bodies 5.
Distributed Forces: Centroids and
Centers of Gravity 6. Analysis of
Structures 7. Forces in Beams and
Cables 8. Friction 9. Distributed Forces:
Moments of Inertia 10. Method of Virtual
Work
US Edition
VECTOR MECHANICS FOR
ENGINEERS: STATICS
9th Edition
by Ferdinand P Beer (deceased);
E. Russell Johnston, Jr.University of
Connecticut; Elliot R Eisenberg,
Pennsylvania State University;
David Mazurek, U S Coast Guard
Academy
2009 / 992 Pages
ISBN : 9780077275563
Continuing in the spirit of its successful
previous editions, the ninth edition of
Beer, Johnston, Mazurek, and
Cornwell's Vector Mechanics for
Engineers provides conceptually
accurate and thorough coverage
together with a significant refreshment
of the exercise sets and online delivery
of homework problems to your students.
Nearly forty percent of the problems in
the text are changed from the previous
edition. The Beer/Johnston textbooks
introduced significant pedagogical
innovations into engineering mechanics
teaching. The consistent, accurate
problem-solving methodology gives your
students the best opportunity to learn
statics and dynamics.
FEATURES
• Online Homework specific to the
text is provided Many problems are
algorithmically-generated giving the
instructor a wide array of problems
for assignment to students
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Statics of Particles 3.
Rigid Bodies : Equivalent Systems of
Forces 4. Equilibrium of Rigid Bodies 5.
Distributed Forces : Centroids and
Centers of Gravity 6. Analysis of
Structures 7. Forces in Beams and
Cables 8. Friction 9. Distributed Forces
: Moments of Inertia 10. Method of Virtual
Work / Fundamentals of Engineering
Examination / Index / Answers to
Problems
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 3
VECTOR MECHANICS FOR
ENGINEERS: DYNAMICS, (SI Units)
9th Edition
by Ferdinand P. Beer, Lehigh
University, E. Russell Johnston,
University of Connecticut, David F.
Mazurek, U.S. Coast Guard Academy,
Phillip J. Cornwell, Rose-Hulman
Institute of Technology, Elliot R.
Eisenberg, The Pennsylvania State
University, Dr. Sanjeev Sanghi, Indian
Institute of Technology, Delhi
2010 / 726 Pages
ISBN : 9780070700321
The Beer/Johnston textbooks have over
the years introduced significant
pedagogical innovations into
engineering mechanics teaching.
Careful presentation of content,
unmatched levels of accuracy, and
attention to detail has made these texts
the standard for excellence. This book,
the ninth edition of the classic text
Vector Mechanics for Engineers:
Dynamics continues in the spirit of its
successful previous editions, provides
conceptually accurate and thorough
coverage together with a significant
refreshment of the exercise sets and
problems.
FEATURES
• SI Units used throughout the book.
• Visual Program: Liberal use of
effective-forces diagrams to achieve
a more intuitive and complete
understanding of fundamental
principles.
• Real World Examples, Applications
& Problems: Helps students identify
circumstances in there daily lives
and better understand the concepts.
• Computer and Design Problems:
Problems are designed to be easily
solved using popular computational
programs like Matlab®, Mathcad®,
and Maple™. The computer
problems focus on symbolic
manipulation and plotting rather than
programming aspects
CONTENTS
11. Kinematics of Particles 12. Kinetics
of Particles: Newton’s Second Law 13.
Kinetics of Particles: Energy and
Momentum Methods 14. Systems of
Particles 15. Kinematics of Rigid Bodies
16. Plane Motion of Rigid Bodies:
Forces and Accelerations 17. Plane
Motion of Rigid Bodies: Energy and
Momentum Methods 18. Kinetics of
Rigid Bodies on Three Dimensions 19.
Mechanical Vibrations
US Edition
VECTOR MECHANICS FOR
ENGINEERS : DYNAMICS
9th Edition
by Ferdinand P Beer (deceased); E
Russell Johnston, Jr.University of
Connecticut; Elliot R Eisenberg,
Pennsylvania State University;
David Mazurek, U S Coast Guard
Academy
2009
ISBN : 9780077295493
Continuing in the spirit of its successful
previous editions, the ninth edition of
Beer, Johnston, Mazurek, and
Cornwell's Vector Mechanics for
Engineers provides conceptually
accurate and thorough coverage
together with a significant refreshment
of the exercise sets and online delivery
of homework problems to your students.
Nearly forty percent of the problems in
the text are changed from the previous
edition. The Beer/Johnston textbooks
introduced significant pedagogical
innovations into engineering mechanics
teaching. The consistent, accurate
problem-solving methodology gives your
students the best opportunity to learn
statics and dynamics. At the same time,
the careful presentation of content,
unmatched levels of accuracy, and
attention to detail have made these texts
the standard for excellence.
FEATURES
• Thoroughly Refreshed Problem Set
in the Ninth Edition 40% of the
problems are updated from the
previous edition
• Online Homework specific to the
text is provided Many problems are
algorithmically-generated giving the
instructor a wide array of problems
for assignment to students
CONTENTS
11. Kinematics of Particles 12. Kinetics
of Particles : Newton's Second Law 13.
Kinetics of Particles : Energy and
Momentum Methods 14. Systems of
Particles 15. Kinematics of Rigid Bodies
16. Plane Motion of Rigid Bodies : Forces
and Accelerations 17. Plane Motion of
Rigid Bodies : Energy and Momentum
Methods 18. Kinetics of Rigid Bodies in
Three Dimensions 19. Mechanical
Vibrations / Appendix A Useful Definitions
and Properties of Vector Algebra /
Appendix B Moments of Inertia of
Masses / Appendix C Fundamentals of
Engineering Examination
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Revised 4th Edition
(Speical Indian Edition)
by Stephan Timoshenko, D H Young,
Stanford University and J.V. Rao,
Bapatla Engineering College
2006 / 680 Pages
ISBN : 9780070616806
Fundamentals of Engineering
Mechanics are crucial as they are the
basics that every engineer must
understand. Sound understanding of
Mechanics is the foundation for a
successful engineer. This book on
Engineering Mechanics presents the
fundamentals of Statics and Dynamics
using the scalar approach
FEATURES
• Follows the Scalar Approach.
• SI Units
• Illustrative examples worked out in
algebraic formulae form : Numerical
data punched into the formulae
gives the answers – helps the
students in checking answers
PEDAGOGY
• 232 New Solved Examples
• 800 New Practice Problems
• 227 Review Questions
• 113 Objective Type Questions
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
4 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CONTENTS
Part I: Statics
1. Introduction 2. Concurrent Forces in a
Plane 3. Parallel Forces in a Plane 4.
General Case of Forces in a Plane 5.
Force Systems in Space 6. Principles of
Virtual Work Part II: Dynamics7.
Rectilinear Translation 8. Curvilinear
Translation 9. Rotation of a Rigid Body
About a Fixed Axis 10. Plane Motion of
a Rigid Body 11. Relative Motion
Appendix I: Moments of Inertia of Plane
Figures Appendix II: Moments of Inertia
of Material Bodies Appendix III: Forced
Vibrations Appendix IV: Balancing of
Rigid Rotors
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
by A. Nelson Formerly with Aurora
Engineering College, Nalgonda
2009 / Pages: 730
ISBN : 9780070146143
Meant for the first year students of all
engineering disciplines, this book on
Engineering Mechanics covers statics
and dynamics using the vector
approach. In-depth explanations, varied
solved examples with 3-dimensional
diagrams make this a complete offering
on the subject.
FEATURES
• In SI Units
• Follows the Vector Approach
• Excellent depth of coverage:
Detailed explanations supported
with apt diagrammatic
representations in a very organized
manner render good understanding
of the subject.
• Diagrams : Illustrious 3D diagrams
help in clear understanding of the
topics
CONTENTS
1.Introduction to engineering mechanicsbasic
concepts. 2. Vector Algebra 3.
System of forces and resultant
(concurrent forces) 4. System of forces
and resultant (non concurrent forces) 5.
Equilibrium of system of forces. 6.
Friction 7. Application of friction 8. Centre
of gravity and centroid. 9. Moment of
inertia 10. Mass moment of inertia 11.
Virtual work 12. Kinematics of particles
(rectilinear motion) 13. Kinematics of
particles (curvilinear motion) 14. Kinetics
of particles 15. Work and energy 16.
Impulse and momentum 17. Kinematics
of rigid bodies 18. Kinetics of rigid bodies
19. Vibrations
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
4th Edition
by K. L. Kumar Professor & Head
Department of Design and Technology
University of Botswana, Botswana.
2010 / 675 Pages
ISBN : 9780070681811
This new edition of the book offers the
complete coverage of Engineering
Mechanics paper for the students taking
the paper on Engineering Drawing in
first year, common to all B.Tech courses
. The emphasis on Coverage, Reliance
on Figures, Abundance of Examples,
Experiment in Mechanics and use of SI
Units make the book complete and
easy-to-follow!
FEATURES
• In SI Units
• Follows Vector approach
• New concepts on ‘Beams, Shear
Force and Bending Moment’.
• 15 laboratory experiments with
relevant topics
• Hints for tutorial problems to help
the reader attempt all the problems
• Separate coverage of the principles
in Statics and Dynamics followed by
Applications
• Rich pool of pedagogy of solved
problems and students’ practice
problems needed by practicing
engineers.
• Solved Problems. 271
• Concept Review Questions
111
• Unsolved Problems. 341
• Multiple Choice Question.
115
• Experiments. 15
• Total. 853
CONTENTS
1. Engineering Mechanics. What and
Why? 2. Forces and Force Systems 3.
Equilibrium of A Particle and A Rigid 4.
Centroid, Centre of Mass and Gravity
5. Kinematics of a Particle 6. Dynamics
of a Particle and of the Mass Centre of
any System 7. Kinematics of a Rigid
Body 8. Moment of Inertia. Area and
Mass 9. Dynamics of a Rigid Body 10.
Virtual Work and Potential Energy
Principles 11. Vibrations of Simple
Mechanical Systems APPENDICES
Appendix 1 Properties of Plane
Figures. (Line and Area Elements)
Appendix 2 Properties of Solid Bodies.
(Thin, solid and Hollow Bodies) Hints to
Tutorial Problems
International Edition
MECHANICS FOR ENGINEERS:
STATICS
5th Edition
by Ferdinand P. Beer, (Deceased), and
E. Russell Johnston, Jr. University of
connecticut
2008 / 480 Pages
ISBN : 9780071275347
The first book published in the Beer and
Johnston Series, Mechanics for
Engineers : Statics is a scalar-based
introductory statics text, ideally suited
for engineering technology program,s
providing first-rate treatment of rigid
bodies without vector mechanics. This
new edition provides an extensive
selection of new problem and end-ofchapter
summaries.
FEATURES
• Features precision, accuracy, and
math level appropriate for
Engineering Technology courses.
• A Mathematics Review section
helps students understand the
basics of the scalar math used in
statics & dynamics.
• Sample Problem are included to
help students work through the
solution of typical engineering
problems and prepare for the
assigned chapter homework
problems.
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 5
CONTENTS
1.Introduction 2. Statics of Particles 3.
Statics of Rigid bodies in Two
Dimensions. 4. Statics of Rigid Bodies
in Three Dinensions. 5. Distributed
Forces : Centroids and Centres of
Gravity. 6. Analysis of Structures. 7.
Forces in Beams and Cables. 8. Friction.
9. Distributed Forces : Moments of
Inertia. 10. Method of Virtual Work Index.
Answers to Even-Numbered Problems.
International Edition
MECHANICS FOR ENGINEERS:
DYNAMICS
5th Edition
by Ferdinand P. Beer, (Deceased), and
E. Russell Johnston, Jr. University of
Connecticut
2008 / 928 Pages
ISBN : 9780071275361
The first book published in the Beer and
Johnston Series, Mechanics for
Engineers : Dynamics is a scalar-based
introductory dynamics text, ideally suited
for engineering technology programs,
providing first-rate treatment of rigid
bodies without vector mechanics. This
new edition provides an extensive
selection of new problems and end-ofchapter
summaries. The text brings the
careful presentation of content,
unmatched levels of accuracy, and
attention to detail that have made Beer
and Johnston texts the standard for
excellence in engineering mechanics
education.
FEATURES
• Sample Problems are included to
help students work through the
solution of typical engineering
problems and prepare for the
assigned chapter homework
problems.
• A Mathematics Review section
helps students understand the
basics of the scalar math used in
statics & dynamics.
• Features precision, accuracy, and
math level appropriate for
Engineering Technology courses.
CONTENTS
11. Kinematics of Particles. 12. Kinetics
of Particles : Newtons Second Law. 13.
Kinetics of Particles : work and Energy.
14. Kinetics of Particles: Impulse and
Momentum. 15. Kinematics of Rigid
Bodies. 16. Kinetics of Rigid Bodies
Forces and Accelerations. 17. Kinetics
of Rigid Bodies : Work and Energy. 18.
Kinetics of Rigid Bodies: Impulse and
Momentum. 19. Mechanical Vibrations.
Appendix. Moments of Inertia in Masses.
Index. Answers to Problems.
US Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF
ENGINEERING MECHANIC
5th Edition
by William McLean, Lafayette College;
E. W. Nelson
1998 / 480 Pages
ISBN : 9780070461932
CONTENTS
1. Vectors 2. Operations with Forces 3.
Resultants of Coplanar Force Systems
4. Resultants of Noncoplanar Force
Systems 5. Equilibrium of Coplanar
Force Systems 6. Equilibrium of
Noncoplanar Force Systems 7.
Trusses and Cables 8. Forces in
Beams 9. Friction 10. First Moments
and Centroids 11. Virtual Work 12.
Kinematics of a Particle 13. Dynamics
of a Particle 14. Kinematics of a Rigid
Body in Plane Motion
International Edition
ANALYTICAL DYNAMICS
by Haim Baruh, Rutgers University,
New Brunswick
1999 / 704 Pages
ISBN : 0-07-116094-9 [IE]
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. Basic Principles. 3.
Relative Motion. 4. Dynamics of a
System of Particles. 5. Analytical
Mechanics : Basic Concepts. 6.
Analytical Mechanics : Additional
Concepts. 7. Rigid-Body Geometry 8.
Rigid Body Kinematics. 9. Rigid Body
Dynamics : Basic Concepts. 10. Rigid
Body Dynamics : Advanced Concepts.
11. Qualitative Analysis of Rigid Body
Motion. 12. Dynamics of Lightly Flexible
Bodies. Appendices : Chapter A : A
History of Mechanics. Chapter B :
Concepts from the Calculus of
Variations. Chapter C : Common Mass
Moments of Inertia.
STRENGTH OF
MATERIALS
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
2nd Edition
by S S Rattan, Professor and Head,
Mechanical Engineering Department,
National Institute of Technology,
Kurukshetra
2011 / 733 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072564
This book is intended for an
undergraduate course on Strength of
Materials. Each chapter is written in a
simple, crisp and logical way, with
gradual build-up of concepts. The
language is lucid and easy to
understand, yet precisely scientific.
Theoretical explanations and
mathematical derivations are supported
ENGINEERING MECHANICS • STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
6 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
with well-labeled and clear figures along
with systematically solved examples to
enhance the understanding of the
concepts.
KEY FEATURES
• New chapter on Theories of Failure
• Enhanced coverage of Stress and
Strain, and Beams
• More than 100 new solved
examples and 65 numerical
problems
• Summary at the end of each
chapter
• Rich pedagogy including
• Over 540 illustrations
• 440 Solved Examples
• 220 Objective Type Questions
• 175 Review Questions
• 210 Problems
CONTENTS
1. Simple Stress and Strain 2.
Compound Stress and Strain 3. Strain
Energy 4. Shear Force and Bending
Moment 5. Bending Stress in Beams 6.
Shear Stress in Beams 7. Slope and
Deflection 8. Fixed and Continuous
Beams 9. Bending of Curved Bars 10.
Torsion 11. Springs 12. Columns and
Struts 13. Cylinders and Spheres 14.
Rotating Discs and Cylinders 15.
Theories of Failure 16. Circular Plates
17. Plastic Bending and Torsion 18.
Plane Frame Structures 19. Properties
and Testing of Materials
MECHANICS OF MATERIALS
5th Edition
(SI Units)
(Special Indian Edition)
by Ferdinand P. Beer, Late of Lehigh
University; E. Russell Johnston, , Jr.
University of Connecticut; John T.
Dewolf, University of Connecticut;
David F. Mazurek, United States Coast
Guard Academy
2009 / 804 Pages
ISBN : 9780070153899
The fifth edition of Beer,Johnston,
DeWolf, and Mazurek’s Mechanics of
Materials maintains the spirit of its
successful previous editions that have
made this book standard in solid
mechanics for over two decades. It
provides a precise presentation of
subject illustrated with numerous
engineering examples that help the
students easily understand and related
to theory and applications.
FEATURES
• Exhaustive exposure to the analysis
of the stresses and corresponding
deformations in various structural
members
• Liberal use of free-body diagrams to
determine external and internal
forces
• Unique style of presentation
portrays a rare combination of
scientific language, appropriate
mathematical descriptions with
logical flow of topics
• Computer problemsat the end of
each chapter.
• Rich pool of pedagogy includes
• 176 Solved problems
• 1498 Exercise problems
• 72 Computer problems
• 1686 Figures
CONTENTS
1. Introduction – Concept of Stress 2.
Stress and Strain – Axial Loading 3.
Torsion 4. Pure Bending 5. Analysis
and Design of Beams for Bending 6.
Shearing Stresses in Beams and Thin
– Walled Members 7. Transformers of
stress and Strain 8. Principal Stresses
under Given Loading Conditions 9.
Deflection of Beams 10. Columns 11.
Energy Methods
ADVANCED MECHANICS
OF SOLIDS
3rd Edition
by L.S. Srinath, Formerly Director
Indian Institute of Technology, Madras,
Chennai
2008 / 524 Pages
ISBN : 9780070262126
This comprehensive text on Mechanics
of Deformable Solids provides a firm
understanding of the subject after an
introductory course on Strength of
Materials. In-depth treatment of stress
and strain analysis, applications of
various strain energy theorems, thermal
stresses, composites, stress
concentration and make this book a
unique offering on this subject.
FEATURES
• Clear concepts of the states of
stress and strain at a point and
methods to determine their principal
values
• Exhaustive treatment of energy
methods covering theorems of
castigliano, Virtual work, Kirchoff,
Menabrea, Least work, and
Engesser
• Torsion of multiple cell sections and
shafts with and without holes
NEW SECTIONS ON
• Stress concentration
• Fracture Mechanics
CONTENTS
1. Analysis of Stress 2. Analysis of Strain
3. Stress-Strain Relations for Linearly
Elastic Solids 4. Theories of Failure or
Yield Criteria and Introduction to Ideally
Plastic Solid 5. Energy Methods 6.
Bending of Beams 7. Torsion 8.
Axisymmetric Problems 9. Thermal
Stresses 10. Elastic Stability 11.
Introduction to Composite Materials
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 7
AN INTRODUCTION TO
MECHANICS OF SOLIDS
3rd Edition
by Stephen H. Crandall, Department
of Mechanical Engineering,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
Norman C. Dahl, Department of
Mechanical Engineering,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
Thomas J. Lardner, Department of
Mechanical Engineering,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
M S Sivakumar, Professor, Department
of Applied Mechanics, IIT Madras,
Chennai
2012 / 1592 pages
ISBN : 9780071070034
This text is based on the understanding
and application of three fundamental
physical consideration which govern the
mechanics of solids in equilibrium. All
the discussion and theoretical
development is explicitly related to these
three basic considerations. This
approach brings in unity to an
elementary presentation of the subject.
It puts considerable emphasis has been
put on the process of constructing
idealized models to represent actual
physical situations.
FEATURES
• Completely SI Metricated.
• Every topic has been linked to the
fundamental principles of strength of
materials.
• The introduction of tensor concept
at the initial level is unique to the
book.
• The book starts with all crude
approximations and goes on
removing them one by one leading
to a more realistic picture of the
concept in mind.
• Solved Examples and Numerical
Problems contain variety of
situations ranging from biology to
the design of nuclear-reactor
containment vessels in order to
depict the application of theoretical
concepts to real world problems.
• Web Supplements: Solution Manual
for Instructors
CONTENTS
1. Fundamental Principles of Mechanics
2. Introduction to Mechanics of
Deformable Bodies 3. Forces and
Moments Transmitted by Slender
Members 4. Stress and Strain 5. Stress-
Strain-Temperature Relations 6. Torsion
7. Stresses due to Bending 8. Deflection
due to Bending 9. Stability of Equilibrium:
Buckling
MECHANICAL BEHAVIOR OF
MATERIALS, 2nd Edition
by Thomas H. Courtney, Michigan
Technological Univ
2012 / 751 pages
ISBN : 9781259027512
This book presents a comprehensive
treatment of the principles of the
mechanical behavior of materials.
Appropriate for both undergraduate
upper division and introductory graduate
courses, Mechanical Behavior of
Materials focuses on the relationship
between macroscopic properties,
material microstructure and
fundamental concepts of bonding and
crystal structure.
The extended treatment of the topics in
the text allows for individual instructors
to select those that they wish to
emphasize and to do so at a level they
consider appropriate.
FEATURES
• Careful integration of the
mechanical and microscopic
coverage of materials and material
behavior.
• Incorporates real life examples in
every chapter.
• Contains helpful case studies to aid
the student in relating to and
understanding the topic, especially
in “Failure Analysis” chapters.
CONTENTS
1. Overview of Mechanical Behavior 2.
Elastic Behavior 3. Dislocations 4. Plastic
Deformation in Single and Polycrystalline
Materials 5. Strengthening of Crystalline
Materials 6. Composite Materials 7. High-
Temperature Deformation of Crystalline
Materials 8. Deformation of
Noncrystalline Materials 9. Fracture
Mechanics 10. Toughening Mechanisms
and the Physics of Fracture 11. High-
Temperature Fracture 12. Fatigue of
Engineering Materials 13. Embrittlement
14. Cellular Solids
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
5th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
(Schaum’s Outlines Series)
by William A. Nash, Professor of Civil
Engineering, University of
Massachusetts Nilanjan Malik,
Assistant Professor, Department of
Mechanical Engineering, Institute of
Technology, Banaras Hindu University,
Varanasi
2010 / 592 Pages
ISBN : 9780070700338
The book is designed to provide worked
examples and develop the problem
solving skills of students. It has been
comprehensively revised in order to
meet the needs of present day
examination pattern of universities and
competitive examinations. The
presentation passes from elementary to
more complex cases for a variety of
structural elements subject to practical
conditions of loading and support.
FEATURES
• New Topics on Defletion of Beams,
Stresses and Strains, Columns,
Strain Energy Method and Springs
in Eleastic Beam Theory have been
included.
• Complete offering on Strength of
Materials.
• Step by Step Approach followed for
all the solved examples.
• Inclusion of Solved Conceptual
Questions.
• Answers are provided alongside
Supplementary Problems.
• Enhanced Pedagogical features:
• Solved Examples. 493
• Conceptual Questions. 248
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
8 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
• Supplementary Problems. 335
• Total 1076
CONTENTS
1. Centroids, Moments of Inertia and
Product of Inertia of Plane Areas 2.
Moments of Inertia of Material Bodies
3. Tension and Compression 4.
Statically Indeterminate Force Systems
in Torsion and Compression 5. Direct
Sheer Stress 6. Torsion 7. Biaxial
Stress, Combined Stress and general
Stake of Stress 8. Thin Walled
Pressure Vessels 9.Thick Walled
Pressure vessels10. Shearing Force
and Bending Moment 1• E l a s t i c
Deflection of Beams:Double Integration
Method 12. Elastic Deflection of
Beams. Method of Singularity
Functions 13. Statically Indeterminate
Elastic Beams 14. Stress in Beams 15.
Special Topics in in Elastic Beam
Theory 16. Plastic Deformation of
Beams 17. Columns 18. Strain Energy
Methods 19. Members Subjected to
Combined Loadings 20. Experimental
Determination of Stress and Strain
21.Introduction to Theory of Elasticity
International Edition
MECHANICS OF MATERIALS
by Ansel Ugural, New Jersey Institute
of Technology
1991 / 441 Pages
ISBN : 9780071009737
CONTENTS
1. Fundamental Principles 2. Concept of
Stress 3. Strain and Material Relations
4. Analysis of Stress and Strain 5. Axially
Loaded Members 6. Torsion 7. Stresses
in Beams 8. Combined Stresses 9.
Deflection of Beams by Integration 10.
Deflection of Beams by Special Methods
11. Strain Energy for a General State of
Stress 12. Inelastic Behavior 13.
Buckling of Columns / Appendixes A
Moments of Areas / B Tables / C How to
Use the Interactive Software
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
(Sigma Series)
by L. S. Negi, Principal Gurunanak Dev
Polytechnic Rohini, Delhi.
2007 / 460 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634596
Based on the problems and solutions
approach, this book on strength of
Materials presents the fundamentals
and concepts in a simple manner with
step-by-step solution of varied
examples. The large number of practice
problems will facilitate honing of the
problem solving skills.
FEATURES
• Fundamental concepts of stress and
stain including 3D state of stress
and strain are presented.
• Stress and strain analysis are given
using the matrix formulations.
• Computer programs for analysis of
stress/strains, BM & SF Analysis,
second moment of area and
pressure vessels are given.
• Special coverage on the following
topics is given :
• Generalized Hooke’s law
• Strain displacement relations in
polar co-ordinates
• Analysis of stress and strain by
matrices
• Torsion of non-circular and thin
sections
• Partial end constraints in
compression members
• Theories of failure
• Toroidal shells
CONTENTS
1. Stress and Strain 2. Analysis of
Stresses 3. Analysis of Strains 4.
Torsion 5. Shearing Force and Bending
Moment 6. Centroid, Second Moment of
Area and Product Moment of Area 7.
Stresses in Beams 8. Trusses 9.
Compression Members 10. Combined
Direct and Bending Stress 11. Theories
of Failure 12. Deflection – Geometrical
Methods 13. Thin Shell 14. Thick Walled
Cylinder 15. Plastic Theory of Structures
16. Springs.
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
by B.K. Sarkar, Formerly with Malda
Polytechnic
2003 / 403 Pages
ISBN : 9780070494848
CONTENTS
1. Centre Of Gravity 2. Moment of Inertia
3. Stresses and Strains 4. Shearing
Force and Bending Moment 5. Bending
Stresses in Beams 6. Slope and
Deflection 7. Torsion 8. Springs 9.
Columns and Struts 10. Analysis of
Framed Structures 11. Combined Direct
and Bending Stresses 12. Propped
Cantilever 13. Shear Stress in Beams 14.
Dams and Retaining Walls 15. Thin
Cylindrical Shell 16. Riveted Joints 17.
Welded Joints Index
MATERIAL SCIENCE
by M. Vijaya & G. Rangarajan
2004 / 612 Pages
ISBN : 9780070534698
CONTENTS
1. Crystal Structure and Chemical Bonds
2. Imperfections in Crystals 3. Diffusion
in Solids 4. Phase Equilibrium and Phase
Transformation 5. Mechanical Properties
of Materials 6. Lattice Vibrations and
Thermal Properties of Materials 7.
Electronics in Solids 8. Semiconductors
9. Semiconductor Devices 10.
Superconductors 11. Dielectric Materials
12. Magnetic Properties of Materials 13.
Optical Properties of Materials 14.
Modern Materials – A Brief Introduction
Appendices A: Point Groups
Appendices B: Two Dimensional
Bravais Lattices Appendices C:
Quantum Mechanics Appendices D:
Electromagnetic Theory Appendices E:
Error Function Appendices F: Periodic
Table of Elements Appendices G:
Physical Constants Bibliography / Index.
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 9
STRUCTURE AND PROPERTIES OF
ENGINEERING MATERIALS
by V. S. R. Murthy, IIT Kanpur; Jena,
Gupta & Murty
2002 / 582 Pages
ISBN : 9780070482876
CONTENTS
1. Importance of Materials in Engineering
2. Cohesion between atoms 3. Structure
of Crystalline Solids 4. Defects in
Crystals 5. Structure of Noncrystalline
Solids 6. Multiphase Structures 7.
Structural Modifications 8. Mechanical
Behaviour 9. Control of Mechanical
Behaviour 10. Electronic Properties of
Materials 11. Electrical Properties of
Materials 12. Magnetic Properties of
Materials 13. Thermal and Optical
Properties of Materials 14. Composite
Materials 15. Materials Degradation and
its Prevention Appendix I: Selected
Properties of the Elements Appendix II:
Polymer Structures Appendix III:
Thermodynamics of Solid Solutions
Appendix IV: Schrodinger Equation is a
Wave Equation Appendix V: Solution of
Schrodinger Wave Equation and
Normalisation of a Wave Function
Appendix VI: General Procedure for
Solution of ‘Particle in a Box’ Problem
Appendix VII: Magnetic Units Index
US Edition
STATICS AND MECHANICS OF
MATERIALS
By Ferdinand P Beer (deceased), E
Russell Johnston & John T DeWolf of
University of Connecticut and David
Mazurek, US Coast Guard Academy
2010 / Pages:800
ISBN. 9780073380155
The approach of the Beer and Johnston
texts has been utilized by hundreds of
thousands of students over decades of
engineering education. The Statics and
Mechanics of Materials text uses this
proven methodology in a new book
aimed at programs that teach these two
subjects together or as a two-semester
sequence. Maintaining the proven
methodology and pedagogy of their
other textbooks, Beer and Johnston’s
Statics and Mechanics of Materials
combines the theory and application
behind these two subjects into one
cohesive text. A wealth of problems,
Beer and Johnston’s hallmark Sample
Problems, and valuable Review and
Summary sections at the end of each
highlight the key pedagogy of the text.
FEATURES
• Review and Summary Sections at
the end of each provide students
with a valuable study tool.
Reviewers found these reviews to
be one of the strongest features of
the text and the best available in the
market.
• A careful, step-by-step presentation
is followed in each lesson of each
chapter; every is organized as
follows. a introduction with a outline
previewing what will be covered in
each lesson. After each lesson there
are 1-4 Sample Problems (set up to
serve as a model for student
solutions) followed by the lesson’s
problem set. At the end of each
students find a Review and
• Summary section with notes for
review and examples and cross
references to key sections. The
concludes with a Review Problem
section that ties together several
concepts from that chapter.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Statics of Particles 3.
Rigid Bodies. Equivalent Systems of
Forces 4. Equilibrium of Rigid Bodies
5. Distributed Forces. Centroids and
Centers of Gravity 6. Analysis of
Structures 7. Distributed Forces.
Moments of Inertia 8. Concepts of
Stress 9. Stress and Strain. Axial
Loading 10. Torsion 11. Pure Bending
12. Analysis and Design of Beams for
Bending 13. Shearing Stresses in
Beams and Thin-Walled Members 14.
Transformations of Stress 15.
Deflection of Beam 16. Columns
Appendices A. Typical Properties of
Selected Materials Used in Engineering
B. Properties of Rolled-Steel Shapes C.
Beam Deflections and Slopes Photo
Credits Index Answers to Problems
International Edition
PROPERTIES OF GAS AND LIQUIDS
5th Edition
by Bruce E. Poling, John M Prausnitz,
University of California, Berkeley John
O’Connell
2008 / 768 Pages
ISBN : 9780071189712
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. The Estimation of Physical
Properties Chapter 2. Pure Component
Constants Chapter 3. Thermodynamic
Properties of Ideal Gases Chapter 4.
Pressure-Volume-Temperature
Relationships of Pure Gases and Liquids
Chapter 5. Pressure-Volume-
Temperature Relationships of Mixtures
Chapter 6. Thermodynamic Properties of
Pure Components and Mixtures Chapter
7. Vapor Pressures and Enthalpies of
Vaporization of Pure Fluids Chapter 8.
Fluid Phase Equilibria in Multicomponent
Systems Chapter 9. Viscosity Chapter
10. Thermal Conductivity Chapter 11.
Diffusion Coefficients Chapter 12.
Surface Tension
MATERIAL SCIENCE
by G. Narula, Indian Institute of
Technology, Delhi; V. Gupta Delhi
College of Engineering
2004 / 404 Pages
ISBN : 9780074517963
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. Atomic Structure and
Electronic Configuration. 3. Crystal
Geometry and Structure. 4. Bonds in
Solids. 5. Crystal Imperfection. 6. X-rays.
7. Diffusion in Solids. 8. Deformation of
Materials. 9. Theory of Alloys :
Constitution and Equilibrium Diagrams.
10. Phase Transformations. 11. Heat
Treatment. 12. Organic Materials. 13.
Electrical and Magnetic Properties of
Materials. 14. Corrosion. 15. Mechanical
Properties. 16. Photoelectric Effect. 17.
Powder Metallurgy. 18. Electron Theory
of Metals.
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
10 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING
MATERIALS
by B. Agarwal, IIT, Mumbai
1988 / 364 Pages
ISBN : 9780074515051
CONTENTS
1. Classification and Properties of
Materials. 2. The Structure of Materials.
3. Equilibrium Diagrams. 4. Plain Carbon
and Alloy Steels. 5. Heat Treatment of
Steel. 6. Case Hardening of Steel. 7. Tool
Steels. 8. Stainless Steels and High
Temperature Alloys. 9. Cast Irons. 10.
Copper and its Alloys. 11. Light Metals
and their Alloys. 12. Nickel, Tin, Lead,
Zinc and Bearing Materials. 13.
Ceramics. 14. Polymers. 15.
Composites. 16. Non-Destructive Testing
and Inspection. 17. Macro-and Micro-
Examination of Metals.
ADVANCED STRENGTH AND
APPLIED STRESS ANALYSIS
2nd Edition
by Richard Budynas, Rochester
Institute of Technology
2011 / 720 Pages
ISBN : 9781259002090
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Basic Concepts of Force,
Stress, Strain, and Displacement
Chapter 2. Stress and Strain.
Transformations, Equilibrium, and
Compatibility. Chapter 3. Fundamental
Formulations of Stress, Strain, and
Deflection. Chapter 4. Concepts from the
Theory of Elasticity. Chapter 5. Topics
from Advanced Mechanics of Materials.
Chapter 6. Energy Techniques in Stress
Analysis. Chapter 7. Strength Theories
and Design Methods. Chapter 8.
Experimental Stress Analysis. Chapter
9. Introduction to the Finite Element
Method. Chapter 10. Finite Element
Modeling Techniques. Appendix A SI and
USCU Conversions. Appendix B
Properties of Cross Sections. Appendix
C Beams in Bending. Appendix D
Singularity Functions. Appendix E
Principal Second-area Moments.
Appendix F Stress Con-centration
Factors. Appendix G Strain Gage
Rosette Equations. Appendix H
Corrections for Transverse Sensitivity of
Strain. Appendix I Matrix Algebra and
Cartesian Tensors.
International Edition
STATICS AND STRENGTH
OF MATERIALS
2nd Edition
by Fa-Hwa Cheng
2008 / 816 Pages
ISBN : 9780071156660
CONTENTS
• Fundamental Concepts and Principles
• Resultant of Coplanar Force Systems
• Equilibrium of Coplanar Force Systems
• Analysis of Structures • Friction •
Concurrent Spatial Force Systems •
Center of Gravity and Centroids • Area
Moments of Inertia • Simple Stresses •
Strains • Mechanical Properties of
Materials • Torsion of Circular Shafts •
Shear Forces and Bending Moments in
Beams • Stresses in Beams • Design of
Beams for Strength • Defl ections of
Beams • Statically Indeterminate Beams
• Combined Stresses • Columns •
Connections
MATERIALS SCIENCE
AND ENGINEERING
4th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by William F. Smith, Professor
Emeritus of Engineering University of
Central, Florida; Javad Hashemi,
Professor of Mechanical Engineering,
Texas Tech University; Ravi Prakash,
Professor & Head of Mechanical
Engineering, B.I.T.S Pilani
2008 / 968 Pages
ISBN : 9780070667174
Materials Science and Engineering,
fourth edition provides an eminently
readable and understandable overview
of engineering materials for
undergraduate students. Through
concise explanations, numerous
worked-out examples, a wealth of
illustrations and photographs, and online
resources, the new edition provides the
most student-friendly introduction to the
science & engineering of materials.
FEATURES
• In SI units
• Focused coverage on modern
material science topics including
nanotechnology, biomedical
engineering, and semiconductors
• Materials selection and design
problems in each chapter relate
concepts to engineering practice
• ‘Chapter Openers’ give readers a
sense of how engineers use
concepts in the real world
EXCELLENT PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• 1284 Exercise problems
• 143 Solved examples
• 184 Materials selection and design
problems
• 104 Objective type questions
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Materials Science and
Engineering 2. Atomic Structure and
Bonding 3. Crystal and Amorphous
Structures in Materials 4. Solidification,
Crystalline Imperfections 5. Thermally
Activated Processes and Diffusion in
Solids 6. Mechanical Properties of
Metals I 7. Mechanical Properties of
Metals II 8. Phase Diagrams 9.
Engineering Alloys 10. Polymeric
Materials 11. Ceramics 12. Composite
Materials 13. Corrosion 14. Electrical
Properties of Materials
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 11
US Edition
FOUNDATIONS OF MATERIALS
SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
5th Edition
(SI Units)
by William F. Smith, University of
Central Florida; Javad Hashemi, Texas
Tech University
2010 / 1056 Pages
ISBN : 9780071311144
Smith/Hashemi's Foundations of
Materials Science and Engineering, 5/e
provides an eminently readable and
understandable overview of engineering
materials for undergraduate students.
This edition offers a fully revised
chemistry chapter and a new chapter on
biomaterials. Through concise
explanations, numerous worked-out
examples, a wealth of illustrations &
photos, and a brand new set of online
resources, the new edition provides the
most student-friendly introduction to the
science & engineering of materials.
FEATURES
• Fully revised Chemistry chapter and
new material on Biomaterials.
• New/revised problems throughout.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Materials Science and
Engineering 2. Atomic Structure and
Bonding 3. Crystal and Amorphous
Structures in Materials 4. Solidification,
Crystalline Imperfections 5. Thermally
Activated Processes and Diffusion in
Solids 6. Mechanical Properties of
Metals I 7. Mechanical Properties of
Metals II 8. Phase Diagrams 9.
Engineering Alloys 10. Polymeric
Materials 11. Ceramics 12. Composite
Materials 13. Corrosion 14. Electrical
Properties of Materials 15. Optical
Properties and Superconductive
Materials 16. Magnetic Properties 17.
Biological and Biomaterials
SOLID MECHANICS
Revised 1st Edition
by S.M.A. Kazimi, Indian Institute of
Technology
2004 / 468 Pages
ISBN : 9780074517154
CONTENTS
Introduction. PART A (General
Analysis) 1. Deformable Bodies (Basic
Concepts : Mechanical Properties)
2. Analysis of Stresses (Equilibrium).
3. Analysis of Strains (Compatibility).
4. Stress-Strain Relations. PART B
(Particular Analysis) 5. Uniaxial
Deformations 6. Torsion : Including Non-
Circular Sections. 7. Beams and
Bending. 8. Stability of Equilibrium -
Columns. 9. Combined Stresses. 10.
Introduction to Energy Methods.
International Edition
STRUCTURES AND PROPERTIES
OF ENGINEERING MATERIALS
5th Edition
by Daniel Henkel, and Alan Pense,
Lehigh University
2001 / 464 Pages
ISBN : 9780071201346
CONTENTS
Section I: Introductory Materials
Concepts. 1. Structure of Materials.
2. Failure of Materials. 3. Solid Solution
Strengthening. 4. Deformation
Hardening and Annealing. 5. Multiphase
Strengthening. Section II: (continued).
6. Precipitation Hardening. 7. Martensitic
Transformation. Section III: Metallic
Materials Engineering. 8. Low Carbon
Steels. 9. Medium Carbon Steels. 10.
High Carbon Steels. 11. Stainless Steels.
12. Cast Irons. 13. Aluminum Alloys. 14.
Copper and Copper Alloys. 15.
Magnesium Alloys. 16. Titanium Alloys.
17. Metals for High Temperature Service.
Section IV: Nonmetallic Materials and
Composites Engineering. 18.
Engineering Polymers. 19. Ceramics and
Glasses. 20. Composite Materials.
International Edition
INTERMEDIATE MECHANICS
OF MATERIALS
by James R. Barber, University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor
2001 / 608 Pages
ISBN : 9780071181471
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. Material Behavior and
Failure. 3. Energy Methods. 4.
Unsymmetrical Bending. 5. Elastic-
Plastic Bending. 6. Shear and Torsion of
Thin-Walled Beams. 7. Membrane
Stresses in Axisymmetric Shells. 8.
Beams On Elastic Foundations. 9.
Axisymmetric Bending of Cylindrical
Shells. 10. Thick Walled Cylinders and
Disks. 11. Curved Beams. 12. Elastic
Stability. A The Finite Element Method.
B Properties of Areas. C Stress
Concentration Factors.
U.S. Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF STATICS
AND STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
by John Jackson, Vermont Technical
College; Harold Wirtz, Vermont
Technical College
1983 / 416 Pages
ISBN : 9780070321212
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
12 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
METALLURGY
INTRODUCTION TO
PHYSICAL METALLURGY
2nd Edition
by S. H. Avner,
1997 / 696 Pages
ISBN : 9780074630068
CONTENTS
Introduction 1. Tools of the Metallurgist
2. Metal Structure and Crystallization 3.
Plastic Deformation 4. Annealing and Hot
Working 5. Constitution of Alloys 6.
Phase Diagrams 7. The Iron-Iron
Carbide Equilibrium Diagrams 8. The
Heat Treatment of Steel 9. Alloy Steels
10. Tool Steels 11. Cast Iron 12.
Nonferrous Metals and Alloys 13. Metals
at High and Low Tempratures 14. Wear
of Metals 15. Corrosion of Metals 16.
Powder Metallurgy 17. Failure Analysis
Appendixes / Glossary / Index
International Edition
MECHANICAL METALLURGY
3rd Edition
by George Dieter, University of
Maryland
1986 / 800 Pages
ISBN : 9780071004060
CORROSION ENGINEERING
2nd Edition
by Mars Fontana, deceased
1986 / 512 Pages
ISBN : 9780070607446
US Edition
CORROSION ENGINEERING
by Pierre Roberge, Royal Military
College of Canada
2008 / 754 Pages
ISBN : 9780071482431
Corrosion Engineering offers in-depth,
practical coverage of how corrosion
affects metallic materials and the latest
methods of preventing it. You will learn
how to check for and control corrosion
in all types of materials and applications
– from pipelines to bridges to
manufacturing devices – before they
fail.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. The Study of Corrosion
Chapter 2. Corrosion Basics Chapter
3. Corrosion Electrochemistry Chapter
4. Corrosion Thermodynamics Chapter
5. Corrosion Kinetics and Applications
of Electrochemistry to Corrosion Chapter
6. Recognizing the Forms of Corrosion
Chapter 7. Corrosion Failures, Factors,
and Cells Chapter 8. Corrosion by Water
Chapter 9. Atmospheric Corrosion
Chapter 10. Corrosion in Soils and
Microbiologically Influenced Corrosion
Chapter 11. Materials Selection, Testing,
and Design Considerations Chapter 12.
Corrosion as a Risk Chapter 13. Ca
thodic Protection Chapter 14. Protective
Coatings Chapter 15. High-Temperature
Corrosion / Appendix A : Historical
Perspective / Appendix B : Periodic Table
/ Appendix C : SI Units Conversion Table
/ Index
ENGINEERING MATERIALS
AND METALLURGY
2nd Edition
by R. Srinivasan, RVS college of
Engineering & Technology, Dindigul
2009 / 466 Pages
ISBN : 9780070672819
This textbook provides a basic understanding
of the structure, properties and
applications of engineering materials. Its
broad topical coverage provides a
thorough overview of the fundamentals
of the subject. This student-friendly book
would serve as a valuable self-study for
students of various engineering disciplines.
FEATURES
• Simple and easy writing style
• Detailed coverage of topics on
Metals, Polymers, Ceramics and
Composites
• Numerous figures to the chapter
‘Heat Treatment’
• Chapter-end questions in
accordance with the examination
pattern
• Two-mark questions with answers
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Structure of Materials
3. Alloys and Phase Diagrams 4. Iron-
Iron Carbide Equilibrium Diagram and
Plain Carbon Steels 5. Heat Treatment
of Steels 6. Alloy Steels 7. Cast Irons 8.
Non-ferrous Alloys 9. Plastic
Deformation and Fracture of Metals 10.
Polymers 11. Ceramics 12. Composites
13. Mechanical Testing of Materials
TESTING OF METALS
by Alok Nayar, Alok Nayar is chief
manager (metallurgy) at the R & D
Centre, Escorts Limited, Faridabad,
India. He holds a B Tech (Hons.)
2005 / 350 Pages
ISBN : 9780070581647
METALLURGY
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 13
PLASMA SCIENCE AND
CREATION OF WEALTH
by P. I. John,
2005 / 360 Pages
ISBN : 9780070585577
ELASTICITY
THEORY OF ELASTICITY
3rd Edition
by S P Timoshenko, (Deceased) J N
Goodier, Formerly associated with
Stanford University
2010/ Pages: 592 pp
ISBN. 9780070701229
This book provides a comprehensive
introduction to the Theory of Elasticity in
a simple form as the subject allows
together with a compilation of solutions
of special problems that are important in
engineering practice and design.
FEATURES
• End effects and Eigensolutions
associated with principle of Saint-
Venant
• The treatment of strain energy and
variational principles recast in threedimensional
form
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Plane Stress and
Plane Strain 3. Two Dimensional
problems in rectangular coordinates 4.
Two Dimensional Problems in Polar
Coordinates 5. Photoelastic and Moire-
Experimental Methods 6. Two
Dimensional Problems in Curvilinear
Coordinates 7. Analysis of Stress and
Strain in Three Dimensions 8. General
Theorems 9. Elementary Problems of
Elasticity in Three Dimensions 10.
Torsion 11. Bending of Bars 12.
Axisymmetric Stress and Deformation
in a Solid of Revoution 13. Thermal
Stress 14. The Propagation of Waves
in Elastic Solid Media Appendix. The
Application of Finite-difference
equations in Elasticity
THEORY OF ELASTIC STABILITY
2nd Edition
by Stephen P. Timoshenko, deceased;
James M. Gere, Stanford University
2010 / 541 Pages
ISBN : 9780070858213
CONTROL SYSTEMS
CONTROL SYSTEMS:
PRINCIPLES AND DESIGN
3rd Edition
by M. Gopal, Professor, Indian Institute
of Technology, New Delhi
2008 / 752 Pages
ISBN : 9780070668799
The third edition of Control Systems :
Principles and Design provides a unified
treatment of continuous-time and
discrete-time systems for two courses at
the undergraduate level. The text
continues to emphasize frequencydomain
design methods augmented
with state variable methods for control
systems analysis.
FEATURES
• Integrated coverage of continuoustime
and discrete-time systems
• Emphasizes the frequency-domain
design methods using root locus
and Nyquist, Bode, Nichols plots
EXCELLENT PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• 230 Solved examples
• 100 Theory review questions
• 303 Exercise problems
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Control Problem 2.
Dynamic Models and Dynamic
Response 3. Model of Industrial Control
Devices and Systems 4. Basic
Principles of Feedback Control 5.
Concept of Stability and Routh Stability
Criterion 6. The Performance of
Feedback Systems 7. Compensator
Designing Using Root Locus Plots 8.
The Nyquist Stability Criterion and
Stability Marginis 9. Feedback Systems
Performance Based on the Frequency
Response 10. Compensator Design
using Bode Plots 11. Digital Control
Systems 12. Control System Analysis
using State Variable Methods 13.
Control Systems Design using State
Variable Methods 14. Nonlinear systems
DIGITAL CONTROL AND STATE
VARIABLE METHODS:
CONVENTIONAL AND INTELLIGENT
CONTROL SYSTEMS
3rd Edition
by M. Gopal, Indian Institute of
Technology, Delhi
2008 / 800 Pages
ISBN : 9780070668805
This new edition of Digital Control and
State Variable Methods presents control
theory relevant to the analysis and
design of computer-control systems.
Meant for the undergraduate and post
graduate courses on advanced control
systems, this text provides an up-todate
treatment of digital control, state
variable analysis and design, and
nonlinear control.
FEATURES
• Organized in three parts to clearly
convey the power and usability of
the book.
• Contains all the material for a
course on Digital Control Systems,
with a focus on models of signal
processing devices; digital control
hardware : microcomputers, shaft
encoders, stepping motors,
programmable logic controllers;
frequency-domain, and state
variable analysis and design
methods
• Provides a complete coverage to a
course on Linear System Theory ,
incorporating state variable analysis
and design methods for continuoustime
and discrete-time systems
• For a course on Nonlinear Systems,
gives detailed account of describing
function and phase-plane methods;
model reference adaptive control,
generalized predictive control and
self-tuning, sliding-mode control,
and reinforcement learning control
• Thorough introduction to neural
networks, support vector machines,
fuzzy inference systems, and
ELASTICITY • CONTROL SYSTEMS
14 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
genetic algorithms for a course on
Intelligent Control
• MATLAB and Simulink support for
both conventional and intelligent
control
• Reinforces development of problemsolving
skills with review examples
and comprehensive problems
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Signal Processing in
Digital Control 3. Models of Digital
Control Devices and Systems 4. Design
of Digital Control Algorithms State
Variable Methods in Automatic Control:
Continuous-Time and Sampled-Data
Systems 5. Control System Analysis
using state variable methods 6. State
variable Analysis of Digital Control
System 7. Pole-Placement Design and
State Observers 8. The Concept of
Lyapunov Stability and Lyapunov
Function Approach to Optimal Control.
Nonlinear Control Systems :
Conventional and Intelligent 9.
Nonlinear Systems Analysis 10. Nonlinear
control structure 11. Neural
Networks 12. Fuzzy logic models
CONTROL SYSTEMS: PROBLEMS
AND SOLUTIONS
by K R Varmah, Department of
Electrical & Electronics Engineering,
Rajagiri School of Engineering &
Technology, Cochin, Kerala
2010 / 793 Pages
ISBN : 9780070678750
Targeted at the undergraduate level, this
text is specially crafted to make the
study of Control Systems easy. The
theory is brief, to-the-point, the
presentation is clear, user-friendly. Each
topic is fortified by large pool of
pedagogy. As many as 700 graded, fully
solved examples have been presented
in easy, step-by-step method. There are
plenty of practice questions, numerical
problems, short answer type questions
and objective type problems available
for self-assessment.
FEATURES
• Chapter organization and coverage
in sync with basic control systems
course.
• Brief, to-the-point theory supported
by large pool of class room tested
problems
• 650 fully solved problems step by
step with varied levels of difficulty –
easy to advanced
• 200 numerical problems with
answers given at the end of each
problem.
• 100 objective type questions & 50
short answer type questions for self
assessment.
• Pedagogy:
• Total 1000 Problems
• 650 Solved examples
• 200 Practice questions
• 100 Objective type questions
• 50 Short answer type questions
CONTENTS
1. Fundamental Concepts of Control
Systems 2. Modelling of Physical
Systems 3. Block-Diagram Reduction 4.
Signal-Flow Graph 5. Time-Response
Analysis 6. Stability 7. Steady State
Response Specifications 8. Frequency
Response 9. Basic Control Actions 10.
Root Locus Technique 11. Nyquist
Diagram 12. Bode Plots 13.
Compensation 14. State-Space
Representation of Systems
CONTROL SYSTEMS
by Manjita Srivastava Late Professor
of Electronics and Telecommunication
Engineering MGM College of
Engineering and Technology, Noida;
M.C. Srivastava, Professor of
Electronics and Communication
Engineering, Jaypee Institute of
Information Technology, Noida; Smriti
Bhatnagar, Sr. Lecturer of Electronics
and Communication Engineering,
Jaypee Institute of Information
Technology, Noida
2008 / 420 Pages
ISBN : 9780070087644
This book, intended to serve as a
comprehensive text on Control
Systems, provides necessary contents
for undergraduate program in Electrical,
Electronics and Communication,
Instrumentation and other allied
engineering disciplines. Numerous
examples and MATLAB based
exercises have been included to help
the reader develop an intuitive grasp of
the contents
FEATURES
• Coverage of Continuous-time,
Digital and Nonlinear Systems
• Integrated approach to stability with
classical stability criteria and
Lyapunov concepts
• Concentrates on design both in time
domain and frequency domain of
continuous time systems
• Crisp presentation of modern control
concepts like adaptive and optimal
control
• Provides detailed steps in
derivations and problems helping
the reader develop an intuitive grasp
of the contents.
• Useful MATLAB tutorial helps
students to solve numerical
problems
RICH PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• 215 Solved examples
• 210 Exercise problems
• 112 Review questions
• 81 Analysis and Design problems
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. System Modeling and
Mathematical Representation of
Systems 3. Time Domain Analysis and
Design : Input–Output Approach 4.
State Variable Approach to Time
Domain Analysis 5. Integrated Approach
to Stability Analysis 6. Root-Locus
Technique and Design in Time Domain
7. Frequency Response Analysis and
Design 8. Design of Digital Control
Systems 9. State Feedback Systems
Design 10. Nonlinear Dynamical
Systems 11. Optimal and Adaptive
Control Systems
CONTROL SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 15
CONTROL SYSTEMS:
ENGINEERING
2nd Edition
by Dr. S Palani Dean and Professor,
Department of Electronics and
Communication Engineering Sudharsan
Engineering College, Pudukkottai
2009 / 750 Pages
ISBN : 9780070671935
Control Engineering is a multidisciplinary
subject and finds wide
spread application in the guidance,
navigation, control of missiles, and
spacecrafts, aeroplanes, ships, as well
as in the process control industry. This
book pesents clear theoretical concepts
supplemented/reinforced by worked out
numerical examples. The book includes
topics on Nyquist Stability Criterion,
Signal Flow Graph, Root Locus
Technique and comprehensive
coverage on Control system
components.
FEATURES
• Discusses Routh-Hurwtiz Stability
Criterion, Time domain approach
and Frequency domain approach
with variety of examples.
• Clear exposition of applications of
Mason’s gain formula and design of
PID Controllers.
• Provides a step-by-step approach to
solving problems
• Includes Illustrative examples for
easy understanding.
PEDAGOGICAL FEATURES
INCLUDE
• More than 500 example problems
• Summary at the end of each
chapter for quick reference.
• University exam problems
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Mathematical
Modeling of Physical Systems 3.
Electrical Analogue 4. Block Diagram
Reduction Technique and Signal Flow
Graph 5. Time Response of Feedback
Control Systems 6. Frequency Domain
Analysis of Control Systems 7. Stability
of Linear Control Systems 8. Root
Locus Technique 9. Design of Control
Systems in Time and Frequency
Domains 10. Control System
Components
CONTROL SYSTEMS
3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
(Schaum’s Outline Series)
by Distefano. J Joseph, Dept. of
Computer, Science & Medicine,
University of California Los Angeles
Stubberud, Allen R, Dept. of Electrical
and Computer Engineering, University
of California Irvine Williams , Ivan J,
Space and Technology Group, TRW
Inc. Mandal, Sanjoy, Dept. of Electrical
Engineering, Indian School of Mines
University, Dhanbad
2010 / 676 Pages
ISBN : 9780070681200
The book is intended to present
concise, yet comprehensive treatment
of the fundamentals of control system
theory and application. The necessary
mathematical tools have been
developed through illustrative examples
for better understanding of the
concepts. This adapted revised edition
contains additional topics on State
Variable Analysis, Time Response of
First Order and Second Order Systems
and Discrete State Space Analysis for
up-to date coverage. Numerous solved
examples and practice questions are
given in the book for practice. MATLAB
examples are included in the book to
help students in solving problems.
SALIENT FEATURES
• New topics added on ‘State Variable
Analysis,’ ‘Time Response of First
Order & Second Order’ and
‘Discrete State Space Analysis’
• Unified exposition of continuous
time and discrete time control
systems concepts
• Separate on ‘Advanced Topics in
Control Systems’ and ‘Nonlinear
Control Systems’ for complete
coverage of control systems.
• Total 1370 problems. MATLAB
exercises included .
• Total 1370 problems
• 329 Solved examples
• 489 Solved problems
• 222 Practice questions
• 270 Objective type questions
• 70 MATLAB examples
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Control System
Terminology 3. Differential Equations,
Difference Equations and Linear
Systems 4. Laplace Transform and ZTransform
5. Transfer Functions 6.
Block Diagram Algebra and Transfer
Functions of Systems 7. Signal Flow
Graphs 8. System Sensitivity Measures
and Classification of Feedback
Systems 9. Stability 10. Analysis and
Design of Feedback Control Systems
11. Objectives & Methods 11. Root
Locus Analysis 12. Nyquist Analysis 13.
Nyquist Design 14. Root Locus Design
15. Bode Analysis 16. Bode Design 17.
Nichols Chart Analysis 18. Nichols
Chart Design 19. Introduction to
Nonlinear Control Systems 20.
Introduction to Advanced Topics in
Control Systems Analysis and Design
CONTROL SYSTEMS
(Sigma Series)
by Ashok Kumar, Additional Chief
Engineer, Electrical Design, Nuclear
Power Corporation of India Ltd., Mumbai
2006 / 328 Pages
ISBN : 9780070606470
Control Systems is a mathematical
subject. Our book is aimed at honing
the problem solving skills of the
students with the help of more than
1000 problems, accompanied by the
essential theory.
INCLUDES
• 304 Solved problems
• 285 Problems with answers and
• 343 Objective questions
CONTENTS
1. Laplace Transforms & Applications 2.
Modeling of Control Systems 3. Time
Response 4. Stability and Frequency
Response 5. Root Locus 6. State
Variable Analysis of Control Systems 7.
Design of Control Systems 8.Controllers
CONTROL SYSTEMS
16 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
MANUFACTURING
METHODS
MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY:
(VOLUME-1) FOUNDRY, FORMING
AND WELDING
3rd Edition
by P. N. Rao Department of Industrial
Technology, University of Northern
Lowa, USA
2008 / 528 Pages
ISBN : 9780070087989
The revised edition of this hallmark text
on Manufacturing Technology offers
comprehensive treatment of
conventional and emerging technologies
in the field of Foundry, Forming and
Welding. Lucid presentation, expanded
topical coverage and rich pedagogy
make this an excellent book for the
students, teachers and practicing
engineers.
FEATURES
• In-depth coverage of
– Rapid Prototyping
– Inoculation, Degassing and
Ladles
– Vacuum Die Casting, Low
Pressure Die Casting and Squeeze
Casting
• 496 Solved and Unsolved problems
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• New chapters on
– Powder Metallurgy
– Details of Tensile Testing
– Properties of Aluminium Alloy
• Existing 29 Chapters have been
reorganized into 10 chapters to
make it concise and more studentfriendly
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Engineering Materials
3. Metal-Casting Processes 4. Gating
Systems for Casting 5. Melting and
Casting Quality 6. Special Casting
Processes 7. Metal Forming Processes
8. Sheet Metal Operations 9. Welding
Processes 10. Other Fabrication
Processes 11. Powder Metallurgy 12.
Plastic Processing
MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY:
(VOLUME-2) METAL CUTTING AND
MACHINE TOOLS
2nd Editon
by P. N. Rao Department of Industrial
Technology, University of Northern
Lowa, USA
2008 / 520 Pages
ISBN : 9780070087699
The revised edition of this hallmark text
on Manufacturing Technology offers
comprehensive treatment of
conventional and emerging technologies
in the field of metal cutting and machine
tools.
FEATURES
• New chapter on Jigs and Fixtures
IN-DEPTH COVERAGE ON
• Coated Carbides
• Transmission systems including the
actuators used in the machine tools
• Common measuring equipments in
Metrology
• Major developments in
Unconventional Machining
RICH PEDAGOGY
• 70 Solved examples
• 323 Chapter-end exercise questions
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Metal Cutting 3.
Machine Tools 4. Centre Lathe 5.
Special-Purpose Lathes 6. Reciprocating
Machine Tools 7. Milling 8. Hole-Making
Operations 9. Abrasive Processes 10
Other Machine Tools 11. Unconventional
Machining Processes 12. Machine Tool
Testing 13. Designing for Machining 14.
Jigs and Fixtures 15. Metrology 16.
Numerical Control of Machine Tools
PRINCIPLES OF FOUNDRY
TECHNOLOGY
5th Edition
BY P L Jain, Formerly with National
Instiute of Foundry and Forge
Technology
2009 / 500 Pages
ISBN : 9780070151291
The revised edition of this book includes
the necessary information about
computer applications. The new
material added in this edition include
new information about Mouldability test,
Sand reclamation, Ceramic shell
investment casting, Surface finish
evaluation of castings, Use of robots for
material handling in foundries,
automatic pouring system in melting
shops and casting simulation.
FEATURES
• Excellent balance between an
analytical treatment and a practical
introduction to the subject.
• Excellent illustrations with an apt
balance between text and figures.
• Case study on computer aided
casting with color pictures.
• Review questions are given at the
end of each chapter.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Foundry Technology 2.
Technology of Patternmaking 3.
Technology of Moulding and Coremaking
4. Technology of Metal Mould-Casting
Processes 5. Gating and Risering of
Castings 6. Technology of Melting and
Casting 7. Defects in Casting and Quality
Control 8. Fettling and Heat Treatment
in Castings 9. Moder-nisation, Mechanisation
and Computerisa-tion of
Foundries 10. Application of CAD/CAM
in Foundries
MANUFACTURING METHODS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 17
WORKSHOP PRACTICE
2nd Edition
by H S Bawa, Formerly Senior Lecturer,
Department of Mechanical Engineering,
Pusa Polytechnic, New Delhi
2009 / Pages: 268
ISBN: 9780070671195
This book is designed for a course on
‘Workshop Practice’ that is offered to all
students of engineering. This acts as
the basis for further technical studies for
manufacturing processes and
production technology. The crisp
presentation of the various types of
materials and methods to process
these, will help build the basic concepts.
FEATURES
• Concise presentation of Benchwork,
Fitting, Smithy, Forging, Sheet Metal
Work, Carpentry, and Plumbing.
631119
• New sections on
• Slip Gauges, Auto-Collimator,
Projection Lantern, Perthometer
• Stakes of Forming Supports, Steel
Square, Swinging Blade Protractor,
Hand-lever Punch
• Welding vs. Riveting and Casting,
Applications of Gas Welding
• Expanded coverage of Comparator,
Fitting Processes , Carbon Arc
Welding, Electro Slag Welding,
Electro Gas Welding, Ultrasonic
Welding, Electron and Laser Beam
Welding
• Pedagogy
• 188 Descriptive questions
• 177 Objective-type questions
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Engineering Materials
3. Measuring Instruments 4.
Benchwork and Fitting 5. Smithy and
Forging 6. Sheet Metal Work 7. Wood
Working or Carpentry 8. Soldering and
Brazing 9. Welding 10. Welding Fluxes
and Electrodes 11. Pipes and Pipe
Fittings 12. Mechanical Working of
Metals 13. Plastic Materials and
Processes 14. Safety in Workshops
PRINCIPLES OF METAL CASTING
2nd Editon
by Heine
2001 / 736 Pages
ISBN : 9780070993488
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Patterns 3. Molding
Processes and Materials 4. Molding
Processes Equipment and
Mechanization 5. Molding Sands 6.
Cores 7. Core Materials 8. Solidification
of Metals 9. Pouring and Feeding
Castings 10. Metals Cast in the Foundry
11. Aluminium and Magnesium Casting
Alloys 13. Copper-alloy Foundry Practice
14. Copper-base Casting Alloys 15. Steel
Castings 16. Steel Melting in the Foundry
17. Metallurgy of Cast Steel 18. Family
of Cast Irons 19 Melting of Cast Irons
20. Gray-iron Foundry Practice 21.
Metallurgy of Gray Iron 22. Ductile Iron
23. Malleable Iron 24. Cleaning and
Inspection 25. Casting-design
Considerations Index
MODERN MACHINING PROCESS
by Pandey
1980 / 168 Pages
ISBN : 9780070965539
CONTENTS
1. Modern Machining Processes : An
Overview 2. Mechanical Processes 3.
Electrochemical and Chemical Metal
Removal Processes 4. Thermal Metal
Removal Processes
FITTING SIDHANT, (HINDI)
FITTER TRADE THEORY
3rd Edition
by Balbir Singh, Assistant Director
(Retired), Advanced Training Institute,
Ludhiana, Punjab
2008 / 480 Pages
ISBN : 9780070083523
This third edition of the book Fitting
Sidhant has been thoroughly revised to
address the changed curriculum and
present needs of students and teachers
in the field of Fitter Trade. It now offers a
comprehensive coverage of the subject
with an excellent balance of theoretical
concepts and practice problems.
FEATURES
Two new chapters:
• Shaper
• Miscellaneous Operations
• Completely revised chapters :
• Limit, fixed and geometrical
tolerance
• Gigs and Fixtures
THREE NEW TOPICS:
• Hydraulic and Pneumatic
• Spring Types
• Measuring Errors
• Updated content on Digital
Micrometers.
• 115 Model Questions based on
examination question papers
• One Model Question paper based
on the latest trend in examinations .
PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY
by HMT
2001 / 960 Pages
ISBN : 9780070964433
INTRODUCTION TO
MANUFACTURING PROCESSES,
3rd Edition
by John A. Schey, University of
Waterloo
2012 / 988 Pages
ISBN : 9781259027529
Capabilities and limitations of processes
are highlighted to show what they mean
in terms of design possibilities, and
design modifications are suggested for
ease of manufacture. Impact on the
environment and possibilities for
recycling is woven into the“entire text.
FEATURES
• The emphasis in this edition is on
physical principles and the
application of these principles to
MANUFACTURING METHODS
18 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
processes. The book will also
emphasize the interactions between
process and design.
New Features
• Learning objectives are stated at the
beginning of every chapter. Chapter
opening photos reinforce these
ideas to the reader.
• All new problems and examples are
included in every chapter. These will
reflect a students everyday
experiences whenever possible.
• Coverage of new technologies such
as MEMS and modern electronic
device fabrication (Chapter 20), and
nontraditional processes (Chapter
17).
CONTENTS
1 Introduction to Manufacturing 2
Manufacturing 3 Geometric Attributes of
Manufactured Products 4 Service
Attributes of Manufactured Products 5
Materials in Design and Manufacturing
6 Solidification and Heat Treatment of
Metals 7 Metal Casting 8 Plastic
Deformation of Metals 9 Bulk
Deformation Processes 10 Sheet-
Metalworking Processes 11 Powder-
Metallurgy 12 Processing of Ceramics
13 Polymers and Plastics 14 Processing
of Plastics 15 Composites 16 Machining
17 Nontraditional Machining Processes
18 Joining Processes 19 Surface
Treatments 20 Manufacture of
Semiconductor Devices 21
Manufacturing Systems 22 Competitive
Aspects of Manufacturing Processes
MACHINE TOOL DESIGN
MACHINE TOOL DESIGN AND
NUMERICAL CONTROL, 3rd Edition
by N K Mehta, Professor, Department of
Mechanical & Industrial Engineering
IIT“Roorkee
2012 / 564 Pages
ISBN : 9781259004575
This text offers detailed understanding
on design of machine tools. The topics
are“written in simple language covering
important fundamental and design
aspects of“machine tool design. Some
important topics including Kinematics of
Machine Tools,“Testing of Machine
Tools, Application of CNC, DNC are
included in this revised edition“to
enhance the coverage as per various
Indian universities.
FEATURES
• Coherent discussion on analysis
and design of machine tools
• Detailed analysis on design of gear
boxes and hydraulic, electrical &
mechanical stepless regulation
• Analysis and design of structural
elements, guideways, power
screws, spindles and bearings
• New coverage on Kinematics of
Lathe, Drilling & Milling Machines
• Separate chapter on CNC, DNC &
Machining Centers
• Systematic compilation of data for
ergonomic design of machine tool
controls
• Pedagogy:
• Solved Examples: 25
• Review Questions: 130
• Computer Programs for NC &
CNC : 12
CONTENTS
1. Introduction To Machine Tool Drives
And Mechanisms- General Principles Of
Machine Tool Design 2. Regulation Of
Speed And Feed Rates 3. Design Of
Machine Tool Structures 4. Design Of
Guideways And Power Screws 5. Design
Of Spindles And Spindle Supports 6.
Dynamics Of Machine Tools 7. Control
Systems In Machine Tools 8. Numerical
Control Of Machine Tools 9. Extensions
Of Numerical Control— Cnc, Dnc,
Machining Centres
SHOP THEORY
6th Edition
by Anderson
2001 / 568 Pages
ISBN : 9780070992108
CONTENTS
1. Careers in Machine Shop 2. Safety in
the Machine Shop 3. Hand Tools for
Bench Work 4. Basic Measuring and
Layout Tools 5. Metrology 6. Metric
Mesurement 7. Drills and Drilling
Measurement 8. Engine Lathe
Processes 9. Turret Lathes 10. Tapers
and Angles 11. Screw Thread Processes
12. Band Machining 13. Shaper and
Planner Processes 14. Miling Machine
Processes 15. Grinding machine
Processes 16. Gears and Gearing
Processes 17. Fundamentals of
Numerical Control 18. Special Machining
Processes 19. Surface Finish and
Surface Management 20. Heat-
Treatment and Testing of Metals
Appendixes Index
TOOL DESIGN (SIE), 4th Edition
by Cyril Donaldson, Formerly of
Rochester Institute of Technology
George H. Lecain, Formerly of
Rochester Institute of Technology V C
Goold, Kansas State College of
Pittsburg
2012 / 896 Pages
ISBN : 9780070153929
This text offers detailed understanding
on tool designing and tool-making. The
content“is basic in nature and the topics
are written in simple language covering
important“fundamental design aspects
of tools. Complete SI metrication of the
MANUFACTURING METHODS • MACHINE TOOL DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 19
text with inclusion“of fresh solved
examples and design related problems
will make this text further useful“for the
students as well as practitioners.
FEATURES
• Complete discussion on various tool
designing practices
• Detailed dimensioned drawings of
all parts are provided for clearer
understanding
• Newly added Solved Design
Problems for better understanding
of fundamentals
• Excellent Pedagogy:
• Solved Examples: 55
• Solved Design Problems: 12
• Review Questions: 750
• Chapter-end Problems: 162
CONTENTS
1. Tool-Design Methods 2. Toolmaking
Practices 3. Tooling Materials and Heat
Treatment 4. Design of Cutting Tools 5.
Gages and Gage Design 6. Locating and
Clamping Methods 7. Design of Drill Jigs
8. Design of Fixtures 9. Design of Sheet-
Metal Blanking and Piercing Dies 10.
Design of Sheet-Metal Bending 11.
Forming and Drawing Dies 12. Using
Plastics as Tooling Materials 13. Tool
Design for Numerically Controlled
Machine Tools Automatic Screw
Machines 14. Answers to Odd-
Numbered Questions 15. Answers to
Odd-Numbered Problems
MACHINE TOOL DESIGN AND
NUMERICAL CONTROL
2nd Editon
by Mehta
2002 / 520 Pages
ISBN : 9780074622377
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Machine Tool Drives
and Mechanisms. 2. Regulation of Speed
and Feed Rates. 3. Design of Machine
Tool Structures. 4. Design of Guideways
and Power Screws. 5. Design of Spindles
and Spindle Supports. 6. Dynamics of
Machine Tools. 7. Control Systems in
Machine Tools. 8. Numerical Control of
Machine Tools. 9. Extensions of
Numerical Control
US Edition
MODULAR DESIGN FOR
MACHINE TOOLS
by Yoshimi Ito, Tokyo Institute of
Technology.
2008 / 504 Pages
ISBN : 9780071496605
This comprehensive guide provides you
with the coverage you need to design
and build machines using modular
design methods. By using these
methods, you will be able to shorten
machine design time, improve reliability,
and simplify service and repairs.
CONTENTS
Terminology and Abbreviateds /
Nonemclature / Conversion Tables Part
1: Engineering Guides of Modular
Design and Description: Methodology
of Machine Tools Chapter 1: Basic
Knowledge: What is Modular Design?
Chapter 2: Engineering Guides and
Future Perspectives of Modular Design
Chapter 3: Description of Machine Tools
Chapter 4: Application of Machine Tool
Description to Engineering Design Part
2: Engineering Design for Machine
Tool Joints: Interfacial Structural
Configuration in Modular Design
Chapter 5: Basic Knowledge of Machine
Tool Joints Chapter 6: Fundamentals of
Engineering Design and Characteristics
of the Single Flat Joint Chapter 7: Design
Guides, Practices, and Firsthand View
of Engineering Developments--
Stationary Joints Chapter 8: Design
Guides, Practices, and Firsthand View
of Engineering Developments--Sliding
Joints Chapter 9: Rudimentary
Engineering Knowledge about Other
Joints / Appendix 1: Measurement of
Interface Pressure by Means of
Ultrasonic Waves / Appendix 2: Model
Theory and Testing
International Edition
TECHNOLOGY OF MACHINE TOOLS
7th Edition
by Steve F. Krar, Berger Chair in
Computing and Engineering, Tufts
University, Arthur R. Gill, Member of
the Society of Manufacturing Engineers,
and Peter Smid, Consultant/Professor
of Advanced Manufacturing in CNC,
CAD/CAM
2010 / 928 Pages
ISBN : 9780071221238 [IE]
Technology of Machine Tools 7e
provides state-of-the-art training for
using machine tools in manufacturing
technology, including upto-date
coverage of computer numerical control
(CNC). It includes an overview of
machine trades and career opportunities
followed by theory and application. The
text is structured to provide coverage of
tools and measurement, machining
tools and procedures, drilling and milling
machines, computer-aided machining,
and metallurgy. There is expanded
coverage of computer-related
technologies, including computer
numerical control (CNC) and computeraided
design and manufacturing (CAD/
CAM).
NEW TO THE SEVENTH EDITION OF
TECHNOLOGY OF MACHINE TOOLS
In addition to updating the text to reflect
changes in the modern business/
manufacturing world today – such as
direct digital manufacturing,
nantotechnology, and IDI – an entirely
new section on Lean Manufacturing
(Section 15) has been added to focus
on this industry’s prominent philosophy.
UNITS INCLUDE
• Continuous Improvement: Kaizan
• Pull (Kanban) Systems
• Total Productive Maintenance
• Value Stream Mapping
• Workplace Organization
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Machine Tools 2.
Machine Trade Opportunities 3. Safety
MACHINE TOOL DESIGN
20 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
4. Job Planning 5. Measurement 6.
Layout Tools and Procedures 7. Hand
Tools and Bench Work 8. Metal-Cutting
Technology 9. Metal-Cutting Saws 10.
Drilling Machines 11. The Lathe 12.
Milling Machines 13. Grinding 14.
Metallurgy 15. Cellular Manufacturing
16. Computer-Age Machining 17.
Advanced Manufacturing Technology
MACHINING & CNC TECHNOLOGY
WITH STUDENT DVD,
UPDATE EDITION
2nd Edition
by Michael Fitzpatrick
2010 / 1088 Pages
ISBN : 9780077388072
Machining and CNC Technology, by
Michael Fitzpatrick, provides the most
up-to-date approach to machine tool
technology available, with its integrated
coverage of manual and CNC-based
equipment.* Part 1 presents the basic
modern integrated manufacturing. * Part
2 shows students how to safely set up
and run manually operated machines. *
Part 3 deals with the goal of transferring
manual skills to the CNC system * Part
4 covers advanced and advancing
technologies, further emphasizing the
contemporary outlook of Fitzpatrick’s
book.
FEATURES
• Fully integrated coverage of
computer-related technologies in
manufacturing, including the latest
developments in CNC and CAD/
CAM
• Coverage of 21st century topics
such as Statistical Process Control
(SPC), Computer Coordinate
Measuring Machines (CCMM), and
the latest in cutting tool technologies
• Motivational features, such as Shop
Talk, Trade Tips, and Key Points
show students the practical side of
the subject
CONTENTS
Part I. Introduction to Manufacturing 1.
Professionalism in Manufacturing 2.
Math Skills Self-Review 3. Reading
Technical Drawings 4. Introduction to
Geometrics 5 Before and After
Machining 6. The Science and Skill of
Measuring - Five Basic Tools 7. Single-
Purpose Measuring Tools, Gages, and
Surface Roughness 8. Layout Skills
Part II. Introduction to Machining 9.
Cutting Tool Geometry 10 Drilling and
Operations and Machines 11. Turning
Operations 12. Mills and Milling
Operations 13. Precision Grinding
Operations and Machines 14. Technical
Screw Threads 15. Metallurgy for
Machinists - Heat Treating and
Measuring Hardness 16. Job Planning
Part III. Introduction to Computer
Numerical Control Machining 17.
Coordinates, Axes, and Motion 18.
CNC Systems 19. CNC Controls 20.
Operating a CNC Machine 21. Program
Planning 22. Level-One Programming
23. Level-Two Programming 24.
Setting Up a CNC Machine Part IV.
Advanced and Advancing Technology
25. Computer-Assisted Machining
(CAM) Programming 26. Advancing
Technology 27. Statistical Process
Control (SPC) 28. Computer
Coordinate Measuring
WELDING
WELDING AND WELDING
TECHNOLOGY
by Little
2004 / 435 Pages
ISBN : 9780070994096
CONTENTS
Part I: Gas Welding 1. Introduction
2. Equipment 3. Operation 4. Joining
Processes 5. Ferrous Welding 6.
Nonferrous Metals 7. Oxygen-fuel
Cutting Part II: Shield Arc Welding 8.
Introduction 9. Electrodes 10. Equipment
11. Operation 12. Weld Symbols 13.
Submerged Arc Welding 14. Carbon Arc
Welding Part III: Gas Shield Arc
Welding 15. Introduction 16. Equipment
17. TIG Operation 18. MIG Operation
Part IV: Welding Processes 19. Plasma
Arc Welding 20. Resistance Welding 21.
Electroslag and Electrogas welding 22.
Solid-State Bonding 23. Electron-Beam
Welding 24. Laser Welding 25. Thermit
Welding 26. Metal Flame Spraying Part
V: Metals 27. Structure of Metals 28.
Properties of Metals 29. Heat Treating
30. Destructive Testing 31.
Nondestructive Testing Index
US Edition
WELDING PRINCIPLES
AND PRACTICES
3rd Edition
by Bohnart Sacks
2005 / 1312 Pages
ISBN : 9780078250606
Welding : Principles & Practices is an
easily understood text that will give
students solid background in the basic
principles and practices of welding. It
introduces the fundamental theory of the
welding process (gas, arc, semiautomatic,
automatic, and robotic
welding) and then provides practices
jobs so students develop manipulative
skills. Metals and their welding
characteristics, safety practices, welding
symbols, and the fundamentals of print
reading are all covered.
CONTENTS
Unit 1: 1. History of Welding. 2. Industrial
Welding. 3. Steel and Other Metals. 4.
Basic Joints and Welds. 5. Gas Welding.
6. Flame Cutting Principles. 7. Flame
Cutting Practice. 8. Gas Welding
Practice. 9. Braze Welding and
Advanced Gas Welding Practice. 10.
Soldering and Brazing Principles and
Practices. Unit 2: 11. Shielded Metal-Arc
Welding Principles. 12. Shielded Metal-
Arc Welding Electrodes. 13. Shielded
Metal-Arc Welding Practice. 14. Shielded
Metal-Arc Welding Practice. 15. Shielded
Metal-Arc Welding Practice. 16. Shielded
Metal-Arc Welding Practice. 17. Art
Cutting Principles and Arc Cutting
Practice. Unit 3: 18. Gas Tungsten-Arc
and Plasma Arc Welding Principles. 19.
Gas tungsten-Arc Welding Practice. 20.
Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding Practice. 21.
Gas Tungsten-Arc and Flux Cored-Arc
Welding Principles. 22. Gas Metal-Arc
Welding With Solid Core Wire. 23. Flux
MACHINE TOOL DESIGN • WELDING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 21
Cored-Arc Welding Practice. 24. Welding
Practice With Solid Core Wire. Unit 4:
25. High Energy Beams and Related
Welding Processes. 26. General
Equipment for Welding Shops. 27.
Automatic and Robotic Arc welding
Equipment. 28. Testing and Inspection.
29. Reading Shop Drawings. 30. Welding
Symbols. 31. Safety. 32. Welding and
Bonding of Plastics
JIGS &
FIXTURES
JIGS AND FIXTURES:
NON STANDARD CLAMPING
DEVICES
by Grant
1971
ISBN : 9780070993297
CONTENTS
1. External Clamps 2. External
Equalizing Clamps without Lock 4.
External Equalizing Clamps with Lock 5.
External Pull Down Clamps 6. External
Equalizing Pull Down Clamps 7. External
Swing Clamps 8. External Equalizing
Clamps with Floating Cam 9. Internal
Clamps 10. Internal Pull Down Clamps
11. Internal Equalizing Pull Down Clamps
12. Internal Two-Position Clamps 13.
Cam Clamps 14. Centering 15. Toe
Clamps 16. Clamping in the Rear 17.
Underneath Clamps 18. Pusher Clamps
19. Knife Clamps 20. Two Directional
Clamping 21. Combination Clamping 22.
Raising the Parts 23. Strap Clamps 24.
Walking Strap Clamps 25. Wedge
Clamps 26. Vacuum Clamping 27. Vise
Type Clamps 28. Vise Jaws 29. Multiple
Loading 30. Toggle Link Clamping 31.
Collets (External) 32. Collets (Internal)
33. Chucks 34. Chuck Jaws 35.
Diaphragm Clamping 36. Automatic
Clamping 37. Jacks 38. Jacks with Builtin
Lock 39. Jacks (Double) 40. Jacks
(Double Equalizing) 41. Jacks (Leveling)
42. Power Sources for Clamp Post 43.
Indexing 44. Mandrels 45. Bushing
Plates 46. Lids 47. Quick Releases 48.
Equalizers 49. Shaft Clamping 50.
Hammer Action 51. Holding the Part 52.
Lathe Centers 53. Nut Locks 54. Lathe
Clamps 55. Plungers 56. Positioners 57.
Limit Switches 58. Ratchets 59. Vee
Blocks 60. C-Washers 61.
Miscellaneous 62. Special Tools 63.
What is Wrong with This Design? 64.
Small Details for Beginners 65. Answers
to Problems in What Is Wrong With this
Design / Index
JIGS AND FIXTURES
2nd Editionn
by P. H. Joshi
2001 / 250 Pages
ISBN : 9780074636701
Professional Book
CONTENTS
1 Introduction. 2 Location. 3 Clamping.
4 Indexing devices. 5 Drill Jigs. 6 Milling
fixtures. 7 Turning fixtures. 8 Grinding
fixtures. 9 Broaching fixtures. 10 Welding
and assembly fixtures. 11 Inspection
devices. 12 Shop set-ups. 13 Estimation.
14 Reference tables. 15 Exercises.
MEMS
MEMS
by N. P. Mahalik, Department of
Industrial Technology California State
University, Fresno California, USA.
2007 / 500 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634459
MEMS are small and integrated
devices, which combine electronics,
electrical as well as mechanical
elements to meet the control related
functional requirements. This book
synergistically covers the aspects of
multidisciplinary subjects by providing
the proof-of-principle, concepts, design,
development and applications of
MEMS.
FEATURES
• Principles of MEMS and its scope
discussed in sequence - will help
the students grasp the basics.
• Various fabrication and design
processes such as lithography,
surface micromachining, bulk micromachining
, ethcing, thin film
deposition, doping, wafer bonding
are discussed with their methods
and techniques in the chapter on
Microma-chining
• Fundamental components used for
design of MEMS are discussed in
the chapter on Mechanical Sensors
and Actuators
• Thermal MEMS such as
Thermocouple, RTD, MEMS
thermal probe, microhotplate,
thermovessels, SMA actuators, Ushaped
horizontal and vertical
actuator are covered in chapter on
Thermal Sensors and Actuators.
• Biomedical and Chemical MEMS
with discussions on chemicals used
in BioMEMS and devices like DNA
Sensors are present in chapter on
Micro fluidic Systems.
• Chapter on Performance Indices
and Device Array is dedicated to be
understanding of micro devices
CONTENTS :
Acknowledgement Chapter1.
Introduction Chapter 2. Micromachining
Chapter 3. System Modelling and
Properties of Material Chapter 4. Passive
Components and Systems Chapter 5.
Mechanical Sensors and Actuators
Chapter 6. Thermal Sensors and
Actuators Chapter 7. Micro-optoelectromechanical
Systems Chapter 8.
Magnetic Sensors and Actuators
Chapter 9. Radio Frequency (RF) MEMS
Chapter 10. Microfluidic Systems
Chapter 11. Chemical and Biomedical
Micro-systems Chapter 12. CNT and
Nanotechnology Chapter 13. Simulation
Based Micro and Nanosystem Design
Chapter 14. Performance Indices and
Device Array References / Index
WELDING • JIGS & FIXTURES • MEMS
22 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
MEMS AND MICROSYSTEMS
DESIGN AND MANUFATURE
by Tai-Ran Hsu, San Jose State
University
2002 / 512 Pages
ISBN : 9780070487093
CONTENTS
1. Overview of MEMS and Microsystems.
2. Working Pri ciples of
Microsys-tems. 3. Engineering Science
for Microsystem Design and Fabrication.
4. Engineering Mechanics for Microsystems
Design. 5. Thermofluid Engineering
and Micro-system Design. 6. Scaling
Laws in Miniaturization. 7. Materials for
MEMS and Microsystems.
8. Microsystem Fabrication Processes.
9. Overview of Micromanu-facturing. 10.
Microsystems Design. 11. Microsystem
Packaging. Appendix 1 Recommended
Units for Thermophysical Quantities.
Appendix 2 Conversion of Units
between SI and Imperial Systems
ROBOTICS
INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS
by S. K. Saha, Professor, Department of
Mechanical Engineering,Indian Institute
of Technology, Delhi
2008 / 400 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669000
Saha : Robotics is an up-to-date,
comprehensive book that presents a
detailed exposition of the concepts
using a simple and student friendly
approach. The illustrations, case studies
and exercises make this book a unique
offering that is a must have for both
students and teachers alike.
FEATURES
• Unique chapter on Recursive Robot
Dynamics introduces methodology
for automatic generation of dynamic
algorithms.
• Comprehensive coverage on Drive
Systems, Robot control, and Robot
applications.
• Case Studies - discusses several
robot systems with execution
guidelines
• Recursive Inverse Dynamics for
Industrial Manipulator (RIDIM) and
MATLAB based exercises.
PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• 100 Solved examples
• 141 Chapter-end problems
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Serial Robots 3.
Actuators 4. Sensors 5. Transformations
6. Kinematics 7. Statics 8. Dynamics 9.
Recursive Robot Dynamic 10. Control 11.
Motion Planning 12. Computers for
Robots / Appendix A : Mathematical
Fundamentals / Appendix B: Use of
MATLAB and ridim / Appendix C: Student
Projects: Case Studies
INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS (SIE):
TECHNOLOGY, PROGRAMMING
AND APPLICATIONS, 2nd Edition
By Mikell P Groover & Nicholas G
Odrey, Lehigh University Mitchel
Weiss, Cofounder of United States
Robots, Inc. Roger N Nagel, Lehigh
University“Ashish Dutta, IIT, Kanpur
2012 / 536 Pages
ISBN : 9781259006210
This hallmark text on Industrial Robotics
offers an in-depth analysis of
fundamentals of“robotics and industrial
applications of robots. It focuses on
technology, programming“and
applications of industrial robots which
helps the readers in transition from
classroom“and lab environment into the
applied and practical world of industry.
The objective“of this Special Indian
Edition is to include the latest trends in
the field of Industrial“Robotics and
enhance the coverage on the subject
area. Plenty of real life images and“use
of simple language makes this text
more useful for the readers.
FEATURES
• An ideal offering for the complete
course of Industrial Robotics
• Detailed discussion on industrial and
manufacturing applications of robots
• New coverage on Robot Dynamics,
Artificial Intelligence and Future of
Robotics
• Complete coverage of Sensors and
Robot motions
• Emphasis on Robot Programming
and Language
Updates to the Edition
• Chapter 1: Updated – History of
Robotics and Chronology of
Developments
• Chapter 3: New Addition – Circuit &
Mechanical Model of D C Motors,
Internal & External sensors
• Chapter 4: New Addition – Joint
Space Schemes, Dynamics :
Newton –Euler & Euler-Lagrangian
Formulations
• Chapter 5: New Addition –
Trajectory via points, Jacobian &
Singularity Functions
• Chapter 6: New Addition – Force
Sensors & their design
• Chapter 10: Updated – Areas of
Artificial Intelligence
• Chapter 19: New Addition – Human
Centered robotics
• Chapter 20: New Addition –
Rehabilitation Robots
CONTENTS
Part 1 Fundamentals of Robotics 1.
Introduction 2. Fundamentals of Robot
Technology, Programming, and
Applications Part 2 Robot Technology:
The Robot and its Peripherals 3. Control
Systems and Components 4. Robot
Motion Analysis and Control 5. Robot
End Effectors 6. Sensors in Robotics
7. Machine Vision Part 3 Robot
Programming and Languages 8. Robot
Programming 9. Robot Languages 10.
Artificial Intelligence Part 4 Applications
Engineering for Manufacturing 11. Robot
Cell Design and Control 12. Economic
Analysis for Robotics Part 5 Robot
Applications in Manufacturing 13.
Material Transfer and Machine Loading/
Unloading 14. Processing Operations
15. Assembly and Inspection Part 6
Implementation Principles and Issues
16. An Approach for Implementing
Robotics 17. Safety, Training,
Maintenance, And Quality Part 7 Social
ROBOTICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 23
Issues and the Future of Robotics 18.
Social and Labor Issues 19. Robotics
Technology of the Future 20. Future
Applications
ROBOTICS: CONTROL, SENSING,
VISION, AND INTELLIGENCE
by K.S. Fu School of Electrical
Engineering Purdue University; R.C.
Gonzalez, Department of Electrical
Engineering, University of Tennessee;
C.S.G. Lee, School of Electrical
Engineering, Purdue University
2008 / 594 Pages
ISBN : 9780070265103
This book provides a comprehensive,
well-organized, and up-to-date account
of basic principles underlying the
design, analysis and synthesis of robotic
systems.
FEATURES
• Presents analytical techniques and
fundamental principles of robotics in
a unified and coherent manner
• Numerous examples are worked out
in the text to illustrate the
discussion, and exercises of various
types and complexity are included at
the end of each chapter
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Robot Arms Kinematics
3. Robot Arm Dynamics 4. Planning of
Manipulator Trajectories 5. Robot Arm
Control 6. Sensing 7. Lower-Level Vision
8. Higher Level Vision 9. Robot
Programming Languages 10. Robot
Intelligence and Task Planning /
Appendixes
ROBOTICS AND CONTROL
by Mittal & Nagrath
2002 / 492 Pages
ISBN : 9780070482937
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Robotics 2. Coordinate
Frames, Mapping and Transforms 3.
Symbolic Modeling of Robots – Direct
Kinematic Model 4. The Inverse
Kinematics 5. Manipulator Differential
Motion and Statics 6. Dynamic Modeling
7. Trajectory Planning 8. Control of
Manipulators 9. Robotics Sensors and
Vision 10. Robot Applications
Appendices / Index
ROBOTICS TECHNOLOGY AND
FLEXIBLE AUTOMATION
2nd Edition
2009
ISBN : 9780070077911
by S. R. Deb & Sankha Deb
The authors, who have over four
decades of experience in the industry
and academia, have enhanced the
coverage of the work by
comprehensively adding the latest
developments in the field. New topics
include robot dynamics, drives, actuator
systems, mechatr
CONTENTS
1. Robotics. History, Present Status
and Future Trends 2. Robot Kinematics
and Dynamics 3. Robot Drives,
Actuators and Control 4. Robot End-
Effectors 5. Sensors and Intelligent
Robots 6. Robot Languages and
Programming 7. Mechatronics and
Computer Interfacing 8. Flexible
Automation Technology 9. Quantitative
Techniques for Economic Performance
10. Applications of Robots
ROBOTICS DEMYSTIFIED:
A SELF-TEACHING GUIDE
by Wise
2005 / 314 Pages
ISBN : 9780070603134
KINEMATICS /
DYNAMICS OF
MACHINES
THEORY OF MACHINES
3rd Edition
by S S Rattan, Prof & Head, Dept. of
Mechanical Engineering National
Institute of Technology, Kurukshetra
2009 / 750 Pages
ISBN : 9780070144774
The book covers two-semester course
on Kinematics and Dynamics of
Machinery comprehensively. Various
important concepts are presented in a
logical, innovative and lucid manner.
Physical concepts have been
maintained in various derivations and
simple mathematical methods have
been used so that those with limited
mathematical skills too can easily
understand the exposition.
Several new sections have been added
especially in the chapters on
Mechanisms and Machines,
Acceleration Analysis, Graphical and
Computer Aided Synthesis of
Mechanisms, Belts, Ropes and Chains.
Topics like Function generation, Path
generation, Motion Generation have
been rewritten for greater suitability to
the course.
FEATURES
• Various important concepts are
presented in a logical, innovative
and lucid manner
• Balanced presentation of Graphical
and Analytical approaches.
• Inclusion of several new sections
especially in the chapters on
Mechanisms and Machines,
Acceleration Analysis, Graphical
and Computer Aided Synthesis of
Mechanisms, Belts, Ropes and
Chains.
CONTENTS
1. Mechanisms and Machines
2. Velocity Analysis 3. Acceleration
Analysis 4. Computer-aided Analysis of
Mechanisms 5. Graphical and
Computer-aided Synthesis of
ROBOTICS • KINEMATICS / DYNAMICS OF MACHINES
24 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Mechanisms 6. Lower Pairs 7. Cams 8.
Friction 9. Belts, Ropes and Chains 10.
Gears 11. Gear Trains 12. Static Force
Analysis 13. Dynamic Force Analysis 14.
Balancing 15. Brakes and
Dynamometers 16. Governors 17.
Gyroscope 18. Vibrations 19. Automatic
Control
KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS
OF MACHINERY
(Special Indian Edition)
by Robert L. Norton, Worcester
Polytechnic Institute
2009 / 815 Pages
ISBN : 9780070144804
Robert L. Norton’s kinenatics and
dynamics of machinery, continues the
tradition of this best-selling book through
its balanced coverage of analysis and
design and outstanding use of realistic
engineering examples. Through its
reader-friendly style of writing, clear
exposition of complex topics, and
emphasis on synthesis and design, the
text succeeds in conveying the art of
design as well as the use of modern
tools needed for analysis of the
kinematics and dynamics of machinery.
FEATURES
• Provides up-to-date methods and
techniques for analysis and
synthesis. Presents vector
mathematical and matrix solution
methods for analysis of both
kinematics and dynamics topics.
CONTENTS
Part I Kinematics of Mechanisms
1. Introduction 2. Kinematics
Fundamentals 3. Graphical Linkage
Synthesis 4. Position Analysis 5.
Analytical Linkage Synthesis 6. Velocity
Analysis 7. Acceleration Analysis 8. Cam
Design 9. Gear Trains Part II Dynamics
of Machinery 10. Dynamics
Fundamentals 11. Dynamic Force
Analysis 12. Balancing 13. Engine
Dynamics 14. Multicylinder Engines 15.
Cam Dynamics Appendix A Computer
Programs pg. 773 / Appendix B Material
Properties pg. 775 / Appendix C
Geometric Properties pg. 779/ Appendix
D Spring Data pg. 781 / Appendix E
Linkage Atlases pg. 785 / Appendix F
Answers to Selected Problems pg . 787
/ Index / DVD Catalog
MACHINE DESIGN
DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS
3rd Edition
by V B Bhandari, Retired Professor and
Head, Department of Mechanical
Engineering, Vishwakarma Institute of
Technology, Pune
2010 / 960 Pages
ISBN : 9780070681798
The book covers the syllabi of
universities, technical boards and
professional examining bodies in the
country. Each is written in a simple,
crisp and logical way, explaining the
theoretical considerations in design of
machine elements. The language is
lucid and easy to understand yet
precisely scientific. It covers the topics
in entirety meaning thereby that for a
particular topic, all the facets associated
with it have been dealt in a very
methodical and logical manner. This
pattern is consistent and is followed for
all the topics throughout the text.
Theoretical explanations and
mathematical derivations are supported
with well-labeled and clear figures along
with systematically solved examples to
enhance the understanding of the
concepts.
SALIENT FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage of the
course on Machine Design.
• New Chapters on Design of Engine
Components and Riveted Joints.
• Standalone on Statistical Design
Consideration.
• Thorough coverage on the topic of
Pressure Vessels.
• Excellent Pedagogy:
• Solved Examples. 355
• Short Answer Type
Questions. 800
• Problems for Practice. 214
• Objective Type Questions.
648
• Tutorial or step by step problem
solving methodology used for all
solved examples.
• Answers are provided alongside
Practice Problems.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Engineering Materials
3. Manufacturing Consideration in
Design 4. Design Against Ststic Load 5.
Design Against Fluctuating Load 6.
Power Screws 7. Threaded Joints 8.
Welded and Riveted Joints 9. Shafts,
Keys and Couplings 10. Spring 11.
Friction Clutches 12. Brakes 13. Belt
Drives 14. Chain Drives 15. Rolling
Contact Bearings 16. Sliding Contact
Bearings 17. Spur Gears 18. Helical
Gears 19. Bevel Gears 20. Worm
Gears 21.Flywheel 22.Cylinders and
Pressure Vessels 23. Miscellaneous
Machine Element 24. Statistical
Considerations in Design 25. Design of
IC Engine Components
SHIGLEY’S MECHANICAL
ENGINEERING DESIGN
9th Edition
(Specian Indian Edition)
By Richard G. Budynas, Professor
Emeritus, Kate Gleason College of
Engineering, Rochester Institute of
Technology; Keith J. Nisbett, Associate
Professor of Mechanical Engineering,
University of Missouri-Rolla
2011 / 1112 Pages
ISBN : 9780071077835
The ninth edition of Shigley’s
Mechanical Engineering Design retains
its tradition of basic and straight forward
approach with clear application of
concepts which has made this book the
standard in machine design for over 4
decades. It focuses on fundamentals
with emphasis on modern design and
new applications with an all new and
enhanced variety of problems.
DYNAMICS OF MACHINES • MACHINE SESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 25
FEATURES
• Extensive coverage on machine
design basics-includes design
process, engineering mechanics
and materials, failure prevention,
and characteristics of the principal
types of mechanical elements
• A complete new and revised
set of challenging end-of-chapter
problems.
• Offers practical approach with a
wide range of real-world applications
and examples
• Encourages readers to link fundamental
concepts with practical
component specification.
• Excellent pedagogy with numerous
examples to clarify the concepts
presented in text.
• Pedagogy : Total 1178
• Solved Examples: 162
• Chapter-end Problems: 1016
CONTENTS
Part I Basics 1. Introduction to
Mechanical Design 2. Materials 3.
Load and Stress Analysis 4. Deflection
and Stiffness Part II Failure
Prevention 5. Failures Resulting from
Static Loading 6. Failure Resulting from
Variable Loading Part III Design of
Mechanical Elements 7. Shafts and
Axles 8. Screws, Fasteners, and the
Design of Nonpermanent Joints 9.
Welding, Brazing, Bonding, and the
Design of Permanent Joints 10.
Mechanical Springs 11. Rolling-Contact
Bearings 12. Lubrication and Journal
Bearings 13. Gears - General 14. Spur
and Helical Gears 15. Bevel and Worm
Gears 16. Clutches, Brakes, Couplings
and Flywheels 17. Flexible Mechanical
Elements 18. Power Transmission
Case Study Part IV—Analysis Tools
19. Finite-Element Analysis 20.
Statistical Considerations
INTRODUCTION TO
MACHINE DESIGN
by V.B. Bhandari, Viswakarma Institute
of Technology, Pune
2001 / 624 Pages
ISBN : 9780070434493
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. Properties of
Engineering Materials. 3. Design of
Simple Machine Parts. 4. Shafts, Keys
and Couplings. 5. Power Screws. 6.
Threaded Joints.7. Welded Joints. 8
Riveted Joints. 9 Bearings and Seal
DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS
2nd Edition
by K Ganesh Babu, R.V.S. College of
Engineering and Technology, Dindigul;
K Srithar, Thiagarajar College of
Engineering, Madurai
2009
ISBN : 9780070672840
This textbook provides a basic
understanding of design concepts of
machines and its application in the field
of engineering. Its broad topical
coverage provides a thorough overview
of the fundamentals of the subject.
Includes topics on design procedure for
I.C Engine components like crank shaft,
connecting rod, piston also includes
topics on selection of materials, types of
loads and failure theories related to
loading conditions.
FEATURES
• Topical coverage on Springs, Power
Screws and Special Joints like Pipe,
Cotter and Knuckle Joints
• Includes brief introduction on
Computer Aided Design, Fracture
Mechanics
• The formulae and the problems are
solved with respect to Standard data
books for easy understanding
CONTENTS
1. Fundamentals of Design 2. Design
for Static Strength 3. Design for Fatigue
Strength 4. Mechanical Systems and
Manufacturing Consideration in Design
5. Design of Fasteners and Joints 6.
Design of Welded Joints 7. Design of
Riveted Joints 8. Design of Shafts 9.
Design of Keys and Couplings 10.
Bearings 11. Design of Internal
Combustion Engine Components 12.
Design of Springs 13. Power Screws
14. Design of Pipe Joint, Cotter Joint
and Knuckle Joint
MACHINE DESIGN
(Sigma Series)
by S.G. Kulkarni, Formerly Professor,
Dept. of Mechanical Engineering
Government College of Engineering
Aurangabad
2008 / 408 Pages
ISBN : 9780070647886
This book on Machine Design discusses
the various theories and components of
machine design. Theory has been
presented in concise form with
numerous solved examples and
practice problems. It highlights the
procedural aspects of designing
machine elements to meet their
functional requirements under different
conditions
FEATURES
• Crisp recap of the principles and
concepts of machine design at the
beginning of every chapter.
• Numerous graded solved problems
with assumptions formulated to help
students gain conceptual clarity
• Plethora of unsolved problems for
which assumptions are to be
formulated by students
• A large variety of practice exercises
and multiple-choice questions with
answers to all at the end of each
chapter.
CONTENTS
1. Fundamental Concepts 2. Design
Procedure, simple Stresses 3. Combined
Stresses : Theories of Failure 4. Variable
Loading 5. Cotter and Knuckle Joint 6.
Design of Levers 7. Shafts and Couplings
8. Springs 9. Bolt Loading 10. Power
Screw 11. Belt, Rope and Chain Drive
12. Brakes 13. Clutches 14. Spur Gear
15. Helical Gears 16. Bevel Gears 17.
MACHINE SESIGN
26 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Worm Gear 18. Sliding Contact Bearings
19. Rolling Contact Bearings 20.
Miscellaneous Elements 21. Statistical
Considerations and Optimum Design. /
Appendixes / Index
MACHINE DESIGN
(in SI Units)
(Special Indian Edition)
by Alfred S. Hall, Alfred R.
Holowenko, Herman G. Laughlin,
Department of Mechanical Engineering,
Purdue University. Adaptation Author:
S.K. Somani, Department of
Mechanical Engineering, Institute of
Engineering and Technology, Devi
Ahilya University, Indore.
2007 / 235 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634589
Schaum’s Outline on Machine Design
presents the principles and applications
of elementary machine design with
numerous solved and unsolved
problems. Various proofs of theorems
and derivations of formulae are also
demonstrated.
FEATURES
• In SI Units
• Step functions and the theorem of
Castigliano introduced as tools for
determining deflections in machine
members
• Introduction to Vibration Studies
given
• Careful treatment of critical speeds
of shafts presented
• Exhaustive treatment given for
determining the rigidity and strength
of machine members.
PEDAGOGY
• 380 examples with step-by-step
solution
• 542 practice problems
• 400 line diagrams
ADAPTATION HIGHLIGHTS
• 125 new solved examples
• 250 new practice problems
• 42 new diagrams
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Stresses in Simple
Machine Members 3. Metal Fits And
Tolerances 4. Curved Beams 5.
Deflection and Buckling of Machine
Members 6. Designing Machine
Members Subjected to Variable Loads
7. Machine Vibrations 8. Critical Speeds
of Shafts 9. Power Transmission Shafting
10. Coupling Design 11. Keys, Pins, and
Splines 12. Power Screw and Threaded
Fasteners 13. Bolt Loading 14. Clutches
15. Brake Design 16. Springs 17. Gear
Forces 18. Spur Gears 19. Helical Gears
20. Bevel Gears 21. Worm Gears 22.
Rolling Bearings 23. Lubrication and
Bearing Design 24. Belt Drives 25.
Welding 26. Flywheels 27. Projects /
Index
International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF
MACHINE ELEMENTS
2nd Edition
by Bernard J. Hamrock, Ohio State
University, Columbus; Steven R.
Schmid, University of Notre Dame and
Bo O. Jacobson, Lund University
2005 / 1,008 Pages
ISBN : 9780071257947
The second edition of Fundamentals of
Machine Elements, second edition
provides undergraduates and praticing
engineers with a clear understanding of
the theory and applications behind the
fundamental concepts of machine
elements. The text is rich with examples
and homework problems designed to
test student understanding and build
their skills in analysis and design. The
engineering design process is stressed
throughout the book through the use of
Case Studies, open-ended problems,
design procedure boxes, and in-text
discussion.
FEATURES
• Over 600 homework problems are
found in the text.
• Approximately 200 worked examples
with step-by-step solutions are in the
text.
• Students are exposed to design
principles beginning in chapter 1, and
continuing throughout the book.
There are numerous open-ended
problems and case studies sprinkled
throughout the text.
CONTENTS
I Fundamentals: 1. Introduction.
2. Load, Stress and Strain. 3. Introduction
to Materials and Manufacturing. 4.
Stresses and Strains. 5. Deformation. 6.
Failure Prediction for Static Loading. 7.
Failure Prediction for Cyclic and Impact
Loading. 8. Lubrication, Friction and
Wear. II Machine Elements: 9.
Columns. 10. Stresses and Deformation
in Cylinders. 11. Shafting and Associated
Parts. 12. Hydrodynamics and
Hydrostatic Bearings and Seals. 13.
Rolling-Element Bearings. 14. Spur
Gears. 15. Helical, Bevel, and Worm
Gears. 16. Fasteners and Power Screws.
17. Springs. 18. Brakes and Clutches.
19. Flexible Machine Designs. 20.
Microelectrome-chanical Devices. 21.
Design Projects. Appendices. Appendix
A: Material Properties. Appendix B:
Stress Strain Relationships
International Edition
MECHANICAL DESIGN:
AN INTEGRATED APPROACH
by Ansel Ugural, New Jersey Institute
Technology
2004
ISBN : 9780071234931
Ugural’s Mechanical Design : An
Integrated Approach provides a
comprehensive, integrated view of
machine element design for Mechanical
Engineering students and practicing
engineers.
FEATURES
• Strong coverage of engineering
mechanics concepts provided in
Part I of the book.
• Case Studies, showing application
of chapter topics to real-world
engineering design, are included in
most chapters.
MACHINE SESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 27
• Examples and problems are
structured to allow for use of
computers, when desired, in
problem analysis and solution.
CONTENTS
Part I Fundamentals: 1. Introduction to
Design. 2. Materials. 3. Stress and Strain.
4. Deflection and Stiffness. 5. Energy
Methods in Design. 6. Buckling Design
of Members. 7. Static Failure Criteria and
Reliability. 8. Fatigue. Part II
Applications : 9. Shafts and Associated
Parts. 10. Bearings and Lubrication. 11.
Spur Gears. 12. Helical, Worm, and
Bevel Gears. 13. Belts, Chain, Clutches,
and Brakes. 14. Springs. 15. Power
Screws, Fasteners, and Connections.
16. Axisymmetric Problems in Design.
17. Finite Element Analysis in Design.
Appendix A Units, Properties of Shapes,
and Beam Deflections. Appendix B
Material Properties. Appendix C Stress
Concentration Factors. Appendix D
Solution of the Stress Cubic Equation
HANDBOOK OF GEAR DESIGN
2nd Edition
by Maitra
2004 / 536 Pages
ISBN : 9780070402379
CONTENTS
1. Fundamentals of Toothed Gearing
2. Spur Gears 3. Helical Gears 4. Worm
and Worm-Wheels 5. Straight Bevel
Gears 6. Spiral Bevel Gears 7.
Miscellaneous Gearing 8. Miscellaneous
Topics 9. Appendices 10.
Bibliography
HANDBOOK OF
MECHANICAL DESIGN
by Maitra
2004 / 735 Pages
ISBN : 9780074602386
International Edition
I-DEAS STUDENT GUIDE
2nd Edition
by Structural Dynamics Research
Corporation
2004 / 480 Pages
ISBN : 9780071216326
CONTENTS
Preface. How to Use This Guide. 1.
Introduction to I-DEAS. 2. Part Modeling.
3. Modifying Parts. 4. Constraints and
Constrait Networks. 5. Surfacing
Techniques. 6. Assemblies and
Mechanisms. 7. Annotation and Drafting.
8. Manufacturing. 9. Simulation. 10.
Other I-DEAS Applications. Sheet Metal,
Harness, Mold Design, Test. 11. Best
Practices. 12. Collaboration. Appendix
: A. Icon Summary. B. Advanced
Features and Interfaces. C. Troubleshooting
Reference. Index
THE MECHANICAL
DESIGN PROCESS
4th Edition
by David G. Ullman, Oregon State
University
2011 / 480 Pages
ISBN : 9781259002410
The fourth edition of The Mechanical
Design Process combines a practical
overview of the design process with
case material and real-life engineering
insights. This book conveys the "flavor"
of design, addressing both traditional
engineering topics as well as real-world
issues like creative thinking, synthesis
of ideas, visualization, teamwork, sense
of customer needs and product success
factors, and the financial aspects of
design alternatives, in a practical and
motivating manner.
FEATURES
• Icons direct students to the on-line
templates.
• Blank design template Pages are
posted to the website.
CONTENTS
1. Why Study the Design Process? 2.
Understanding Mechanical Design 3.
Designers and Design Teams 4. The
Design Process and Product Discovery
5. Planning to Design the Product 6.
Understanding the Problem and the
Development of Engineering Specifi
cations 7. Concept Generation 8.
Concept Evaluation and Selection 9.
Product Generation 10. Product
Evaluation for Performance and the
Effects of Variation 11. Product
Evaluation : Design For Cost,
Manufacture, Assembly, and other
Measures 12. Wrapping up the Design
Process and Supporting the Product /
Appendix A Properties of 25 Materials
Most Commonly Used in Mechanical
Design / Appendix B Normal Probability
/ Appendix C The Factor of Safety as a
Design Variable / Appendix D Human
Factors in Design
PLATES & SHELLS
THEORY OF PLATES AND SHELLS
2nd Edition
by Stephan Timoshenko, (Deceased)
Krieger Woinowsky, Stanford
University
2010 / 580 Pages
ISBN : 9780070701250
CONTENTS
This most acclaimed book on plates
and shell provides comprehensive
coverage of concepts in meticulous
manner. It is an important tool for
students and engineers who design and
analyze structures for cutting edge
technology.1. Bending of Long
Rectangular Plates to a Cylindrical
Surface 2 Pure Bending of Plates 3.
Symmetrical Bending of Circular Plates
4. Small Deflections of Laterally Loaded
Plates 5. Simply Supported Rectangular
Plates 6. Rectangular Plates with
Various Edge Conditions 7. Continous
MACHINE SESIGN • PLATES & SHELLS
28 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Rectangular Plates 8. Plates on Elastic
Foundations 9. Plates of Various
Shapes 10. Special And Approximate
Methods in Theory of Plates 11.
Bending of Anisotropic Plates 12.
Bending of Plates Under the Combined
Action of Lateral Loads and Forces in
the Middle Plane of the Plate 13. Large
Deflections of Plates 14. Deformation of
Shells without Bending 15. General
Theory of Cylindrical Shells 16. Shells
Having the Form of a Surface of
Revolution and Loaded Symmetrically
with Respect to their Axis
MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS
MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS
(Special Indian Edition)
(Schaum’s Outline Series)
by S. Graham Kelly, Associate
Professor Dept. of Mechanical
Engineering The University of Akron;
Shashidhar K. Kudari, Assistant
Professor Dept. of Mechanical
Engineering, BVB College of
Engineering HUBLI
2007 / 490 Pages
ISBN : 9780070616790
This Schaum’s Outline on Mechanical
Vibrations demonstrates the use of
analysis of vibrations in Mechanical
Systems. Each chapter in the book
gives short introduction of the topics
covered in it followed by a large number
of solved examples and practice
problems. Solved examples illustrate
the use of theory in design and analysis
applications.
FEATURES
• Free and Forced Vibrations of single
degree-of-freedom, multi-degree
freedom, and continuous systems
• Undamped systems and systems
with Viscous damping
• Coulomb Damping and Hysteric
damping for single degree-offreedom
systems
• Chapter on Vibration Control
discusses design of Vibration
Control devices such as Vibration
Isolators and Vibration Absorbers
• Chapter 11 on Computer
Applications discusses the various
softwares such as VIBES, MS
EXCEL etc. that can be used in
Vibration analysis and Design.
PEDAGOGY
• Solved Examples : 358
• Practice Problems : 339
CONTENTS
1. Mechanical System Analysis 2. Free
Vibrations of 1Degree of Freedom
Systems 3. Harmonic Excitation of
1Degree of Freedom Systems 4.
General Forced Response of 1Degree
of Freedom Systems 5. Free Vibrations
of Multi Degree of Freedom Systems 6.
Forced Vibrations of of Multi Degree of
Freedom Systems 7. Vibrations of
Continuous Systems 8. Vibration Control
9. Finite Element Method 10. Non Linear
Systems 11. Computer Applications
MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS
BY Thammaiah Gowda, Professor and
Head of Mechanical & Production
Engineering, Adichunchanagiri Institute
of Technology, Karnataka D. V. Girish,
Professor and Head Dept. of
Mechanical & Production Engineering,
Dept. of Mechanical Engineering,
Malnad College of Engineering,
Karnataka T Jagadeesha, Assistant
Professor, NIT, Calicut
2012 / 468 Pages
ISBN : 9781259006173
This text offers a comprehensive and
complete discussion on the analysis of
vibrations“in mechanical systems.
Starting from the overview of Simple
Harmonic Motion, the text presents
detailed analysis of single-degree, two
degree and multi-degree-freedom
systems. The physical significance and
interpretations of essential concepts are
emphasized for clear understanding by
providing plenty of solved examples &
numerical problems.
FEATURES
• An ideal offering for the complete
course of Mechanical Vibrations
• Separate chapters on Exact
Analysis and Numerical Methods of
Multi-Degree-Freedom Systems
• Dedicated discussion on Single-
Degree-Freedom Systems:
• Undamped Free, Damped Free and
Forced Vibrations
• Comprehensive coverage of
Vibrations of Continuous Systems,
Transient and Random Vibrations
• Excellent Pedagogy:
• Solved Examples : 175
• Numerical Problems : 137
• Review Questions : 115
• Multiple Choice Questions : 120
CONTENTS
1. Fundamentals of Vibrations
2. Undamped Free Vibration of Single-
Degree-of-Freedom Systems
3. Free-Vibration of Single-Degree-
Freedom System with Damping
4. Forced Vibration of Single-Degree-
Freedom System
5. Vibration Measuring Instruments
(Seismic Instruments)
6. Two-Degree-Freedom Systems
7. Multi-Degree-Freedom Systems :
Exact Analysis
8. Multi-Degree-Freedom Systems -
Numerical Method
9. Vibrations of Continuoussystem
10. Transient Vibration
11. Random Vibration
MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS • DYNAMIC SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 29
DYNAMIC SYSTEMS
SYSTEM DYNAMICS
2nd Edition
by William J. Palm III, University of
Rhode, Island
2009 / 944 Pages
ISBN : 9781259027505
System Dynamics includes the
strongest treatment of computational
software and system simulation of any
available text, with its early introduction
of MATLAB® and Simulink®. The text's
extensive coverage also includes
discussion of the root locus and
frequency response plots, among other
methods for assessing system behavior
in the time and frequency domains as
well as topics such as function
discovery, parameter estimation, and
system identification techniques, motor
performance evaluation, and system
dynamics in everyday life.
FEATURES
• The author has edited two chapters
for a more concise presentation of
the review on dynamics and a more
concise introduction to eletrical
systems.
• The material in Chapter 5 dealing
with transfer functions and state
variable methods has been
reorganized to better delineate the
advantages of each method.
• Introduction to MATLAB®, offered
on the text website, provides
readers with a practical, concise
guide to the program.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Modeling of Rigid-Body
Mechanical Systems 3. Solution
Methods for Dynamic Models 4. Spring
and Damper Elements in Mechanical
Systems 5. State Variable Models
6. Electrical and Electromechanical
Systems 7. Fluid and Thermal Systems
8. Frequency Response Methods 9.
Transient Response and Block Diagram
Methods 10. Introduction to Feedback
Control 11. PID Control System Design
12. Compensator Design 13. Vibration
Applications / Appendices / Introduction
to MATLAB (on the website) / Guide to
Selected MATLAB Commands and
Functions / Numerical Methods (on the
website) / Fourier Series
MECHATRONICS
INTRODUCTION TO
MECHATRONICS AND
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by David G. Alciatore, Dept of
Mechanical Engineering, Colorado State
University; Michael B. Histand, Dept of
Mechanical Engineering, Colorado State
University
2007 / 535 Pages
ISBN : 9780070648142
The Text provides comprehensive and
accessible coverage of the evolving field
of mechatronics for mechanical
engineering students. Concise review of
the electrical circuits, solid state
devices, digital circuits and motors helps
students to understand the
fundamentals of a mechatronic system.
FEATURE
• Integrates design examples and
problems throughout the text.
• The text’s focus on measurement
systems, circuits and electronics,
interfacing sensors and actuators,
along with analysis and synthesis of
mechatronic systems, provides a
thorough cross-disciplinary and realworld
overview of Mechatro-nics.
• Content coverage of important
subjects like MEMS, cutting edge
sensors technology, and
micromecha-nics.
PEDOGOGICAL FEATURES
• Pedagogy includes :
• Solved Examples : 35
• Practice Problems : 235
• Class Discussion Items (CDIs) : 97
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Mechatronicsand
Measurement Systems 2. Electric
Circuits and Components 3. Semiconductor
Electronics 4. System
Response 5. Analog Signal Processing
Using Operational Amplifiers 6. Digital
Circuits and Systems 7. Microcontroller
Programming and Interfacing 8. Data
Acquisition 9. Sensors 10. Actuators 11.
Mechatronic Systems-Control
Architectures and Case Studies
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO
MECHATRONICS AND
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
4th Edition
by David G. Alciatore, Colorado State
University
2011 / 608 Pages
ISBN : 9780071086042
INTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS
AND MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
provides comprehensive and accessible
coverage of the evolving field of
mechatronics for mechanical, electrical
and aerospace engineering majors. The
author presents a concise review of
electrical circuits, solid-state devices,
digital circuits, and motors- all of which
are fundamental to understanding
mechatronic systems. Mechatronics
design considerations are presented
throughout the text, and in “Design
Example” features. The text’s numerous
illustrations, examples, class discussion
items, and chapter questions &
exercises provide an opportunity to
understand and apply mechatronics
concepts to actual problems
encountered in engineering practice.
This text has been tested over several
years to ensure accuracy. A text web
site is available at
www.mechatronics.colostate.edu and
contains numerous supplemental
resources.
DYNAMIC SYSTEMS • MECHATRONICS
30 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Coverage of New Measurement
Technologies including rapidly
changing subjects like MEMS,
cutting edge sensor technology, and
micromachines are represented in
this edition.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Electric Circuits and
Components 3. Semiconductor
Electronics 4. System Response 5.
Analog Signal Processing Using
Operational Amplifi ers 6. Digital Circuits
7. Microcontroller Programming and
Interfacing 8. Data Acquisition 9.
Sensors 10. Actuators 11. Mechatronic
Systems-Control Architectures and
Case Studies / Appendixes / A
Measurement Fundamentals / B
Physical Principles / C Mechanics of
Materials
MECHATRONICS PRINCIPLES:
CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS
by N.P. Mahalik, University College of
Engineering, Burla, Orissa.
2003 / 609 Pages
ISBN : 9780070483743
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. Signal Theory and
Engineering Tools. 3. Electrical
Components and Electronic Devices. 4.
Basics of Digital Technology. 5.
Transducers and Sensors. 6. Signal
Conditioning theory, Circuits and
Systems. 7. Actuators and Mechanisms.
8. Microprocessor and Microcontrolle. 9.
Modeling. 10. System Response. 11.
Transfer Function and Frequency
Response. 12. Principles of Feedback
and Intelligent Control. 13. Development
tools and concepts. 14. Componentsbased
System Design and System
Validation. 15. Integration. 16.
Mechatronic Design Strategy : An
example with High Speed Spindle.
Appendix • Index
MECHATRONICS
by Hindustan Machine Tools Ltd.
2000 / 480 Pages
ISBN : 9780074636435
PRODUCT PLANNING
AND DESIGN
PRODUCT DESIGN
AND DEVELOPMENT
4th Edition
by Karl Ulrich, Univ Of Pennsylvania,
Steven Eppinger, Mass Institute Of
Tech, Anita Goyal, Management
Development Institute, Gurgaon
2009 / 396 Pages
ISBN : 9780070146792
The book presents a comprehensive set
of product development techniques
which aim at bringing together the
marketing, engineering, industrial
design, and manufacturing functions of
the enterprise. The integrative methods
in the book facilitate product planning,
concept development, creative problem
solving, team decision making and
process improvement. This book blends
the perspectives of marketing, design
and manufacturing into a single
approach to product development. It
contains material developed for use in
the interdisciplinary courses on product
development.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• The book follows a modular format,
a series of nearly independent
chapters that permits total flexibility
by users
• The text offers an interdisciplinary
approach, reflecting the business
world today where product
development is executed by crossfunctional
teams
• Professors who offer a projectbased
course will find this text ideal
because of the structured, step-bystep
product development methods
in each chapter
• This special Indian edition
accentuates the original text and will
help the students in understanding
the subject from customer
perspective too
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Development
Processes and Organizations 3.
Product Planning 4. Identifying
Customer Needs 5. Product
Specifications 6. Concept Generation 7.
Concept Selection 8. Concept Testing 9.
Product Architecture 10. Industrial
Design 11. Design for Manufacturing 12.
Prototyping 13. Robust Design 14.
Patents and Intellectual Property 15.
Product Development Economics 16.
Managing Projects
International Edition
PRODUCT DESIGN
AND DEVELOPMENT
4th Edition
by Karl Ulrich, University of
Pennsylvania Steven Eppinger Mass
Institute of Technology
2008 / 384 Pages
ISBN : 9780073101422
Treating such contemporary design and
development issues as identifying
customer needs, design for
manufacturing, prototyping, and
industrial design, Product Design and
Development by Ulrich and Eppinger
presents in a clear and detailed way a
set of product development techniques
aimed at bringing together the
marketing, design, and manufacturing
functions of the enterprise. The
integrative methods in the book facilitate
problem solving and decision making
among people with different disciplinary
perspectives, reflecting the current
industry toward designing and
developing products in cross-functional
teams.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Updated examples include the
PackBot (a robot used for
PRODUCT PLANNING AND DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 31
dangerous activities such as bomb
disposal) in Chapter 12, Prototyping,
and Motorola’s RAZR phone in
Chapter 10, Industrial Design.
• Additional updates have been made
to Chapter 5 (Product
Specifications) and Chapter 6
(Concept Generation).
FEATURES
• The book follows a modular format,
a series of nearly independent
chapters that permits total flexibility
by users.
• The text offers an interdisciplinary or
cross-functional approach, which
reflects the business world today
where product design and
development are the result of crossfunctional
teams.
• Professors that offer a project-based
course will find this text ideal
because of the structured, step-bystep
design and development
methods in each chapter.
• The chapter on Robust Design (also
called the Taguchi method) explains
the techniques for design of
experiments that minimizes the
effects of variations on product
performance.
• The chapter on patents and
intellectual property explains what is
patentable, how the patenting
process works, licensing issues,
and the many types of intellectual
property.
• The book’s website is written and
maintained by the text authors
themselves, and includes up-to-date
web links, teaching notes,
PowerPoint presentations, video
clips, and syllabi from instructors
currently teaching from the book.
• This book employs detailed
industrial examples to illustrate the
key ideas. Each chapter features a
different product to offer a variety of
product types and real examples.
• The book treats contemporary
design and development issues
such as identifying customer needs,
design for manufacturing,
prototyping, and industrial design.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction Chapter 2.
Development Processes and
Organizations Chapter 3. Product
Planning Chapter 4. Identifying
Customer Needs Chapter 5. Product
Specifications Chapter 6. Concept
Generation Chapter 7. Concept
Selection Chapter 8. Concept Testing
Chapter 9. Product Architecture
Chapter 10. Industrial Design Chapter
11. Design for Manufacturing Chapter
12. Prototyping Chapter 13. Robust
Design Chapter 14. Patents and
Intellectual Property Chapter 15.
Product Development Economics
Chapter 16. Managing Projects
US Edition
PROJECT MANAGEMENT IN NEW
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
by Bruce T. Barkley, Kellog Graduate
School of Management
2008 / 397 Pages
ISBN : 9780071496728
CONTENTS
Acknowledgments / Introduction /
Chapter 1. Create a Culture of Ideas
Chapter 2. Strategic Alignment and the
New Product Portfolio Chapter 3. Project
Integration and Setup Chapter 4. Product
Concept Definition Chapter 5. Full
Product Development and Marketing
Chapter 6. New Product Development
in Consumer Products and Electronic
Instrumentation Chapter 7. Quality, Six
Sigma, and New Product Development
Chapter 8. Measuring New Product
Development Chapter 9. Project
Management and Teamwork Chapter 10.
Putting It All Together / Appendix A.
Generic New Product Development
Work Breakdown Structure / Appendix
B. Managing New Product Development
Projects : Course Outline / Appendix C.
Issues for Discussion / Bibliography /
Index
FLUID MECHANICS
INTRODUCTION TO FLUID
MECHANICS AND FLUID MACHINES
3rd Edition
By S K Som, Professor, Department of
Mechanical Engineering, Indian Institute
of Technology, Kharagpur;
G. Biswas, Director and J C Bose
National Fellow, CSIR-Central
Mechanical Engineering Research
Institute, Durgapur; S. Chakraborty,
Professor, Department of Mechanical ,
Engineering, Indian Institute of
Technology, Kharagpur
2011 / 778 Pages
ISBN : 9780071329194
The book provides a well-balanced
coverage of physical concepts,
mathematical operations and practical
demonstrations within the scope of Fluid
Mechanics. The text provides a highly
intuitive and practical understanding of
the topics by emphasizing the physics
and the underlying physical phenomena
involved. The concepts have been
presented in an unambiguous, precise
and to the point manner.
FEATURES
• The book is an ideal offering for the
complete course of Fluid
Mechanics.
• Complete coverage of Fluid
Kinematics, Boundary Layer,
Turbulent Flows, Unsteady and
Compressible Flows.
• Enhanced coverage of Reynolds
Transport Theorem, Bernoullis’s
Equation and Navier Stokes
Equation.
• An excellent selection of worked-out
examples and exercise problems
especially chosen to explain the
nuances of basic principles.
• Excellent Pedagogy:Total: 507
• Solved Examples: 205
• Exercises: 235
• MCQs 67
CONTENTS
1. Introduction and Fundamental
PRODUCT PLANNING AND DESIGN • FLUID MECHANICS
32 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Concepts 2. Fluid under Rest/Rigid
Body Motion 3. Kinematics of Fluid Flow
4. Dynamics of Inviscid Flows:
Fundamentals and Applications 5.
Integral Forms of Conservation
Equations 6. Principles of Physical
similarity and Dimensional Analysis 7.
Flow of Ideal Fluids 8. Dynamics of
Viscous Flows 9. Laminar Boundary
Layers 10. Turbulent Flows 11. Viscous
Flows Through Pipes 12. Flows with a
Free Surface 13. Applications of
Unsteady Flows 14. Compressible Flow
15. Principles of Fluid Machines 16.
Compressors, Fans and Blowers
TEXTBOOK OF FLUID MECHANICS
& HYDRAULIC MACHINES
By Sukumar Pati, Assistant Professor,
Department of Mechanical & Production
Engineering, Haldia Institute of
Technology, Haldia
2012 / 1176 Pages
ISBN : 9781259006234
This book caters directly to the
requirement with a complete and
comprehensive cover“of the syllabi of
various universities in an extremely
student-friendly manner. Each“chapter
is written in a simple, crisp and logical
way, with gradual built up of
concepts.“The language is lucid and
easy to understand yet precisely
scientific. Theoretical“explanations and
mathematical derivations are supported
with well-labeled and clear“figures along
with systematically solved examples to
enhance the understanding of
the“concepts.
FEATURES
• An ideal offering for the complete
course on Fluid Mechanics &
Hydraulic Machines.
• Student-friendly chapter design
including Learning Objectives,
Points to Remember, Key Terms
with Definitions and List of Important
Formula and Equations.
• Additional Notes provided in boxes
to clarify conceptual doubts and
highlight salient aspects of problem
solving.
• Homework Problems in each
chapter provide a gradual
understanding of problem solving
from solved to unsolved problems.
• OLC to contain Solution Manual to
Homework Problems and Practice
Problems and Lab Experiments (to
be live by 15th July”)
• Exam-oriented Pedagogical features
include:
• Solved Examples: 600
• Numerical Problems: 365
• Homework Problems: 180
• Review Questions: 350
• Mutiple Choice Questions: 375
• Total 1870
• Solved Examples and Practice
Problems are similar to University
Question Papers and MCQs taken
from GATE and IES Question
papers
CONTENTS
1. Properties of Fluids
2. Pressure and Its Measurement
3. Hydrostatic Forces on Surfaces
4. Buoyancy and Floatation
5. Kinematics of Fluid Flow
6. Dynamics of Inviscid Flows
7. Flow Through Orifices &
Mouthpieces
8. Flow Over Notches & Weirs
9. Dimensional and Model Analysis
10. Flow of Ideal Fluids
11. Dynamics of Viscous Flows
12. Turbulent Flow
13. Flow Through Pipes
14. Boundary Layer Theory
15. Fluid Flow Around Submerged
Bodies
16. Compressible Flow
17. Flow in Open Channels
18. Impact of Jets & Jet Propulsions
19. Hydraulic Turbines
20. Centrifugal Pump
21. Reciprocating Pump
22. Miscellaneous Hydraulic Machines
FLUID MECHANICS:
FUNDAMENTALS AND
APPLICATIONS
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Yunus A. Cengel, Department of
Mechanical Engineering University of
Nevada, Reno John M. Cimbala,
Department of Mechanical and Nuclear
Engineering The Pennsylvania State
University
2010 / 1012 Pages
ISBN : 9780070700345
The second edition of the text
communicates directly with tomorrow’s
engineers in a simple yet precise
manner. The text covers the basic
principles and equations of fluid
mechanics in the context of numerous
and diverse real-world engineering
examples. The text helps students
develop an intuitive understanding of
fluid mechanics by emphasizing the
physical underpinning of processes and
by utilizing numerous informative
figures, photographs, and other visual
aids to reinforce the basic concepts.
SALIENT FEATURES
• Topic Flexibility to facilitate different
approaches to the course.
• on Computational Fluid Dynamics
introducing students to the
capabilities and limitations of CFD
as an engineering tool.
• Visual Nature of Fluid Mechanics
accentuated by apt illustrations and
photographs.
• Application Spotlights highlighting
current research designed to show
the diverse applications of fluid
mechanics in a wide variety of
fields.
• Physical Intuition to help students
develop a sense of the underlying
physical mechanisms and a
mastery of solving practical
problems.
• Pedagogical Highlights.
• Solved Examples follow an
intuitive and systematic
approach.
• The end Exercises consist of
• types of problems titled as:
• Problems
FLUID MECHANICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 33
• Review Problems
• Design and Essay
• Problems are grouped under
specific topics, within each group of
problems, there are Concept
Questions, indicated by “”C”” to
check students’ level of
understanding of basic concepts.
• Review Problems are more
comprehensive in nature require
review of material learned in
previous chapters.
• Design and Essay are intended to
encourage students to make
engineering judgments, to conduct
independent exploration of topics of
interest, and to communicate their
findings in a professional manner.
• In all the above 3 types of exercise
problems, there are problems
marked
• Pedagogy:
• Solved Examples. 164
• Exercises. 1915
• Total. 2079"
CONTENTS
1. Introduction and Basic Concepts 2.
Properties of Fluids 3. Pressure and
Fluid Statics 4. Fluid Kinematics 5.
Mass, Bernoulli, and Energy Equations
6. Momentum Analysis of Flow
Systems 7. Dimensional Analysis and
Modeling 8. Internal Flow 9. Differential
Analysis of Fluid Flow 10. Approximate
Solutions of the Navier-Stokes
Equation 11. External Flow. Drag and
Lift 12. Compressible Flow 13. Open-
Channel Flow 14. Turbomachinery 15.
Introduction to Computational Fluid
Dynamics
FLUID MECHANICS
7th Edition
(SIE) (SI Units)
by Frank M. White, University Of
Rhode Island-Kingston
2010 / 896 Pages
ISBN. 9780071333122
The seventh edition of White’s Fluid
Mechanics offers students a clear and
comprehensive presentation of the
material that demonstrates the
progression from physical concepts to
engineering applications and helps
students quickly see the practical
importance of fluid mechanics
fundamentals. The wide variety of topics
gives instructors many options for their
course and is a useful resource to
students long after graduation. The
book’s unique problem-solving approach
is presented at the start of the book and
carefully integrated in all examples.
Students can progress from general
ones to those involving design, multiple
steps and computer usage.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Bernoulli presentation was revised
and moved to partner with linear
momentum.
• New material on microflow concepts
have been added.
• Over 200 new problems have been
added through out the text.
• Stimulating new contemporary
examples, such as a flying car, kitedriven
ships, a vehicle driven by a
wind turbine, the Trans-Alaska
Pipeline, and Rocket Man’s wings.
• Each group of problem assignments
has a subheading explaining the
topic.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Pressure Distribution
in a Fluid 3. Integral Relations for a
Control Volume 4. Differential Relations
for Fluid Flow 5. Dimensional Analysis
and Similarity 6. Viscous Flow in Ducts
7. Flow Past Immersed Bodies 8.
Potential Flow and Computational Fluid
Dynamics 9. Compressible Flow 10.
Open-Channel Flow 11.
Turbomachinery
FLUID MECHANICS
AND MACHINERY
2nd Edition
by B.C.S. Rao, Indian Institute of
Science, Bangalore
2009 / 296 Pages
ISBN : 9780070672789
Fluid Mechanics and Machinery lays a
thorough foundation to the fundamental
principles of fluids at rest and motion,
and its engineering applications.
Comprehensive in the treatment of
topics, the book is written to satisfy the
need for a first level textbook on the
subject.
FEATURES
• Worked out examples and
exercises“
• Review questions in the examination
pattern
• Includes Hardy-Cross Method to
solve distribution of flow through
pipe networks
CONTENTS
1. Definitions and Fluid Properties 2.
Fluid Statics 3. Fluid Kinematics 4. Fluid
Dynamics 5. Boundary Layer and
Laminar Flows 6. Flow Through Pipes
7. Flow Through Open Channels 8.
Dimensional Analysis and Similitude 9.
Turbines 10. Centrifugal Pumps
FLUID MECHANICS AND
HYDRAULIC MACHINES:
PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
by K Subramanya, Consultant, Water
Resources Engineering, Bangalore, and
Formerly Professor, Department of Civil
Engineering, Indian Institute of
Technology, Kanpur
2010 / 648 Pages
ISBN : 9780070699809
The book is designed to provide worked
examples and develop the problem
solving skills of students. It has been
comprehensively revised in order to
meet the needs of present day
examination pattern of universities and
competitive examinations. The worked
examples and the problems have been
segregated in three levels of difficulty.
Simple, Medium and Fairly Hard and a
good balance has been maintained
throughout the text among these three
categories of problems. The extent of
coverage and the associated features
makes it a complete offering on Fluid
Mechanics and Machinery.
SALIENT FEATURES
• Complete offering on Fluid
Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines
fulfilling the requirements of
examination pattern of universities
FLUID MECHANICS
34 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
and competitive exams.
• Augmented coverage of Hydraulic
Machines which includes Hydraulic
Pumps, Hydraulic Turbines,
Hydraulic Lift, Hydraulic Press,
Hydraulic Accumulator, Hydraulic
Ram etc.
• Graded solved examples and
worked problems in 3 levels of
difficulty
• Simple, Medium and Fairly Hard.
• Pedagogy
• Solved Examples 587
• Problems 626
• Objective Type Questions 682
• Multiple Choice Questions 80
CONTENTS
1. Properties of Fluid 2. Fluid Statics 3.
Fluid Flow Kinematics 4. Energy
Equation and Its Applications 5.
Momentum Equation and Its
Applications 6. Dimensional Analysis
and Similitude 7. Laminar Flow 8.
Boundary Layer Concepts 9. Drag and
Lift on Immersed Bodies 10. Turbulent
Pipe Flow11. Pipe Flow Systems 12.
Flow in Open Channels 13. Flow
Measurements 14. Unsteady Flow 15.
Compressible Flow 16. Fluid Flow
Machines
COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS
THE BASICS WITH APPLICATIONS
by John D. Anderson, Jr., University of
Maryland College Park
2012 / 576 pages
ISBN : 9781259025969
This text integrates the three most
important elements required for
valuation: (1) a“consistent theoretical
foundation, (2) an integrated structural
approach, focusing on the“operational
and financial aspects of the firm, and (3)
a series of consistent workedout“
applications.
FEATURES
• This text integrates the three most
important elements required for
valuation: (1) a consistent
theoretical foundation, (2) an
integrated structural approach,
focusing on the operational and
financial aspects of the firm, and (3)
a series of consistent worked-out
applications.
• A series of consistent, worked out
applications appear throughout the
book, providing students and
instructors alike with reverent easyto-
follow examples.
• Another strength is the integration
with computer spreadsheets with
references to tools available in Lotus
123 and Microsoft Excel, the two
most popular spreadsheets. The
consistent use of spreadsheets
allows the student to follow the topic
development and makes the
theoretical underpinnings much
more intuitive.
• The materials in the text have been
extensively class-tested both with
undergraduates and MBA-level
students.
• In Chapter 2, IBM financial
statements are used to illustrate the
relationship between accounting
statements and cash flows.
• In Chapter 6 the authors
demonstrate how to do a thorough
financial statement analysis of a
company (Acme Cleveland) and its
industry.
• In Chapter 9 various methods of
estimating the cost are highlighted
using firms in the furniture industry.
• In Chapter 10 Boeing is used to
illustrate the calculation of the value
of debt securities
CONTENTS
Part : I Basic Thoughts and
Equations 1. Philosophy of
Computational Fluid Dynamics 2. The
Governing Equations of Fluid Dynamics:
Their Derivation, A Discussion of Their
Physical Meaning, and A Presentation of
Forms Particularly Suitable to CFD 3.
Mathematical Behavior of Partial
Differential Equations The Impact on
Computational Fluid Dynamics Part : II
Basics of the Numerics 4. Basic
Aspects of Discretization 5. Grids and
Meshes, With Appropriate
Transformations 6. Some Simple CFD
Techniques A Beginning Part : III Some
Applications 7. Numerical Solutions of
Quasi-One-Dimensional Nozzle Flows
8. Numerical Solution of A Two-
Dimensional Supersonic Flow Prandtl-
Meyer Expansion Wave 9.
Incompressible Couette Flow Numerical
Solution by Means of an Implicit Method
and the Pressure Correction Method 10.
Supersonic Flow over a Flat Plate:
Numerical Solution by Solving the
Complete Navier-Stockes Equations
Part : IV Other Topics 11. Some
Advanced Topics in Modern CFD A
Discussion 12. The Future of
Computational Fluid Dynamics
Appendixes Thomas's Algorithm for the
Solution of A Tridiagonal System of
Equations References
FLUID MECHANICS & HYDRAULICS
(SCHAUM'S OUTLINE SERIES), 3rd
Edition
by Ranald V. Giles, Drexel Institute of
Technology Jack Evett, University Of
North Carolina, Charlotte Cheng Liu,
University Of North Carolina, Charlotte
2011 / 376 pages
ISBN : 9780071321280
More than 40 million students have
trusted Schaum's to help them succeed
in the classroom and in exams.
Schaum's is the key to faster learning
and higher grades in every subject.
Each Outline presents all the
essential“course information in an easyto-
follow, topic-by-topic format. More
than 40 million students have trusted
Schaum's to help them succeed in the
classroom and on exams. Schaum's is
the key to faster learning and higher
grades in every subject. Each Outline
presents all the“essential course
information in an easy-to-follow, topicby-
topic format.
FLUID MECHANICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 35
FEATURES
• Practice problems with full
explanations that reinforce
knowledge
• Coverage of the most up-to-date
developments in your course field
CONTENTS
1. Properties of Fluids 2. Fluid Statics 3.
Hydrostatic Force on Surfaces 4.
Bouyancy and Flotation 5. Translation
and Rotation of Liquid Masses 6.
Dimensional Analysis and Hydraulic
Similitude 7. Fundamentals of Fluid
Flow 8. Flow in Closed Conduits 9.
Complex Pipeline Systems 10. Flow in
Open Channels 11. Flow of
Compressible Fluids 12. Measurement
of Flow of Fluids 13. Forces Developed
by Moving Fluids 14. Fluid Machinery
US Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF THERMALFLUID
SCIENCES WITH STUDENT
RESOURCE DVD
4th Edition
by Yunus A. Cengel, University Of
Nevada-Reno, and Robert H. Turner,
University Of Nevada-Reno
2011
ISBN : 9780077422400
The best-selling Fundamentals of
Thermal-Fluid Sciences is designed for
the non-mechanical engineering student
who needs exposure to key concepts in
the thermal sciences in order to pass
the Fundamentals of Engineering (FE)
Exam.
The text is made up of Thermodynamics,
Heat Transfer and Fluids.
Like all the other Cengel texts, it uses a
similar pedagogical approach, by using
familiar everyday examples followed by
theory and analysis.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction and Overview / PART I
Thermodynamics 2. Introduction and
Basic Concepts 3. Energy, Energy
Transfer & General Energy Analysi 4.
Properties of Pure Substances 5.
Energy Analysis of Closed Systems 6.
Mass & Energy Analysis of Control
Volumes 7. The Second Law of
Thermodynamics 8. Entropy / PART II
Fluid Mechanics / 9. Introduction to
Fluid Mechanics 10. Fluid Statics 11.
Fluid Kinematics 12. Bernoulli and
Energy Equations 13. Momentum
Analysis of Flow Structures 14. Internal
Flow 15. External Flow: Drag and Lift /
Part III Heat Transfer / 16. Mechanisms
of Heat Transfer 17. Steady Heat
Conduction 18. Transient Heat
Conduction 19. Forced Convection 20.
Natural Convection 21. Radiation Heat
Transfer 22. Heat Exchanges / Appendix
1 Property Tables and Charts (SI Units) /
Appendix 1 Property Tables and Charts
(English Units)
FLUID MECHANICS
9th Edition
by Victor Streeter, retired, University of
Florida; K.W. Bedford and E. Benjamin
Wylie, University of Michigan
2010 / 752 Pages
ISBN : 9780070701403
CONTENTS
Part 1: Fundamentals of Fluid
Mechanics and Transport. 1. Fluid
Properties. 2. Fluid Statics. 3. Fluid Flow
Concepts and Basic Control Volume
Equations. 4. Basic Governing
Differential Equations. 5. Dimensional
Analysis and Similitude. 6. Viscous Flow
: Pipes and Channels. 7. External Flows.
8. Ideal Flow. 9. Transport by Advection
and Diffusion. Part 2 : Applications of
Fluid Mechanics and Transport. 10.
Measurement. 11. Turbo Machinery. 12.
Closed-Conduit Flor. 13. Flow in Open
Channels. 14. Applications of Transport
Phenomena
International Edition
ESSENTIAL OF FLUID MECHANICS
by John M. Cimbala, Pennsylvania
State University- University Park, and
Yunus A. Cengel, University of
Nevada-Reno
2008
ISBN : 9780071260305
Suitable for a one-semester course, this
text communicates directly with
tomorrow’s engineers in a simple yet
precise manner. It covers the basic
principles and equations of fluids in the
context of numerous, diverse real-world
engineering examples, and it helps
students develop an intuitive
understanding of fluid mechanics by
emphasizing the physics. An abundance
of figures, photographs and
supplemental visual aids spark curiosity
and reinforce the physics.
FEATURES
• This text emphasizes the physical
aspects of fluid mechanics in
addition to mathematical
representations and manipulations.
• Since fluid mechanics is a highly
visual subject, the Cimbala text
features 660 illustrations and
photographs. Also included is an
outstanding media program that
includes narrated videos and
animations.
• Topic Flexibility facilitates different
approaches by covering the basics
for all majors and then offers robust
coverage to allow mechanical, civil,
or aerospace engineering
approaches.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction and Basic Concepts 2.
Properties of Fluids 3. Pressure and Fluid
Statics 4. Fluid Kinematics 5. Mass,
Bernoulli, and Energy Equations 6.
Momentum Analysis of Flow Systems 7.
Dimensional Analysis and Modeling 8.
Internal Flow 9. Differential Analysis of
Fluid Flow 10. External Flow : Drag and
Lift 11. Open-Channel Flow 12.
Turbomachinery.
FLUID MECHANICS
36 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
International Edition
SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF
FLUID DYNAMICS
3rd Edition
by William F. Hughes, Carnegie
Institute of Technology; John A.
Brighton, Pennsylvania State
University; Nicholas Winowich,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville
2008 / 369 Pages
ISBN : 9780070311183
CONTENTS
Introduction / Fluid Statistics /
Mathematical Models of Fluid Motion /
Dimensional Analysis and Similitude /
Boundary Layer Flow and Flow in Pipes
and Ducts / Incompressible Potential
Flow / One-Dimensional Compressible
Flow / Two-Dimensional Compressible
Flow Gasdynamics / Incompressible
Turbulent Flow / Hypersonic Boundary
Layer Flow / Mangetohydrodynamics /
Non-Newtonian Fluids / Appendix A:
Some Properties of Fluids / Appendix B:
Units and Dimensions / Appendix C:
Some Basic Equations in Various
Coordinate Systems / Appendix D:
Tables for Compressible Flow / Appendix
E: Cartesian Tensors / Appendix F:
Vector Identities / Appendix G: Flow
Measuring Techniques
US Edition
FLUID MECHANICS DEMYSTIFIED
by Merle Potter
2009 / 314 Pages
ISBN : 9780071626811
VISCOUS
FLUID FLOW
VISCOUS FLUID FLOW
3rd Edition
by Frank White, University of Rhode
Island
2011 / 640 Pages
ISBN : 9781259002120
Frank White’s Viscous Fluid Flow, Third
Edition continues to be the market
leader in this course area. The text is for
a senior pr graduate level elective in
Mechanical Engineering, and has a
strong professional and international
appeal. Author Frank White is has a
strong reputation in the field, his book is
accurate, conceptually strong, and
contains excellent problem sets. A large
number of the problems are new to this
third edition; a rarity among senior and
graduate level textbooks as advanced
problems are difficult to create. The
references found in the text have been
updated and reflect the most current
information available. Users will also be
interested to find explanations of, and
references to ongoing controversies and
trends in this course area. Topically
speaking, the text contains modern
information on technological advances,
such as Micro- and Nano-technology,
Turbulence Modeling, Computational
Fluid Dynamics (CFD), and Unsteady
Boundary Layers.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Topically speaking, the text contains
modern information on technological
advances, such as Micro- and
Nano-technology, Turbulence
Modeling, Computational Fluid
Dynamics (CFD), and Unsteady
Boundary Layers.
• The role of Computerized Fluid
Mechanics (“CFD”) in viscous fluid
flow/boundary layer analysis will be
described, and examples of CFD as
an analysis tool will be included.
• The 3rd edition has been
redesigned for a more open and
attractive appearance.
• Each reference in the text reflects
the most recent information
available.
CONTENTS
1. Preliminary Concepts. 2. Fundamental
Equations of Compressible Viscous
Flow. 3. Solutions of the Newtonian
Viscous-Flow Equations. 4. Laminar
Boundary Layers. 5. The Stability of
Laminar Flows. 6. Incompressible
Turbulent Mean Flow. 7. Compressible
Boundary Layer Flow. Appendices: A
Transport Properties of Various
Newtonian Fluids. / B Equations of
Motion of Incompressible Newtonian
Fluids in Cylindrical and Spherical
Coordinates. / C A Runge-Kutta
Subroutine for N Simultaneous
Differential Equations. Bibliography. /
Index
FLUID MECHANICS
(ADVANCED/
COMPRESSIBLE FLOW
GAS DYNAMICS)
International Edition
MODERN COMPRESSIBLE FLOW
WITH HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
3rd Edition
by John D. Anderson, University of
Maryland — College Park
2003 / 776 Pages
ISBN : 9780071241366
CONTENTS
1. Compressible Flow-Some History and
Introductory Thoughts. 2. Integral Forms
of the onservation Equations for Inviscid
Flows. 3. One-Dimensional Flow.
4. Oblique Shock and Expansion Waves.
5. Quasi-One-Dimensional Flow. 6.
Differential Conservation Equations
Revisited for Inviscid Flows. 7. Unsteady
Wave Motion. 8. General Conservation
FLUID MECHANICS • VISCOUS FLUID FLOW • FLUID MECHANICS (ADVANCED/COMPRESSIBLE FLOW GAS DYNAMICS)
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 37
Equations Revisted : Velocity Potential
Equation. 9. Linearized Flow. 10. Conical
Flow. 11. Numerical Techniques for
Steady Supersonic Flow. 12. The Time
Technique With Application to
Supersonic Blunt Bodies and Nozzles.
13. Three-Dimensional Flow. 14.
Transonic Flow. 15. Hypersonic Flow. 16.
Properties of High-Temperature Gases.
17. High-Temperature Flows : Basic
Exammples
International Edition
MICROFLUID MECHANICS
by William Liou and Fang Yichuan
2006 / 350 Pages
ISBN : 9780071443227
The rapid progress in fabricating and
utilizing microelectromechanical
(MEMS) systems during the last decade
is not matched by corresponding
understanding of the unconventional
fluid flow involved in the operation and
manufacture of these small devices.
Providing such understanding is crucial
to designing, optimizing, fabricating and
operating improved MEMS devices.
Microfluid Mechanics : Principles and
Modeling is a rigorous reference that
begins with the fundamental principles
governing microfluid mechanics and
progresses to more complex
mathematical models, which will allow
research engineers to better measure
and predict reactions of gaseous and
liquids in microenvironments.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 : Introduction. Chapter 2 :
Basic Kinetic Theory. Chapter 3 :
Microfluid Properties. Chapter 4 :
Moment Method : Navier-Stokes and
Burnett Equations. Chapter 5 : Statistical
Method : Direct Simulations Monte Carlo
Method and Information Preservation
Method. Chapter 6 : Parallel Computing
of DSMC. Chapter 7 : Fluid/Solid
Interface Mechanisms. Chapter 8 :
Development of Hybrid Continuum/
Particle Method. Chapter 9 : Low-Speed
Microflows. Chapter 10 : High-Speed
Microflows. Chapter 11 : Perturbation in
Microflows
COMPUTATIONAL
FLUID DYNAMICS
International Edition
COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS
by John Anderson, University of
Maryland
1995 / 547 Pages
ISBN : 9780071132107
CONTENTS
Part I : Basic Thoughts and Equations.
1. Philosophy of Computational Fluid
Dynamics. 2. The Governing Equations
of Fluid Dynamics : Their Derivation, A
Discussion of Their Physical Meaning,
and A Presentation of Forms Particularly
Suitable to CFD. 3. Mathematical
Behavior of Partial Differential Equations
: The Impact on Computational Fluid
Dynamics. Part II : Basics of the
Numerics. 4. Basic Aspects of
Discretization. 5. Grids With Appropriate
Transformations. 6. Some Simple CFD
Techniques : A Beginning. Part III : Some
Applications. 7 Numerical Solutions of
Quasi-One-Dimensional Nozzle Flows.
8. Numerical Solution of A Two
Dimensional Supersonic Flow : Prandtl-
Meyer Expansion Wave. 9.
Incompressible Couette Flow :
Numerical Solution by Means of an
Implicit Method and the Pressure
Correction Method. 10. Supersonic Flow
Over a Flat Plate : Numerical Solution
by Solving the Complete Navier-Stokes
Equations/Part IV : Other Topics. 11.
Some Advanced Topics in Modern CFD
: A Discussion. 12. The Future of
Computational Fluid Dynamics.
Appendix A : Thomas’s Algorithm for the
Solution of A Tridiagonal System of
Equations References.
THERMAL ENGINEERING
THERMAL ENGINEERING
by Mahesh M. Rathore, Energy auditor
and Chartered Engineer Professor &
Head, Department of Mech. Engineering
SNJB’s College of Engineering,
Chandwad, Nashik
2010 / 1180 Pages
ISBN : 9780070681132
The book aims to provide sound
understanding of the concepts of both
Engineering Thermodynamics and
Applied Thermodynamics. It explains
the subject by maintaining an apt
balance among analytical, schematic
and numerical description of topics.
Throughout the text, emphasis has been
laid on clear understanding of the
theoretical concepts followed by
relevant applications.The language used
is simple, lucid and easily to
understand. Addressing the need of
students the book follows a tutorial or
step by step problem solving approach
with emphasis on exam oriented
problems. Both, the theory and
problems are further supported by
explanatory figures, which increases the
ease of understanding.
SALIENT FEATURES
• Meticulous coverage of the
concepts of Thermal Engineering.
• Unique on One Dimensional Flow.
• Tutorial approach or step by step
problem solving methodology.
• Solved examples based on the
pattern of question papers from
different universities all across India.
• Appendix containing steam tables,
gas tables, mollier diagrams,
properties of ideal gases makes the
book self-sufficient
• Rich Pedagogy:
• Solved Examples. 606
• Review Questions. 544
• Problems. 490
• Objective Type Questions. 460
• Glossary of all the technical terms
given at the end of each account to
quick and handy revision of
important formulae and definitions.
COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS • THERMAL ENGINEERING
38 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CONTENTS
1. BasicConcepts 2. Energyand Work
Transfer 3. Working Substances 4. First
Law Applied to Non-Flow Systems 5.
First Law Applied to Flow Processes 6.
Second Law of Thermodynamics 7.
Entropy 8. Availability and Irreversibility
9. Thermodynamic Relations 10.
Compressible Fluid Flow 11. Gas Power
Cycles 12. Vapour Power Cycles 13.
Refrigeration Cycles 14. Ideal Gas
Mixtures 15. Psychrometry 16. Fuels
and Combustion 17. Steam Generators
18. Boiler Mountings and Accessories
19. Boiler Draught and Performance 20.
Steam Engines 21. Steam Nozzles 22.
Steam Turbines 23. Steam Condensers
24. Internal Combustion Engines 25.
Reciprocating Air Compressors 26.
Rotary Compressors 27. Gas Turbine
Plants 28. Jetand Rocket Propulsions
29. Air-Conditioning 30. Elements of
Heat Transfer
ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS
4th Edition
by P.K. Nag, Retired Professor, Indian
Institute of Technology, Kharagpur
2008 / 840 Pages
ISBN : 9780070260627
The fourth edition of this hallmark text
maintains the basic approaches that
have made this book the standard in
thermodynamics. At the same time it
combines the straightforward focus on
latest in the subject. Pedagogy has
been enriched with good number of
solved examples and review questions.
In a nut-shell it is total solution for
undergraduate students of Engineering
Thermodynamics.
FEATURES
• New topical coverage on Steam
Power Plants, I.C. Engines,
Refrigeration and Air-conditioning &
Fuel cells
• Introduces laws of thermodynamics
before pure substances – right
approach for teaching the subject
• Student friendly language and
presentation
EXCELLENT PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• 220 Solved examples
• 550 Theoretical review questions
• 534 Numerical review questions
• 72 Multiple choice questions
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Temperature 3. Work
and Heat Transfer 4. First Law of
Thermodynamics 5. First Law Applied to
Flow Process 6. Second Law of
Thermodynamics 7. Entropy 8. Available
Energy, 9. Properties of Pure
Substances 10. Properties of Gases and
Gas Mixtures 11. Thermodynamics
Relations, Equilibrium and Stability 12.
Vapour Power Cycles 13. Gas Power
Cycles 14. Refrigeration Cycles 15.
Psychrometrics 16. Reactive Systems
17. Compressible Fluid Flows 18.
Elements of Heat Transfer 19. Gas
Compressors
THERMODYNAMICS
AN ENGINEERING APPROACH
7th Edition
(SIE) (In SI Units)
By Yunus A. Cengel, University of
Nevada, Reno; Michael A. Boles, North
Carolina State University, USA
2011 / 1012 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072540
Thermodynamics Seventh Edition
covers the basic principles of
thermodynamics while presenting a
wealth of real-world engineering
examples so students get a feel for how
thermodynamics is applied in
engineering practice. This text helps
students develop an intuitive
understanding of thermodynamics by
emphasizing the physics and physical
arguments. Cengel/Boles explore the
various facets of thermodynamics
through careful explanations of
concepts and its use of numerous
practical examples and figures, having
students develop necessary skills to
bridge the gap between knowledge and
the confidence to properly apply
knowledge.
FEATURES
• A distinctive feature of this book is
its emphasis on the physical
aspects of the subject matter in
addition to mathematical
representa-tions and manipulations.
• Cengel uses ordinary day-to-day
experiences that build up to a
mathematical problem.
• The 1st Law of Thermodynamics is
introduced early in Chapter 2:
Energy, Energy Transfer, and
General Energy Analysis.
• This text features more illustrations
and photographs than other books
in this category.
• Hundreds of industry-related
problems, many of which are
comprehensive computer problems.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction and Basic Concepts 2.
Energy Conversion and General Energy
Analysis 3. Properties of Pure
Substances 4. Energy Analysis of
Closed Systems 5. Mass and Energy
Analysis of Control Volumes 6. The
Second Law of Thermodynamics 7.
Entropy 8. Energy: A Measure of Work
Potential 9. Gas Power Cycles 10.
Vapor and Combined Power Cycles 11.
Refrigeration Cycles 12. Thermodynamic
Property Relations 13. Gas
Mixtures 14. Gas Vapor Mixtures and
Air-Conditioning 15. Chemical
Reactions 16. Chemical and Phase
Equilibrium 17. Compressible Flow
U S Edition
THERMODYNAMICS AN
ENGINEERING APPROACH WITH
STUDENT RESOURCES DVD
7th Edition
by Yunus A. Cengel, University of
Nevada-Reno, and Michael A. Boles,
NC State University-Raleigh
2010 / 1066 Pages
ISBN : 9780071311113
Thermodynamics Seventh Edition
covers the basic principles of
thermodynamics while presenting a
THERMAL ENGINEERING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 39
wealth of real-world engineering
examples so students get a feel for how
thermodynamics is applied in
engineering practice. This text helps
students develop an intuitive
understanding of thermodynamics by
emphasizing the physics and physical
arguments. Cengel/Boles explore the
various facets of thermodynamics
through careful explanations of
concepts and its use of numerous
practical examples and figures, having
students develop necessary skills to
bridge the gap between knowledge and
the confidence to properly apply
knowledge. The media package for this
text is extensive, giving users a large
variety of supplemental resources to
choose from. A Student Resources DVD
is packaged with each new copy of the
text and contains the popular
Engineering Equation Solver (EES)
software. McGraw-Hill’s new Connect is
available to students and instructors.
Connect is a powerful, web-based
assignment management system that
makes creating and grading
assignments easy for instructors and
learning convenient for students. It
saves time and makes learning for
students accessible anytime, anywhere.
With Connect, instructors can easily
manage assignments, grading,
progress, and students receive instant
feedback from assignments and
practice problems.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• A substantial portion of homework
problems have been revised or are
new to the seventh edition.
• Connect is a powerful, web-based
assignment management system
that makes creating and grading
assignments easy for instructors
and learning convenient for
students. It saves time and makes
learning for students accessible
anytime, anywhere. With Connect,
instructors can easily manage
assignments, grading, progress, and
students receive instant feedback
from assignments and practice
problems.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction and Basic Concepts 2.
Energy Conversion and General
Energy Analysis 3. Properties of Pure
Substances 4. Energy Analysis of
Closed Systems 5. Mass and Energy
Analysis of Control Volumes 6. The
Second Law of Thermodynamics 7.
Entropy 8. Energy. A Measure of Work
Potential 9. Gas Power Cycles 10.
Vapor and Combined Power Cycles 11.
Refrigeration Cycles 12.
Thermodynamic Property Relations 13.
Gas Mixtures 14. Gas Vapor Mixtures
and Air-Conditioning 15. Chemical
Reactions 16. Chemical and Phase
Equilibrium 17. Compressible Flow
Appendix 1 Property Tables and Charts
(SI Units) Appendix 2 Property Tables
and Charts (English Units)
BASIC & APPLIED
THERMODYNAMICS
2nd Editon
by P K Nag, Formerly with Indian
Institute of Technology,Kharagpur
2008 / 880 Pages
ISBN : 9780070151314
This book presents classical and
statistical thermodynamics in a single
volume. The first eleven chapters
contribute to the basic theories of
Thermodynamics beginning with the first
chapter on Introduction that provides a
historical background of the subject.
The remaining chapters deal with the
applications of Thermodynamics.
FEATURES
• Both microscopic and macroscopic
approaches presented to facilitate
clear undestanding of the
thermodynamic concepts, properties
and ptrocesses.
• Special treatise on the Third law of
Thermodynamics.
• Coverage of topics on energy
balance, chemical energy and fuel
cells.
• Outline of information theory as
applied to thermodynamics
presented in the chapter.
• Up-to-date property tables and
charts including those of non-CFC
refrigerants provided as appendices.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Temperature 3.Work
and Heat Transfer 4. First Law of
Thermodynamics 5. First Law Applied
6. Second Law of Thermodynamics 7.
Entropy 8. Available Energy, Energy and
Irreversibility 9. Properties of Pure
Substances 10. Properties of Gases
and Gas Mixtures 11. Thermodynamic
Relations, Equilibrium and Third Law 12.
Vapour Power Cycles 13. Gas Power
Cycles 14. Refrigeration Cycles 15.
Psychrometrics 16. Reactive Systems
17. Compressible Fluid Flow 18.
Elements of Heat Transfer 19. Internal
Combustion Engines 20. Gas Turbines
and Jet Propulsion 21. Refrigeration and
Air-Conditioning
THERMODYNAMICS
by C.P. Arora, Formerly associated with
Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi
2004 / 672 Pages
ISBN : 9780074620144
This book lays emphasis on the
fundamentahl concepts bringing out
interesting data and considerations
involved in actual thermodynamic
applications. With carefully devised
sequence and integration of topics, it
discusses the practical problems in
actual engineering applications. It
includes a chapter on combined first
and second law applications to all
practical non-flow processes, and
provides useful information on the
power ratings of common power
producing and power consuming
devices
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Thermodynamic
Concepts, Definitions, units and zeroth
law 3. Properties of a pure substance 4.
Work and Heat 5. First law of
thermodynamics, internal energy and
enthalpy 6. Second law of thermo
dynamics and entropy 7. Combined first
and second laws application to
processes 8. Vapour cycles, Gas cycles
9. Availability and Irreversibility 10.
Thermodynamics Property Relations 11.
Non-Reacting Mixtures Of Gases And
THERMAL ENGINEERING
40 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Liquids 12. Phase Equilibrium 13.
Combustion And Chemical Reactions
14. Chemical Equilibrium
SCHAUM’S OUTLINES
THERMODYNAMICS
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
(Schaum’s Outlines Series)
by Merle C Potter, Professor Emeritus
of Mechanical Engineering, Michigan
State University Craig W Somerton,
Associate Professor of Mechanical
Engineering, Michigan State University
Sukumar Pati, Assistant Professor,
Dept. of Mechanical Engineering, Haldia
Institute of Technology, Haldia, West
Bengal
2010 / 496 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702578
The book is designed to provide worked
examples and hone the problem solving
skills of students. It provides a succinct
presentation of the material so that the
student can easily determine the major
objective of each section of the text. It
has been comprehensively adapted in
order to meet the needs of present day
examination pattern of universities and
competitive examinations. The book is
written in student centric style , easy-tofollow,
topic-by-topic format.
FEATURES
• Completely SI metricated text..
• Provides Complete review of all the
fundamental concepts of
Thermodynamics.
• Step by Step Approach followed for
all the solved examples.
• Answers are provided alongside
Problems.
• Enhanced Pedagogical features:
• Solved Examples. 550
• Problems. 490
• Review Questions. 150
• Objective Type Questions.
220
• Total. 1410
CONTENTS
1. Concepts, Definitions, and Basic
Principles 2. Properties of Pure
Substances 3. Work and Heat 4. The
First Law of Thermodynamics 5. The
Second Law of Thermodynamics 6.
Entropy 7. Reversible Work,
Irreversibility, and Availability 8. Gas
Power Cycles 9. Vapor Power Cycles
10. Refrigeration Cycles 11.
Thermodynamic Relations 12. Mixtures
and Solutions 13. Combustion
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS
by Valan A. Arasu, Tiagarajar College
of Engineering, Madurai
2006 / 480 Pages
ISBN : 9788182091405
Thermodynamics is a branch of science
that deals with energy and its
transformation. This book introduces
reader to the basic principles of
thermodynamics required to be learnt at
the undergraduate engineering level.
Clear in its presentation, the book would
also be a useful reference for students
aspiring to write UPSC, TNPSC and
GATE exams.
FEATURES
• Provides comprehensive treatment
of fundamentals of thermodynamics
• Numerous solved problems and
exercise at the end of each chapter
• Elaborate coverage of concepts like
entropy and third law of
thermodynamics
• Steam tables/Charts as appropriate
CONTENTS
1. Basic Concepts of Thermodynamics
2. Energy Transfer 3. First Law of
Thermodynamics — Closed System 4.
The First Law for a Control Volume 5.
The Second of Thermodynamics 6.
Entropy 7. Exergy and Anergy 8.
Properties of Pure Substances 9. Vapour
and Combined Power cycles 10.
Thermodynamic Property Relations 11.
Gas Laws 12. Non-reacting Ideal Gas
Mixtures 13. Psychrometrics
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO
THERMODYNAMICS AND HEAT
TRANSFER
by Yunus Cengel, University of Nevada
– Reno
1997 / 922 Pages
ISBN : 9780071226608
US Edition
INTRODUCTION TO
THERMODYNAMICS AND HEAT
TRANSFER WITH EES SOFTWARE
2nd Edition
by Yunus A. Cengel, University of
Nevada-Reno
2008
ISBN : 9780077235659
Introduction to Thermodynamics and
Heat Transfer provides balanced
coverage of the basic concepts of
thermodynamics and heat transfer.
Together with the clear an numerous
illustrations, studentfriendly writing style,
and manageable math, this is an ideal
text for an introductory thermal science
course for non-mechanical engineering
majors.
CONTENTS
Intro to Thermodynamics and Heat
Transfer 2e / 1. Introduction and
Overview / Part 1 Thermodynamics 2.
Introduction and Basic Concepts 3.
Energy, Energy Transfer, and General
Energy Analysis 4. Properties of Pure
Substances 5. Energy Analysis of Closed
Systems 6. Mass and Energy Analysis
of Control Volumes 7. The Second Law
of Thermodynamics 8. Entropy Part 2
Heat Transfer 9. Mechanisms of Heat
Transfer 10. Steady Heat Conduction 11.
Transient Heat Conduction 12. External
Forced Convection 13. Internal Forced
Convection 14. Natural Convection 15.
Radiation Heat Transfer 16. Heat
Exchangers 17. Cooling of Electronic
THERMAL ENGINEERING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 41
Equipment / Appendix 1 Property Tables
and Charts (SI Units) / Appendix 2
Property Tables and Charts (English
Units)"
THERMAL ENGINEERING
by Sarkar
1998 / 685 Pages
ISBN : 9780074633632
US Edition
THERMODYNAMICS DEMYSTIFIED
by James Pohl
2009 / 300 Pages
ISBN : 9780071479608
TABLE OF CONTENTS :
Chapter 1. Thermodynamics – It's
Language / a. First Abstracts,
Dimensions and Units / b. Properties and
Measurement / c. System Events in
Space and Time / a. Analytic Method -
Momentum, Force, Gravity, Friction / b.
Work, Kinetic and Potential Energy / c.
Particle Energy Equation Chapter 3.
Thermodynamic Systems / a. Internal
Energy, Density, Specific Volume / b.
Pressure and Pressure Devices / c.
Temperature and Prefect Gas Equations
/ d. The Simple Compressible Work
Mode, Enthalpy / Chapter 4. Properties
of Substances / a. Phase Change /
Phase Diagram / p-v-T Surfaces /
Property Data : Storage and Retrieval /
b. Single Phase / Gases – Entropy and
the Reversible / Adiabatic Process /
Liquids and Solids / Chapter 5. Property
Equations : Forms and Usages / a.
Mass Equation / b. Momentum Equation
/ c. Energy Equation / Chapter 6. Closed
System Thermodynamic Analysis / a.
Solution Methodology / b. Examples and
Techniques / Chapter 7. Open System
Thermodynamic Analysis / a. Solution
Methodology / b. Examples and
Techniques / 8. Transient
Thermodynamic Analysis
HEAT TRANSFER
HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
FUNDAMENTALS AND
APPLICATIONS
4th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
(SI Units)
By Yunus A. Cengel, University of
Nevada, Reno; Afsin J. Ghajar,
Oklahoma State University, Stillwater
2011 / 928 Pages
ISBN : 9780071077866
Heat and Mass Transfer: Fundamentals
& Applications by Yunus Cengel and
Afshin Ghajar provides the perfect blend
of fundamentals and applications. It
covers the standard topics of heat
transfer with an emphasis on physics
and real-world every day applications,
while de-emphasizing the intimidating
heavy mathematical aspects. It
communicates directly to the minds of
tomorrow’s engineers in a simple yet
precise manner. It also encourages
creative thinking and development of a
deeper understanding and intuitive feel
for the subject.
FEATURES
• The book is self instructive. It
speaks to students, not over
students thereby encouraging
readers to link fundamental
concepts with practical component
specification.
• Coverage of Mini and Micro Tubes.
• Offers practical approach with a
wide range of real-world applications
and examples.
• Excellent pedagogy with addition of
300 challenging end-of-chapter
examples to clarify the concepts
presented in text.
• Pedagogy : Total 2054
• Solved Examples: 152
• Chapter-end Problems: 1902
CONTENTS
1. Introduction and Basic Concepts 2.
Heat Conduction Equation 3. Steady
Heat Conduction 4. Transient Heat
Conduction 5. Numerical Methods in
Heat Conduction 6. Fundamentals of
Convection 7. External Forced
Convection 8. Internal Forced
Convection 9. Natural Convection 10.
Boiling and Condensation 11. Heat
Exchangers 12. Fundamentals of
Thermal Radiation 13. Radiation Heat
Transfer 14. Mass Transfer
HEAT TRANSFER
10th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
(SI Units)
By J P Holman, Professor of
Mechanical Engineering, Southern
Methodist University; Souvik
Bhattacharyya, Dean (Students’ Affair)
and Professor of Mechanical
Engineering, IIT Kharagpur, West
Bengal
2011 / 708 Pages
ISBN : 9780071069670
As one of the most popular heat transfer
texts, Jack Holman’s Heat Transfer is
noted for its clarity, accessible
approach, and inclusion of many
examples and problem sets. The new
tenth edition retains the straight-forward,
to-the-point writing style while covering
both analytical and empirical
approaches to the subject. Throughout
the book, emphasis is placed on
physical understanding while, at the
same time, relying on meaningful
experimental data in those situations
that do not permit a simple analytical
solution.
FEATURES
• Complete syllabus coverage.
• Simple and lucid writing style with a
careful and proper organization of
the subject that allows the student
for self-progress.
• Good Pedagogy: Total: 1385
• Tutorial approach of problem solving
THERMAL ENGINEERING • HEAT TRANSFER
42 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
for solved examples.
• Design Oriented Problems are
thought provoking, open-ended and
improves the analytical skills of the
readers.
• The text uses Microsoft Excel for
solution of both steady state and
transient heat transfer problems.
• A list of Basic Heat Transfer
Relations has been provided for
quick reference.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Steady-State
Conduction-One Dimension 3. Steady-
State Conduction-Multiple Dimensions
4. Unsteady-State Conduction 5.
Principles of Convection 6. Empirical
and Practical Relations for Forced-
Convection Heat Transfer 7. Natural
Convection Systems 8. Radiation Heat
Transfer 9. Condensation and Boiling
Heat Transfer 10. Heat Exchangers 11.
Mass Transfer
HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
3rd Edition
By P K Nag, Emeritus Fellow (AICTE),
Jadavpur University and Former
Professor, Department of Mechanical
Engineering, Indian Institute of
Technology, Kharagpur
2011 / 795 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702530
The text penned by Prof. Nag is
unambiguous, precise and to the point.
It emphasizes basic assumptions, the
physical aspects and the appropriate
formulations of the governing equations
for subsequent analytical as well as
numerical treatment. The text provides a
highly intuitive and practical
understanding of the topics by
emphasizing the physics and the
underlying physical phenomena
involved. The concepts have been
substantiated with the help of adequate
practical examples, case studies, solved
problems, applications and innovative
exercises.
FEATURES
• Complete coverage of the course on
Heat and Mass Transfer.
• Provides a practical understanding
of the topics by emphasizing the
physics and the underlying physical
phenomena involved.
• Tutorial or step by step problem
solving methodology used for solved
examples.
• Open Book Problems meant for
honing the analytical skills of the
students wherein the readers are
provided a path to be followed in
order to arrive at the solution rather
than straightaway providing the
solution is the USP.
CONTENTS
1. Basic Concepts 2 Conduction Heat
Transfer at Steady State 3. Transient
Heat Conduction 4. Convection Heat
Transfer: Forced Convection 5. Heat
Transfer by Natural Convection 6.
Condensation and Boiling 7. Radiation
Heat Transfer 8. Heat Exchangers 9.
Some Special Heat Transfer Processes
10. Mass Transfer
CONVECTIVE HEAT AND MASS
TRANSFER, 4th Edition
By William M. Kays, Stanford
University Michael Crawford &
Bernhard Weigand
2012 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9781259025624
Convective Heat and Mass Transfer
presents a strong theoretical basis for
the subject,“concentrating on boundary
layer theory, with special emphasis on
laminar and turbulent“thermal boundary
layers.
FEATURES
• Stronger coverage of natural
convection.
• The TEXSTAN software package is
offered on the book's accompanying
Website, and can be used to do
computer problems in the book.
• Numerous design sections show
how analytical techniques are
actually used to model heat
exchangers, etc.
• Computer Problems are included in
each chapter problem set.
CONTENTS
1. Interduction 2. Conservation
Principles 3. Fluid Stresses and Flux
Laws 4. Differential Equations for the
Laminar Boundary Layer 5. Integral
Equations for the Boundary Layer 6.
Differential Equations for the Turbulent
Boundary Layer 7. Laminar Internal
Flows: Momentum Transfer 8. Laminar
Internal Flows: Heat Transfer 9. Laminar
External Boundary Layers: Momentum
Transfer 10. Laminar External Boundary
Layers: Heat Transfer 11. Turbulent
External Boundary Layers: Momentum
Transfer 12. Tubulent External Boundary
Layerss: Heat Transfer 13. Turbulent
Internal Flows: Momentum Transfer 14.
Turbulent Internal Flows: Heat Transfer
15. Influence of Temperature-
Dependent Fluid Properties 16.
ConvectiveHeat Transfer at High
Velocities 17. Convective Heat Transfer
with Body Forces 18. Convective Mass
Transfer: Basic Definitions and
Formulation of a Simplified Theory 19.
Convective Mass Transfer: Evaluation of
the Mass-Transfer Conductance from
the Conserved-Property (P) Equation
20. Convective Mass Transfer:
Examples fr Application of the Simplified
Method
International Edition
HEAT TRANSFER
10th Edition
by Jack P. Holman, Southern Methodist
University
2008 / 736 Pages
ISBN : 9780071267694
The tenth edition retains the straightforward,
to-the-point writing style while
covering both analytical and empirical
HEAT TRANSFER
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 43
approaches to the subject. Throughout
the book, emphasis is placed on
physical understanding while, at the
same time, relying on meaningful
experimental data in those situations
that do not permit a simple analytical
solution. New examples and templates
provide students with updated resources
for computernumerical solutions.
FEATURES
• There is a new chapter on Summary
and Design Information
• New and revised homework
problems have been added
throughout.
• Numerous calculation tables are
offered in Chapter 12 as an aid in
preliminary design work. The
chapter also features 11 new
examples illustrating the use of
these charts.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Steady-State
Conduction--One Dimension 3. Steady-
State Conduction--Multiple Dimensions
4. Unsteady-State Conduction 5.
Principles of Convection 6. Empircal and
Practical Relations for Forced-
Convection Heat Transfer 7. Natural
Convection Systems 8. Radiation Heat
Transfer 9. Condensation and Boiling
Heat Transfer 10. Heat Exchangers 11.
Mass Transfer 12. Summary and Design
Information
International Edition
HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER:
A PRACTICAL APPROACH
4th Edition
by Yunus A. Cengel, University Of
Nevada-Reno, and Afshin J. Ghajar,
Oklahoma State University-Stillwater
2010
ISBN: 9780071311120
With complete coverage of the basic
principles of heat transfer and a broad
range of applications in a flexible format,
Heat and Mass Transfer. A Practical
Approach by Yunus Cengel and Afshin
Ghajar provides the perfect blend of
fundamentals and applications. The text
provides a highly intuitive and practical
understanding of the material by
emphasizing the physics and the
underlying physical phenomena
involved.
This text covers the standard topics of
heat transfer with an emphasis on
physics and real-world every day
applications, while de-emphasizing the
intimidating heavy mathematical
aspects. This approach is designed to
take advantage of students’ intuition,
making the learning process easier and
more engaging. Key. 50% of the
Homework Problems including design,
computer, essay, lab-type, and FE
problems are new or revised to this
edition. Using a reader-friendly
approach and a conversational writing
style, the book is self-instructive and
entertains while it teaches. It shows that
highly technical matter can be
communicated effectively in a simple
yet precise language.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
50% of the problems are new or
revised to this edition.
FEATURES
• More than 1000 illustrations. This
text has a sensational visual appeal
that highlight its key learning
features.
• Approximately 2,000 Homework
Problems including design,
computer,essay, and lab-type
problems are included. FE
(Fundamentals of Engineering)
Problems have also been added to
the third edition.
• The text and its solutions manual
have been carefully checked
for accuracy.
• A list of objectives at the beginning
of each chapter.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction and Basic Concepts 2.
Heat Conduction Equation 3. Steady
Heat Conduction 4. Transient Heat
Conduction 5. Numerical Methods in
Heat Conduction 6. Fundamentals of
Convection 7. External Forced
Convection 8. Internal Forced
Convection 9. Natural Convection 10.
Boiling and Condensation 11. Heat
Exchangers 12. Fundamentals of
Thermal Radiation 13. Radiation Heat
Transfer 14. Mass Transfer
PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER
by Kern
2004 / 871 Pages
ISBN : 9780074632178
CONTENTS
1. Process heat transfer 2. Conduction
3. Convection 4. Radiation 5.
Temperature 6.Counterflow: double-pipe
Exchangers 7. 1-2. Parallel – counter
flow : Shell-and-tube Exchangers 8.Flow
Arrangements for Increased heat
Recovery 9. Gases 10.Streamline Flow
and Free convection 11. Calculations for
Process conditions 12.Condensation of
Single Vapors 13.Condensation of mixed
Vapors 14. Evaporation 15.Vaporizers,
Evaporators, and Reboilers 16.
Extended Surfaces 17. Direct-contact
Transfer: Cooling Towers 18. Batch and
Unsteady State Processes 19. Furnace
Calculations 20. Additional Applications
21. The Control of temperature and
Related Process Variables
US Edition
THERMAL RADIATION
ENGINEERING: FOR SOLAR
POWER ENERGY GENERATION
by Richard Petela
2010 / 416 Pages
ISBN : 9780071639620
This comprehensive guide discusses indepth
fundamentals of radiation, and
explains how to apply the theories
presented to developing energygenerating
devices. As solar radiation is
considered more frequently as an
attractive energy source, it is
increasingly important for engineers to
understand the laws of radiation.
Thermal Radiation Engineering for Solar
HEAT TRANSFER
44 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Power Energy Generation provides
exhaustive discussions of energy and
exergy theories. Three chapters are
allocated to demonstrate installation
examples of radiation energy.
Appendices include constant values for
radiation and application of mathematics
to some thermodynamic relations for
easy reference.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Definitions and Laws
of Substance 3. Definitions and Laws
of Radiation 4. The Laws in
Thermodynamic Analysis 5.
Thermodynamics Properties of Photon
Gas 6. Exergy of Emission 7. Radiation
Flux 8. Radiation spectra of Surfaces 9.
Discussion of Radiation Exergy
Formulae Proposed by Researchers
10. Thermodynamic Analysis of Heat
From the Sun 11. Thermodynamic
Analysis of Solar Chimney Power Plant
12. Thermodynamic Analysis of
Photosysthesis 13. Thermodynamic
Analysis of Photovoltaic
International Edition
CONVECTIVE HEAT AND
MASS TRANSFER
4th Edition
by William M Kays, Stanford University;
Michael E. Crawford, University of
Texas-Austin and Bernhard Weigand,
Universitat Stuttgart
2005 / 512 Pages
ISBN : 9780071238298
The 4th edition Convective Heat and
Mass Transfer continues the trend of
encouraging the use of a numerically
based, computational approach to
solving convective heat and mass
transfer problems, in addition to
classical problem-solving approaches.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Expanded chapter on convective
heat transfer with body forces,
reduced focus on heat exchanger
theory, completely rewritten
chapters on mass transfer to include
more engineering examples for both
low and high transfer rates that
provide the student with more
insight into a seemingly difficult
subject.
• Increased coverage of modern
numerical and computer techniques.
• Numerous design sections show
how analytical techniques are
actually used to model heat
exchangers, etc.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. Conservation
Principles. 3. Fluid Stresses And Flux
Laws. 4. The Differential Equations Of
The Laminar Boundary Layer. 5. The
Integral Equations Of The Boundary
Layer. 6. The Differential Equations Of
The Turbulent Boundary Layer. 7.
Momentum Transfer : Laminar Flow
Inside Tubes. 8. Heat Transfer : Laminar
Flow Inside Tubes. 9. Momentum
Transfer : The Laminar External
Boundary Layer. 10. Heat Transfer : The
Laminar External Boundary Layer. 11.
Momentum Transfer : The Turbulent
Boundary Layer. 12. Heat Transfer : The
Turbulent Boundary Layer. 13.
Momentum Transfer : Turbulent Flow In
Tubes. 14. Heat Transfer : Turbulent
Flow Inside Tubes. 15. The Influence Of
Temperature-Dependent Fluid
Properties. 16. Convective Heat Transfer
At High Velocities. 17. Free-Convection
Boundary Layers. 18. Convective Mass
Transfer : Basic Definitions And
Formulation Of A Simplified Theory. 19.
Convective Mass Transfer : Evaluation
Of The Mass-Transfer Conductance
From The Equation. 20. Convective
Mass Transfer : Examples For
Application Of The Simplified Method
US Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF
HEAT TRANSFER
2nd Edition
by Donald Pitts, University of
Tennessee
1998 / 384 Pages
ISBN : 9780070502079
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. One Dimensional
Steady-State Conduction 3.
Multidimensional Steady-State
Conduction 4. Time-Varying Conduction.
5. Fluid Mechanics 6. Forced
Convection. Laminar Flow 7. Forced
Convection Turbulent Flow 8. Natural
Convection 9. Boiling and Condensation
10. Heat Exchangers 11. Radiation 12.
Appendices:
COMBUSTION
ENGINEERING
International Edition
AN INTRODUCTION TO
COMBUSTION: CONCEPTS AND
APPLICATIONS
3rd Edition
By Stephen R Turns, Pennsylvania
State University, University Park
2011 / 736 Pages
ISBN : 9780071086875
Introduction to Combustion is the
leading combustion textbook for
undergraduate and graduate students
because of its easy-to-understand
analyses of basic combustion concepts
and its introduction of a wide variety of
practical applications that motivate or
relate to the various theoretical
concepts.
HEAT TRANSFER • COMBUSTION ENGINEERING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 45
The third edition maintains the book’s
strong foundation and includes a
thorough updating of topics related to
energy use (Chapter 1), chemical
mechanisms (Chapter 5), and protection
of the environment (Chapter 15).
Furthermore, an expansive discussion
of conventional and alternative fuels
(new Chapter 17) has been added.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• A new Chapter 17 dedicated to
fuels.
• Updated data on energy and
electricity sources and usage
• Thorough updating of kinetics of
large hydrocarbon combustion,
detailed nitrogen chemistry, and a
reduced mechanism of CH4
combustion and NO formation in
Chapter 5.
• New section on catalysis and
heterogeneous reactions (Ch. 2).
• Expansion and updating of Chapter
15 to reflect current knowledge of
pollutant and greenhouse gas
emissions.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Combustion and
Thermochemistry 3. Introduction to
Mass Transfer 4. Chemical Kinetics 5.
Some Important Chemical Mechanisms
6. Coupling Chemical and Thermal
Analyses of Reacting Systems 7.
Simplified Conservation Equations for
Reacting Flows 8. Laminar Premixed
Flames 9. Laminar Diffusion Flames 10.
Droplet Evaporation and Burning 11.
Introduction to Turbulent Flows 12.
Turbulent Premixed Flames 13.
Turbulent Nonpremixed Flames 14.
Burning of Solids 15. Pollutant
Emissions
US Editoin
STEAM PLANT OPERATIONS
8th Edition
by Thomas F. Lammers, Babcock &
Wilcox, Co., Ohio
2005 / 800 Pages
ISBN : 9780071418461
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Boilers. Chapter 2. Design
and Construction of Boilers. Chapter 3.
Combustion of Fuels. Chapter 4.
Settings, Combustion Equipment and
Heating Surfaces. Chapter 5. Boiler
Accessories. Chapter 6. Operation and
Maintenance of Steam Boilers. Chapter
7. Pumps. Chapter 8. Reciprocation
Steam Engines. Chapter 9. Valve-
Operating Mechanisms. Chapter 10.
Operation and Maintenance of Steam
Engines. Chapter 11. Steam Turbines
and Auxiliaries. Chapter 12. Auxiliary
Steam-Plant Equipment, Environmental
Control Systems. Chapter 13. Water-to-
Energy Plants
ENERGY
CONVERSION
NON CONVENTIONAL
ENERGY RESOURCES
2nd Edition
by B H Khan, Former Professor,
Department of Electrical Engineering,
Aligarh Muslim University, Aliarh
2009 / 476 Pages
ISBN : 9780070142763
The book aims at introducing the
fundamental physical processes
governing non-conventional renewable
energy resources, technologies and
their applications. It is intended to serve
as a text-book for the undergraduate
engineering students.
FEATURES
NEW CHAPTERS ON:
• Small Hydro Systems
• Economic Analysis
NEW TOPICAL COVERAGE ON:
• Solar Energy: - Global radiation;
Types of Solar Ponds; Solar Air
heater/driers; Doping; Fermi level;
Evacuated-tube Collector; Collector
efficiency.
• Wind energy: - Betz criterion
• Biomass energy: - Energy
Plantation / farming; Fuel properties
of biogas;
PEDAGOGY
• Objective questions: 70
• Problem questions: 50
• Solved examples: 50
CONTENTS
1. Fundamentals of Energy Science and
Technology 2. Energy Conservation 3.
Energy Storage 4. Solar Energy—Basics
5. Solar Thermal Systems 6. Solar
Photovoltaic Systems 7. Wind Energy 8.
Biomass Energy 9. Geothermal Energy
10. Ocean Energy 11. Small Hydro
Resources 12. Emerging Technologies
13. Miscellaneous Non-Conventional
Technologies
SOLAR ENERGY:
PRINCIPLES OF THERMAL
COLLECTION AND STORAGE
3rd Edition
by S. P. Sukhatme, Department of
Mechanical Engineering, Indian Institute
of Technology, Mumbai; J.K. Nayak,
Department of Mechanical
Engineering, Indian Institute of
Technology, Mumbai
2008 / 460 Pages
ISBN : 9780070260641
The third edition of this book deals with
the direct and indirect ways of utilizing
solar energy with special focus on the
thermal route. Numerous new topics,
comparison tables, solved and unsolved
problems have been added and
changes have been made to cater the
current requirements of students and
teachers.
COMBUSTION ENGINEERING • ENERGY CONVERSION
46 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
FEATURES
• New solar thermal devices
developed in the last decade have
been described with their costs and
commercial developments
• Detailed coverage of phovoltaic
conversion, wind energy and energy
from biomass
• Economic analysis of solar systems
includes direct and indirect
utilization
• Solved examples and problems
illustrate the use of equations in
various situations
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. The Solar Energy
Option- An overview of Thermal
Applications 3. Solar Radiation 4. Liquid
Plate Collectors 5. Solar Heaters 6.
Concentrating Collectors 7. Thermal
Energy Storage 8. Solar Pond 9.
Economic Analysis 10. Other Methods
for Solar Energy Utilization
SOLAR ENERGY FUNDAMENTALS
AND APPLICATIONS
by H.P. Garg & J. Prakash
2000 / 464 Pages
ISBN : 9780074636312
CONTENTS
1. Solar Radiation. 2. Flat Plate
Collectors. 3. Solar Concentrating
Collectors. 4. Solar Water Heating. 5.
Solar Cookers. 6. Solar Desalination. 7.
Solar Drying of Food. 8. Passive Solar
House Heating and Cooling. 9. Solar
Energy for Industrial Process Heat. 10.
Solar Heating of Buildings : Active
Systems. 11 Solar Greenhouses. 12.
Solar Refrigeration and Air Conditioning.
13. Solar Furnaces. 14. Solar Termomechanical
Power. 15. Solar Powered
Thermal Water Pump. 16. Solar Thermal
Energy Storage. 17. Solar Photovoltaics.
18 Economic Analysis. Appendix.
Author Index • Subject Index.
US Edition
ENERGY SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
by Francis Vanek Research Assistant,
Departments of Mechanical &
Aerospace Engineering and Civil &
Environmental Engineering and the
Systems Engineering Program at
Cornell University; Louis Albright
Professor of Biological and
Environmental Engineering and Stephen
H. Weiss residential Fellow at Cornell
University.
2008 / 560 Pages
ISBN : 9780071495936
Energy Systems Engineering provides a
balanced analytical approach to
assessing all the major energy systems
likely to be used throughout this century:
carbon-based, nuclear, and renewable
energy approach to energy systems in
which a wide range of energy options
are employed rather than depending on
just one, the author offers an extensive
collection of equations and example
problems to analyze the performance of
each system and assess future use.
CONTENTS
• Introduction • A systems Approach to
Energy Challenges • Climate Change •
Fossil fuels, relative CO2 emissions, and
modeling of consumption and remaining
reserves • Fossil fuel combustion
technologies • Carbon Sequestration •
Nuclear Energy • The solar energy
resource • Solar technology • Wind
Power • Energy technologies for
transportation • Systems Issues for
Transportation Energy • Other
technologies and applications •
Conclusion : Toward a Sustainable
Future
US Edition
SOLAR ENERGY PROJECTS FOR
THE EVIL GENIUS
by Gavin Harper
2008 / 196 Pages
ISBN : 9780071477727
In Solar Energy Projects for the Evil
Genius, high-tech guru Gavin Harper
gives you everything you need to build
more than 50 thrilling solar energy
projects. You'll find complete, easy-tofollow
plans, with clear diagrams and
schematics, so you know exactly what's
involved before you begin.
Illustrated instructions and plans for 30
amazing pretested solar energy projects
that assume no prior experience with
energy science
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Why solar? Chapter 2. The
Solar Resource Chapter 3. Positioning
Your Solar Devices Chapter 4. Solar
Heating Chapter 5. Solar Cooling
Chapter 6. Solar Cooking Chapter 7.
Solar Stills Chapter 8. Solar Collectors
Chapter 9. Solar Pumping Chapter 10.
Solar Photovoltaics Chapter 11.
Photochemical Solar Cells Chapter 12.
Solar Engines Chapter 13. Solar
Electrical Projects Chapter 14. Tracking
the Sun Chapter 15. Solar Transport
Chapter 16. Solar Robotics? Chapter 17.
Solar Hydrogen Partnership Chapter 18.
Photosynthesis--Fuel from the Sun /
Appendix A: Solar Projects on the Web /
Appendix B: Supplier's Index / Index
ENERGY CONVERSION
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 47
REFRIGERATION &
AIR CONDITIONING
HVAC
REFRIGERATION AND
AIR CONDITIONING
3rd Edition
by C.P. Arora, Formerly with Indian
Institute of Technology, Delhi
2008 / 980 Pages
ISBN : 9780070083905
This book is intended to meet the
requirements of Refrigeration and Air
Conditioning course taken by the
undergraduate of Mechanical
Engineering. It would also serve as a
useful reference to the practicing
engineers. This new edition is enriched
with the latest information on new
refrigerants, refrigerants compressors,
and applications of Industrial air
conditioning.
FEATURES
• Coverage on Greater emphasis on
new refrigerants R 123 and R134a.
• Detailed comparison between
various refrigerants HCFC (Hydrocholorofluoro
carbon), R22 and HFC
(Hydrofluorocarbon) and alternatives
like R410A and R407C.
• New section on Scroll Compressors,
Installation, Service and
Maintenance
• Greater coverage on applications of
Industrial Air Conditioning with
HVAC applications like Tunnel
Ventilation, Station Air-Conditioning
and Mine Ventilation.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Refrigeration Machine
and Reversed Carnot Cycle 3. Vapour
Compression System 4. Refrigerants 5.
Multipressure Systems 6. Refrigerant
Compressors 7. Condensers 8.
Expansion Devices 9. Evaporators 10.
Complete Vapour Compression System
11. Gas Cycle Refrigeration 12. Vapour-
Absorption System 13. Ejector-
Compression System 14. Properties of
Moist Air 15. Psychrometry of Air-
Conditioning Processes 16. Design
Conditions 17. Solar Radiation 18. Heat
Transfer through Building Structures 19.
Load Calculation and Applied
Psychometrics 20. Design of Air-
Conditioning Apparatus 21.
Transmission and Distribution of Air 22.
Fans 23. Refrigeration and Air-
Conditioning Control 24. Application in
Food Refrigeration processing and
Industrial Air Conditioning
BASIC REFRIGERATION AND
AIR CONDITIONING
3rd Edition
by Ananthanarayanan
2005 / 728 Pages
ISBN : 9780070495005
With an ideal mix of theoretical andg
practical aspects of Refrigeration and
Air Conditioning techniques, this new
edition takes into account the Montreal
Protocol and Kyoto Agreement to
safeguard the zone depletion in the
earth’s atmosphere. Several
contemporary topics have also been
discussed in relevant depth
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Ozone depletion, greenhouse
effects, alternate environmentfriendly
refrigerants such as
Tetrofluoro-ethane, propane,
Isobutane and associated lubricants
• Detailed discussions on
Contemporary topics such as
• Indoor Air Quality (IAQ)
• Electronic expansion valve
• Ozone treatment of cooling tower
water
• Frost free refrigerators
• Revised chapters on
• Controls which non includes
Microprocessor based control
• Hermetic (sealed) Compressor unit.
• Thermodynamic tables of select
alternate refrigerators
CONTENTS
1. Fundamentals 2. Refrigeration 3. The
Refrigeration Cycle (vapour compression
system) 4. Pressuretemperature
relaton, super heat and sub
cooling 5. The Refrigerant Cycle 6.
Refrigeration Cycle Diagram - Mollier
Charts 7. Components of Mechanical
Vapour Compression Refrigeration
System 8. Lubrication 9. Refrigeration &
Brines 10. Throttling Devices 11.
Evaporators 12. Compressor 13.
Centrifugal Compressor and Liquid
Chilling Package 14. Condenser 15.
Cooling Tower 16. Properties of Air 17.
Psychometric Chart 18. Refrigeration &
Air Conditioning System 19.
Refrigeration Systems 20. Air
Conditioning Systems 21. Fans 22. Air
Distribution System 23. Duct Systems
24. Clean Rooms 25. Thermal Insulation
26. Controls 27. Vapour Absorption
Refrigeration 28. Heat Load 29.
Equipment Selection 30. Energy Saving
Through Design, Operation and
Maintenance 31. Heat Recovery System
and Heat Pump 32. Refrigeration Piping
33. Installation, Erection and Field
Practices 34. Special Tools and
Measuring Instruments 35. Evacuation
and Dehydration 36. Commissioning and
Evaluation of System Performance 37.
Operation and Routine Maintenance 38.
Preventive Maintenance, Service and
Troubleshooting Hermetic/Semihermetic
Compressor — Reoperating a
Burnt System
International Edition
REFRIGERATION AND
AIR CONDITIONING
2nd Edition
by Wilbert Stoecker, University of
Illinois/Urbana; Jerold Jones,
University of Texas, Austin
1982 / 443 Pages
ISBN : 9780070665910
REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING HVAC
48 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
US Edition
HVAC EQUATIONS, DATA
AND RULES OF THUMB
2nd Edition
by Arthur Bell registered professional
engineer
2008 / 790 Pages
ISBN : 9780071482424
Written by a veteran HVAC designer,
this tasksimplifying guide puts essential
HVAC answers at your fingertips.
Featuring 200-plus equations,
completely updated codes and
standards, more than 350 rules of
thumb, and other essential data, this is
the most complete HVAC reference
available.
TABLE OF CONTENTS :
Part 1. Introduction Part 2. Definitions
Part 3. Equations Part 4. Conversion
Factors Part 5. Cooling Load Rules of
Thumb Part 6. Heating Load Rules of
Thumb Part 7. Infiltration Rules of Thumb
Part 8. Ventilation Rules of Thumb Part
9. Humidification Rules of Thumb Part
10. People/Occupancy Rules of Thumb
Part 11. Lighting Rules of Thumb Part
12. Appliance/Equipment Rules of
Thumb Part 13. Cooling Load Factors
Part 14. Heating Load Factors Part 15.
Design Conditions and Energy
Conservation Part 16. HVAC System
Selection Criteria Part 17. Air Distribution
Systems Part 18. Piping Systems,
General Part 19. Hydronic (Water) Piping
Systems Part 20. Glycol Piping Systems
Part 21. Steam Piping Systems Part 22.
Steam Condensate Piping Systems Part
23. AC Condensate Piping Part 24.
Refrigerant Piping Systems Part 25. Air
Handling Units Part 26. Fans Part 27.
Pumps Part 28. Chillers Part 29. Cooling
Towers and Condensers Part 30. Heat
Exchangers Part 31. Boilers Part 32.
Motors and Motor Controllers Part 33.
Humidifiers Part 34. Filters Part 35.
Insulation Part 36. Fire Stopping and
Through-Penetration Systems Part 37.
Makeup Water Part 38. Water Treatment
and Chemical Feed Systems Part 39.
Automatic Controls Building Automation
Systems Part 40. Equipment Schedules
Part 41. Equipment Manufacturers Part
42. Building Construction Business
Fundamentals Part 43. Architectural,
Structural, and Electrical Information Part
44. Properties of Air Part 45. Properties
of Water Part 46. Cleanroom Criteria Part
47. Wind Chill and Heat Index Part 48.
Miscellaneous Part 49. General Notes
Part 50. Designer's Checklist Part 51.
Professional Societies and Trade
Organizations Part 52. References and
Design Manuals
POWER PLANT
ENGINEERING
POWER PLANT ENGINEERING
3rd Edition
by P. K. Nag, (Retired) Professor, Dept.
of Mechanical Engg, Indian Institute of
Technology, Kharagpur
2007 / 950 Pages
ISBN : 9780070648159
Meant for the undergraduate course on
Power Plant Engineering studied by the
mechanical engineering students, this
book is a comprehensive and up-to-date
offering on the subject. It has detailed
coverage on hydro-electric, diesel
engine and gas turbine power plants.
Plenty of solved examples, exercise
questions and illustrations make this a
user friendly text.
FEATURES
• In depth coverage of Hydroelectric,
Diesel Engine and Gas Turbine
Power Plants
• Analytical and theoretical treatment
of concepts with the right blend of
theory, design and practice of power
stations
• Unique chapter on Energy Storage
Mechanisms
• Detailing of combined cycle mode of
power generation and fluidized bed
boilers.
PEDOGOGICAL FEATURES
• Solved Examples : 140
• Review Questions : 752
• Practice Problems : 190
CONTENTS
1. Introduction : Economics of Power
Generation 2. Analysis of Steam Cycles
3. Combined Cycle Power Generation 4.
Fuels and Combustion 5. Combustion
Mechanism, Combustion Equipment and
Firing Methods 6. Steam Generators 7.
Steam Turbines 8. Condenser,
Feedwater and Circulating Water
Systems 9. Nuclear Power Plants 10.
Hydroelectric Power Plant 11. Diesel
Engine and Gas Turbines Power Plants
12. Energy Storage 13. Non-
Conventional Power Generation 14.
Environmental Degradation and use of
Renewable Energy
POWER PLANT TECHNOLOGY
by M.M. El-Wakil, University of
Wisconsin at Madison
2010 / 290 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702448
1. A Thermodynamics Review 2. The
Rankine Cycle 3. Fossil Fuel Steam
Generators 4. Fuels And Combustion 5.
Turbines 6. The Condensate Feedwater
System 7. The Circulating-Water
System 8. Gas Turbine and Combined
Cycles 9. Principles of Nuclear Energy
10. Thermal Fission Reactors and
Powerplants 11. Fast Breeder Reactors
and Powerplants 12. Geothermal
Energy 13. Solar Energy 14. Wind
Energy 15. Energy from the Oceans 16.
Energy Storage 17. Environmental
Aspects of Power Generation
POWER STATION ENGINEERING &
ECONOMY
by Skrotzki
2004 / 751 Pages
ISBN : 9780070995734
REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING HVAC • POWER PLANT ENGINEERING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 49
TURBINES
GAS TURBINES
3rd Edition
by V Ganesan, Former Professor,
Professor, Department of Mechanical
Engineering, Indian Institute of
Technology, Madras, Chennai
2010 / 652 Pages
ISBN : 9780070681927
This is an excellent and established text
book covering all the aspects of Gas
Turbines. The topics have been
explained right from the fundamentals
so that even a beginner can
comprehend the exposition. Various
chapters such as Inlets and Nozzles,
Blades, Environmental Considerations
and Applications and Rocket Propulsion
make the book complete. Theoretical
descriptions of the topics is crisp and
well organized without the presence of
any superfluous content which is
supported really well with the help of
pedagogical features. This edition is a
thoroughly revised and updated one. All
in all a must read for the readers of Gas
Turbines.
FEATURES
1. Comprehensive coverage of the
course on Gas Turbines. 2. New
chapter on Transonic and Supersonic
Compressors and Turbines 3.
Standalone chapters on Rocket
Propulsion and Environmental
Considerations and Applications. 4.
Inclusion of 165 Objective Type
Questions 5. Answers are provided
alongside Practice Problems. 6.
Pedagogy: Total 546 a. Solved
Examples: 75 b. Review Questions:
220 c. Exercises: 86 d. Objective Type
Questions: 165 7. Web Supplements a.
For Instructors: Solution Manual,
Chapter wise PPT’s b. For Students:
Sample Chapter, Links to Reference
Material
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Review of Basic
Principles 3. Fundamentals of Rotating
Machines 4. Cycle Arrangements 5.
Ideal Cycles and their Analysis 6.
Practical Cycles and their Analysis 7.
Jet Propulsion and their Analysis 8.
Centrifugal Compressors 9. Axial Flow
Compressors 10. Combustion Systems
11. Impulse and Reaction Turbines 12.
Transonic and Supersonic
Compressors and Turbines13. Innets
and Nozzles 14. Blades 15.
Component Matching and Performance
Evaluation 16. Environment
Considerations and Applications 17.
Rocket Propulsion
TURBINES, COMPRESSORS
AND FANS
4th Edition
by S M Yahya, Indian Institute of
Technology, New Delhi
2010
ISBN : 9780070707023
The book would prove immensely useful
for practicing engineers in the areas of
power generation, aerospace, IC
engines as well as industrial
fans, blowers and compressors.
Researchers as well as advanced
level mechanical and aerospace
engineering students, specializing in
turbomachines, fluid machinery, steam
and gas turbines, and aircraft
propulsion, would find the book equally
helpful.
New to this edition
• Discussion of aero-thermodynamic
aspects of specific types of thermal
turbomachines
• Elucidation of dimensional analysis
and flow through cascades
• More than 400 illustrations to enable
easy understanding of the concepts
covered
• Problems on hydraulic turbines and
pumps based on Euler’s turbine/
compressor equations
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Thermodynamics 3.
Gas Turbine Plants 4. Steam Turbine
Plants 5. Combined Cycle Plants 6.
Fluid Dynamics 7. Dimensional Analysis
and Performance Parameters 8. Flow
Through Cascades 9. Axial Turbine
Stages 10. High Temperature (Cooled)
Turbine Stages 11. Axial Compressor
Stages 12. Centrifugal Compressor
Stage 13. Radial Turbine Stages 14.
Axial Fans and Propellers 15.
Centrifugal Fans and Blowers 16. Wind
Turbines 17. Solar Turbine Plants 18.
Miscellaneous Solved Problems in
Turbomachines
AIRCRAFT : GAS TURBINE ENGINE
TECHNOLOGY
by Treager
2004
ISBN : 9780074631119
IC ENGINES
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES,
4th edition
by V Ganesan, Professor Emeritus
Department of Mechanical Engineering
IIT“Madras, Chennai
2012 / 768 Pages
ISBN : 9781259006197
This hallmark text offers detailed and
complete coverage by providing
fundamental design aspects as well as
nuances in the field of Internal
Combustion Engines. It maintains the
traditional approach to teaching the
concepts and principles by usage of
simple and lucid language and clear self
explanatory sketches.
FEATURES
• Measurement and testing of
engines explained with modern
techniques using computers,
mathematical modeling and
electronic instrumentation.
• Design of engines based on
environmental and fuel economy
standards.
• New Chapter on:
• “Non Conventional Engines”
TURBINES • IC ENGINES
50 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
covering various types of engines –
CRDI, GDI, Lean Burn, Stirling,
Stratified, Wankel, etc.
• Enhanced coverage of Alternate
Fuels & Supercharging
• SAE Rating of Lubricants now
covered
• Rich pedagogy of:
• Solved examples :110
• Numerical questions :136
• Review questions :330
• Object-type questions :264
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Review of Basic
Principles 3. Air-Standard Cycles and
Their Analysis 4. Fuel–Air Cycles and
their Analysis 5. Actual Cycles and their
Analysis 6. Fuels 7. Alternate Fuels 8.
Carburetion 9. Mechanical Injection
Systems 10. Electronic Injection
Systems 11. Ignition 12. Combustion and
Combustion Chambers 13. Engine
Friction and Lubrication 14. Heat
Rejection and Cooling 15. Engine
Emissions and Their Control 16.
Measurements and Testing 17.
Performance Parameters and
Characteristics 18. Engine Electronics
19. Supercharging 20. Two-Stroke
Engines
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE
FUNDAMENTALS
by John Heywood, Massachusetts
Institute of Technology
2011 / 930 Pages
ISBN : 9781259002076
CONTENTS
1. Engine Types and Their Operations.
2. Engine Design and Operating
Parameters. 3. Thermochemistry of
Fuel-Air Mixtures. 4. Properties of
Working Fluids. 5. Ideal Models of
Engine Cycles. 6. Gas Exchange
Processes. 7. SI Engine Fuel Metering
and Manifold Phenomena. 8. Charge
Motion within the Cylinder. 9.
Combustion in Ignition Engines. 10.
Combustion in Compression Ignition
Engines. 11. Pollutant Formation and
Control. 12. Engine Heat Transfer. 13.
Engine Friction and Lubrication. 14.
Modeling Real Engine Flow and
Combustion Processes. 15. Engine
Operating Characteristics. Appendixes
BOILER
OPERATION
BOILER OPERATION ENGINEERING
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
2nd Edition
by P. Chattopadhyay
2000 / 1300 Pages
ISBN : 9780074635612
Professional Book
CONTENTS
1. Boilers. 2. High Pressure Boilers. 3.
Boiler Auxiliaries. 4. Boiler Mountings and
Accessories. 5. Boiler Operation
Inspection and Maintenance. 6. Boiler
Calculations. 7. Draught. 8. Primary
Fuels. 9. Principles of Combustion. 10.
The Chemistry of Combustion. 11. Coal
Pulverization. 12. Pulverized Coal Fired
Furnaces. 13. Upgrading PC-Fired
Boilers. 14. Fuel Oil and Gas Fired
Furnaces. 15. Low Nox Burners. 16.
Emissions Control. 17. Dust Collection.
18. Ash Handling System. 19. Carryover,
Scale and Sludge. 20. Steam
Contamination and Its Control. 21.
Prevention of Deposit Formation in Boiler
Units. 22. Characteristics of Steam-water
Flow. 23. Temperature Conditions and
Heat Transfer. 24. Hydrodynamics of
Closed Hydraulic System. 25.
Deaeration and Deoxygenation. 26.
Cooling Water Treatment and Cooling
Towers. 27. Water Treatment and
Demineralization. 28. Reverse Osmosis.
30. Scaling of Fireside of Heating
Surfaces. 31. Corrosion of Waterside
Heating Surfaces. 32. Corrosion of
Fireside Heating Surfaces. 33.
Evaporators. 34. Superheaters. 35.
Economizer and Air Heaters. 36. Steam
Condensers. 37. Steam Turbines. 38.
Cycles for Steam Power Plants. 39.
Boiler Design Nuclear Steam
Generators. 40. Energy from Waste. 41.
NDE & Condition Monitoring.
STANDARD BOILER OPERATORS
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
by Elonka
2004 / 365 Pages
ISBN : 9780070992924
CONTENTS
1. Usage and Application 2. Heat
Transfer and Design 3. Fire-tube Boilers
4. Water-tube boilers 5. Cast-Iron and
Heating Boilers 6. Special Boilers 7.
Construction : Methods of Joining 8.
Pressures, Stresses and Forces 9. Boiler
Strength Calculations 10. Fuels, Firing
and Combustions 11. Combustion
Safeguards and Controls 12.
Instruments and Controls 13. Safety
Appurtenances 14. Boiler Operations 15.
Boiler- Water Treatment 16.
Maintenance, Inspection and Repair 17.
Nuclear Power Reactors 18. Boiler-
Room management Index
STANDARD BOILER ROOM
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
3rd Edition
by Elonka
1982
ISBN : 9780070992979
CONTENTS
1. Male and Female Job Opportunities
in the United States and Canada 2. How
to pass examinations 3. Math and
Science Refresher 4. Fuels and How
they Burn 5. Burning Coal, Oil and Gas
6. Flue-Gas analysis, Draft, and Draft
Control 7. Heat, How to Use Steam
tables 8. Boilers (steam generators) 9.
Temperature Control of Steam,
Feedwater, and Draft 10. Trim for Steam
Generators 11. Feed Systems and
Blowoff Accessories 12. Automatic
Combustion Control Stays, Joints,
Openings and Calculations 13.
Construction materials, Welding, and
Calculations 14. Injectors and Pumps 15.
Pumping Theory and Calculations 16.
Piping, Accessories and Calculations 17.
Feedwater Treatment 18. Operation,
IC ENGINES • BOILER OPERATION
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 51
Inspection and Repairs 19. Boiler-Room
Management
US Edition
BOILER OPERATOR’S GUIDE
4th Edition
by Anthony Kohan
2009
ISBN. 9780070671133
Anthony Kohan is a consultant with
more than 30 years of experience as a
technician, tester, and inspector of boiler
pressure vessels and machinery.
If you’re a boiler professional, the Fourth
Edition of this classic guide offers you
the latest guidelines for installing,
operating, and maintaining boilers in all
types of facilities. The book now covers
federal and state jurisdictional
requirements...changes to the ASME
Boiler Code, such as the new confined
space entry requirements... the
liberalization of the overseas
requirement to obtain U.S. National
Board Certification...and the use of new
materials in boiler construction
CONTENTS
1. Boiler Systems, Classifications and
Fundamental Operating Practices. 2.
Firetube Biolers. 3. Waterlube boilers.
4. Electric and Special application
boilers. 5. Nuclear Power Plant Steam
Generators. 6. Material Structure,
Required Code Material, and
Specifications. 7. Fabrication by
Welding and NDT. 8. Material Testing,
Stresses, and Service Effects. 9. Code
Strength, Stress, and Allowable
Pressure Calculations. 10. Boiler
Connections, Appurtenances, and
Controls. 11. Combustion, Burners,
Controls, and Flame Safeguard
Systems. 12. Boiler Auxiliaries and
External Water Treatment Equipment.
13. Boiler Water Problems and
Treatment. 14. In-Service Problems,
Inspections, Maintenance, and Repairs.
15. Boiler Plant Training, Performance
and Efficiency Monitoring.
MEASUREMENTS/
EXPERIMENTAL METHODS /
INSTRUMENTATION
DOEBELIN'S
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
6th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Ernest O Doebelin, Ohio State
University, Columbus; Dhanesh N
Manik, Dept of Mechanical Engineering,
IIT Bombay
2010 / 768 Pages
ISBN : 9780070699687
This is a well known text on
Measurement and Instrumentation
where due diligence has been taken to
explain each and every topic with the
help of theoretical, schematic and
numerical explanations. A fine balance
has been maintained amongst them.
Stress is laid on both solved and
unsolved examples for better coverage
and depth. The coverage is vast and
comprehensive. One of the unique
features of the book is the introduction
to DASYLAB, which is a software
product for data acquisition. It can be
downloaded for free from the website
meant for the book. This version of
DASYLAB would allow the simulation
mode of operation , where one can
easily and quickly build the entire
software portion of data acquisition
system and try it out with simulated
sensor signals of any desired kind.
Thus, one can develop and debug the
software before connecting the
external sensors, amplifiers etc.
FEATURES
• Exhaustive coverage of the course
on Measurement Systems.
• New chapter on Data Acquisition
Systems.
• Inclusion of vital topics like
Measurement of Level, Humidity,
Viscosity, Density.
• Augmented coverage of
Transducers.
• Value addition to the text in the form
of Control Systems, AC Bridges,
Electrical
• Instruments.
• Excellent and Enhanced Pedagogy:
Total: 408 (Solved Examples: 136 ;
Problems: 272 ).
• Answers are provided alongside
Practice Problems.
• Web Supplements
• For Instructors: Solution Manual,
Chapter wise PPT’s
• For Students: Chapter on
Measurement Systems Applied to
Micro- and Nanotechnology,
DASYLAB Software
CONTENTS
1. Types of Applications of
Measurement Instrumentation 2.
Generalized Configurations and
Functional Descriptions of Measuring
Instruments 3. Generalized
Performance Characteristics of
Instruments 4. Motion and Dimensional
Measurement 5. Force, Torque and
Shaft Power Measurement 6. Pressure
and Sound Measurement 7. Flow
Measurement 8. Temperature
Measurement 9. Manipulating,
Computing and Compensating Devices
10. Data Transmission and Instrument
Connectivity 11. Voltage-Indicating and-
Recording Devices 12. Data Acquisition
Systems
METROLOGY AND
MEASUREMENTS
by Anand K. Bewoor, Assistant
Professor, Department of Mechanical
Engineering, VIIT, Pune; Vinay
Kulkarni, Lecturer, Department of
Production Engineering, D Y Patil
College of Engineering Pune
2009 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9780070140004
This book provides an integrated
approach to dimensional and
mechanical measurement. It has been
developed in recognition not only with
the interdisciplinary nature of
engineering practice, but also with the
trend in engineering curriculum. The
authors have consistently crafted a text
such that it gives the reader a
methodical and well thought-out
presentation that covers fundamental
issues common to almost all areas of
BOILER OPERATION • MEASUREMENTS/EXPERIMENTAL METHODS /INSTRUMENTATION
52 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
dimensional and mechanical
measurement. Information on particular
instruments and concepts has been
combined to improve the logical flow of
the manuscript. The coverage is such
that the book will be useful both for
undergraduate, post-graduate,
polytechnic, ITI students and other
graduation- level examinations (like
AMIE), competitive examinations and
entrance examinations like GATE.
FEATURES
• In SI units
• Integrated presentation of
dimensional and mechanical
measurement
• Linear, angular, machine tool and
geometrical shape metrology along
with interferometry techniques and
various types of comparators are
explained thoroughly
• Concepts of limits, fits and
tolerances and measurement of
surface finish are illustrated in detail.
• Miscellaneous measurement and
recent advancements in the field of
metrology are discussed widely.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Metrology 2.
Measurement Standards 3. Linear
Metrology 4. Straightness, Flatness,
Squareness, Parallelism, Roundness,
and Cylindricity Measurements 5.
Metrology of Machine Tools 6. Limits, Fits
and Tolerances 7. Angular Metrology 8.
Interferometry 9. Comparator 10.
Metrology of Surface Finish 11.
Metrology of Screw Threads 12.
Metrology of Gears 13. Miscellaneous
Measurements 14. Study of Advanced
Measuring Machines 15. Introduction to
Measurement System 16. Intermediate
Modifying and Terminating Device 17.
Force and Torque Measurement 18.
Vibration Measurements 19. Pressure
Measurement 20. Temperature
Measurement 21. Strain Measurement
22. Flow Measurement
INSTRUMENTATION,
MEASUREMENTS AND ANALYSIS
3rd Edition
by B. C. Nakra, Institute of Technology
and Management, Gurgaon K K
Chaudhary, Institute of Technology and
Management, Gurgaon
2009 / 664 Pages
ISBN : 9780070151277
This textbook on Instrumentation
encompasses the three main features,
viz instrumentation principles,
measurement techniques, and data
analysis presented in a form that is lucid
and easily comprehensible to all.
FEATURES
• New Chapter on ‘Electrical
Measurements’.
• New topical coverage on Virtual
Instruments and dimensional
measurements for metrological
applications
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Instruments and Their
Representation. 2. Static Performance
Characteristics of Instruments. 3.
Dynamic Characteristics of Instruments.
4. Transducer Elements. 5. Intermediate
Elements. 6. Indicating, Recording and
Display Elements. 7. Dimensional
measurement and its application to
vibration measurement. 8. Force
Measurement. 9. Torque and Power
measurement. 10. Pressure
Measurement. 11. Temperature
Measurement. 12. Flow Measurement.
13. Acoustic Measurement. 14. Signal
and Systems Analysis. 15. Condition
Monitoring and Signature Analysis
Applications. 16. Motion measurement
and its applications to vibration
measurement. 17. Miscellaneous
Instruments in Industrial, Biomedical and
Environmental Applications. 18. Recent
Developments in Instrumentation and
Measurements. 19. Control Engineering
Applications. 20. Dimensional
Measurement 21. Basic Statistical
Concepts. 22. Electrical Measurements
23. Normal Distribution. 24. Graphical
Representation and Curve Fitting of
Data.
EXPERIMENTAL METHODS
FOR ENGINEERS
7th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by J.P. Holman, Professor of
Mechanical Engieering, Southern
Methodist University
2007 / 684 Pages
ISBN : 9780070647763
This book offers the broadest range of
experimental measurment techniques
available for mechanical and general
engineering application.
The text emphasizes the ue of
uncertainly analysis and statistical data
analysis data analysis in estimating the
accuracy of measurements.
FEATURES
• Emphasizes on experimental
uncertainties as essential elements,
experimental design, execution, and
instrument selection.
• Chapter on “Design of Experiments”
integrates the discussions of the text
to offer an overall protocol for
experiment design.
• Expanded treatment of data
analysis and use of trend lines and
correlations.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction Chapter 2. Basic
Concepts Chapter 3. Analysis of
Experimental Data Chapter 4. Basic
Electrical Measurments and Sensing
Devics Chapter 5. Displacement and
Area Measurements Chapter 6.
Pressure Measruement Chapter 7. Flow
Measurement Chapter 8. The
Measurement of Temperature Chapter 9.
Thermal-And Transport-Property
Measurement Chapter 10. Force,
Torque, and Strain Measurements
Chapter 11. Motion and Vibratin
Measurement Chapter 12. Thermal-and
Nuclear-Radiation Measurements
Chapter 13. Air-Pollution Sampling And
Measurement Chapter 14. Data
Acuqisition and Processing Chapter 15.
Design of Experiements Appendix
MEASUREMENTS/EXPERIMENTAL METHODS /INSTRUMENTATION
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 53
INTRODUCTION TO
MECHATRONICS AND
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by David G. Alciatore, Dept of
Mechanical Engineering, Colorado State
University, Histand, Michael B. Dept of
Mechanical Engineering, Colorado
State University
2007/ 535 Pages
ISBN : 9780070648142
The Text provides comprehensive and
accessible coverage of the evolving field
of mechatronics for mechanical
engineering students. Concise review of
the electrical circuits, solid state
devices, digital circuits and motors helps
students to understand the
fundamentals of a mechatronic system.
FEATURES
• Integrates design examples and
problems throughout the text.
• The text’s focus on measurement
systems, circuits and electronics,
interfacing sensors and actuators,
along with analysis and synthesis of
mechatronic systems, provides a
thorough cross-disciplinary and realworld
overview of Mechatronics.
• Content coverage of important
subjects like MEMS, cutting edge
sensors technology, and micromechanics.
PEDOGOGICAL FEATURES
• Solved Examples: 35
• Practice Problems: 235
• Class Discussion Items: 97
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Mechatronics and
Measurement Systems 2. Electric
Circuits and Components 3.
Semiconductor Electronics 4. System
Response 5. Analog Signal Processing
Using Operational Amplifiers 6. Digital
Circuits and Systems 7. Microcontroller
Programming and Interfacing 8. Data
Acquisition 9. Sensors 10. Actuators 11.
Mechatronic Systems-Control
Architectures and Case Studies
INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL
3rd Edition
by S. K. Singh, Head, Maintenance
Service Group (Electrical) and
Telecommunication Tata Steel Limited,
Jamshedpur
2008 / 820 Pages
ISBN : 9780070262225
The third edition of the book on
Industrial Instrumentation and Control is
thoroughly revised and reorganized to
address the changed curriculum and
present needs of students and
practicing engineers in the field of
instrumentation and control. It now
offers a comprehensive coverage of
instrumentation and its practical
implementation with an excellent
balance of theoretical concepts and
engineering practice.
FEATURES
• Extensive coverage of Electronic
Measurements and Automatic
Process Control Systems for
industrial processes
• New chapters on Power and Energy
Measurements, Sensors and
Transducers, and Application of
Control Systems
• Detailed discussion on various
communication systems used in
instrumentation technology
• Incorporates computer-aided
measurement and control covering
topics on microprocessor-based
control such as programmable logic
controllers (PLCs) and distributed
digital control (DDC) systems.
• Orientation tables help readers
select right instruments for specific
application
• Large number of case studies to
facilitate understanding of industrial
processes
RICH PEDAGOGY
• 58 Solved examples
• 218 Short answers questions
• 196 Multiple Choices questions
• 218 True and false problems
• 173 Fill in the blanks problems
CONTENTS
Part I: Measurement Concepts 1.
Basic Concepts and Qualities of
Measurement Part II: Electrical and
Electronic Measurements 2. Units and
Standards of Measurement 3. Electrical
Measuring Instruments 4. Power and
Energy Measurements 5. Magnetic
Measurement Part III: Process
Parameter Measure-ments 6.
Electronic Measurement 7.
Displacement Force, Torque and Speed
Measurement 8. Dimension
Measurement 9. Density, Viscosity and
Ph Measurements 10. Level
Measurement 11. Flow Measurement
12. Pressure Measurement 13.
Temperature Measurement Part IV:
Automatic Control Systems 14.
Automatic Process Control Systems
and Controllers Part V: Computer-
Aided Tranducers 15. Sensors and
Tranducers 16. Transmitters, Telemetry
Systems and Recorders 17. Computer-
Aided Measurement and Control
Systems Part VI : Instrument
Selection and commissioning 18.
Programmable Logic Controllers 19.
Distributed Control System 20.
Application of Control Systems
INSTRUMENTATION
2nd Edition
by Rangan
2004 / 564 Pages
ISBN : 9780074633502
CONTENTS
1. Basic Concepts of Measurements 2.
Transducer Classification 3.
Performance Characteristics of an
Instrumentation System 4. Displacement
5. Strain 6. Vibration 7. Pressure 8. Flow
9. Temperature 10. Force and Torque 11.
Instrumentation Amplifiers 12. Signal
Generation and Processing 13. Filtering
and Signal Analysis 14. Data Acquisition
and Conversion 15. Digital Signal
Transmission and Processing 16.
Microprocessors 17. Microcontrollers
and PC-Based Data Acquisition Systems
18. Input Output Devices and Displays
19. General Purpose Electronic Text
Equipment.
MEASUREMENTS/EXPERIMENTAL METHODS /INSTRUMENTATION
54 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
PRINCIPLES OF INDUSTRIAL
INSTRUMENTATION
3rd Edition
by D Patranabis, Emeritus Professor,
Department of Applied Electronics and
Instrumentation Engineering, Heritage
Institute of Technology, Kolkata, West
Bengal
2010 / 624 Pages
ISBN : 9780070699717
The book aims to provide a basic text
on Industrial Instrumentation by
combining the study of practical aspects
with the theory underlying it. Keeping
this aspect in mind, the topics have
been discussed in a crisp and concise
manner with coherent and systematic
representation of theory with examples
and well drawn figures. This edition has
been thoroughly revised and upgraded
so that the subject matter remains in
conformity as encountered in practice.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage of
Industrial Instrumentation.
• Two New Chapters on a. Hazards
and Safetyb. Metrology
• Inclusion of important topics like
Virtual Instrumentation, Wireless I/
O, Flow Switches, Boiler Drum
Measurement, Clark Oxygen
Analysis
• Pedagogy. Total 244 Problems a.
Solved Examples. 43 b. Review
Questions. 201
CONTENTS
1. Characteristics of Measurement
System 2. Displacement, Force,
Velocity, Acceleration and Torque 3.
Metrology 4. Pressure Measurement 5.
Temperature Measurement 6. Flow
Measurement 7. Level Measurement 8.
Instrument for Analysis 9. Digital
Transducers and Related Topics 10.
Telemetry 11. Display, Recording,
Alarm 12. Power Plant Instruments 13.
Hazards and Safety
VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION
USING LABVIEW: PRINCIPLES &
PRACTICES OF GRAPHICAL
PROGRAMMING
2nd Edition
by Sanjay Gupta, Chief Scientific
Officer & Former Head, Advanced
Centre for Materials Science, IIT Kanpur
Joseph John, Professor, IIT Bombay
2010 / 256 Pages
ISBN : 9780070700284
Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW
is a pioneer text in the field of Virtual
Instrumentation and also as a text on
LabVIEW 2009. This book serves the
academic community as a literature and
form of instruction on VI, and as a
practical text for practising
technologists. As stalwarts in the field of
education, the authors have also taken
care to draw a parallel between
programming in LabVIEW and in
conventional languages. It is thus useful
for both the beginner and the
professional program developer. The
book will also help clear all myths about
State Machines and Data Acquisitions.
FEATURES
• Excellent coverage on the most
recent version of LabVIEW, Version
9
• Brief background of version 7 and 8
enabling smooth transition for users
of earlier versions
• Incorporation of Timed Loops in
Chapter on State Machines
• Exhaustive coverage of Assistants
• In accordance with LabVIEW 9,
Binary Files added and all variations
of file data types structured through
Polymorphism
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Virtual
Instrumentation 2. Basics of LabVIEW
3. For & While Loops 4. Other
Structures 5. Arrays and Clusters 6.
Graphs and Charts 7. State Machines
8. File Input/Output 9. String Handling
10. Basics of Data Acquisition 11. Data
Acquisition with LabVIEW DAQmx &
DAQ VIs 12. Interfacing with Assistants
13. Interfacing Instruments: GPIB and
RS232 14. Advanced Topics in
LabVIEW 15. Distributed Systems 16.
The VI Lab 17. LabVIEW Resources
FUNDAMENTALS OF INDUSTRIAL
INSTRUMENTATION AND PROCESS
CONTROL
by William Dunn
2009
ISBN : 9780070677494
William Dunn has B.Sc. in physics from
the University of London, graduating
with honors, he also has a B.S.E.E.
Most recently he taught industrial
instrumentation, and digital logic at
Ouachita Technical College as an
adjunct professor. Designed as a text for
use in community colleges or vocational
schools, this up to date text is
unsurpassed in its treatment of such
subjects as. instruments and
parameters, electrical components(both
analog and digital) various types of
actuators and regulators, plumbing and
instrumentation diagrams and Operation
of process controllers.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction and Review 2. Basic
Electrical Components 3. AC Electricity
4. Electronics 5. Pressure 6. Level 7.
Flow 8. Temperature and Heat 9.
Humidity, Density, Viscosity, and pH 10.
Other Sensors 11. Actuators and
Control 12. Signal Conditioning 13.
Signal Transmission 14. Process
Control 15. Documentation and
Symbols
MEASUREMENTS/EXPERIMENTAL METHODS /INSTRUMENTATION
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 55
International Edition
MEASUREMENT AND DATA
ANALYSIS FOR ENGINEERING
AND SCIENCE
by Patrick F. Dunn, University of Notre
Dame
2005 / 560 Pages
ISBN : 9780071246828
Dunn’s Measurement and Data Analysis
for Engineering & Science places
emphasis on the process of
experimentation, rather than the
products of experimentation. Dunn’s
objective is to expose undergraduates
and experimentalists to the essential
tools of experimentation, to the scientific
detail behind these tools, and to the role
of experimentation in the scientific
process. Guided by worked examples,
MATLAB sidebars, and laboratory
exercises, the reader builds a strong
working knowledge while moving
progressively through the text.
FEATURES
• Over 75 MATLAB “sidebars” and
examples used throughout the text.
• Dunn covers transducers and
sensors by starting with a physical
principle upon which a sensor can
be based and then showing the
variety of sensors that can be made
using this principle.
• The role of experimentation is
explained clearly in this text (the
only text to do this thoroughly).
• Dunn adds a historical perspective
by using historical equipment and
quotations throughout the text.
• Dunn presents the descriptions of
12 experiments and provides all of
the data from these experiments
such that instructors can use the
data in classroom exercises or as
virtual experiments in which they
give students the raw data and have
them analyze it.
• Crossword puzzles conclude each
chapter. Over 70 worked examples
can be found in the text.
CONTENTS
Basics : 1. Experiments. 2. Units and
Significant Figures. 3. Technical
Communication. 4. Basic Electronics.
Hardware : 5. Calibration and
Response. 6. Measurement Systems.
Analyses : 7. Probability. 8. Statistics.
9. Uncertainty Analysis. 10. Regression
and Correlation. 11. Signal Characteristics.
12. Digital Signal Analysis.
Appendix A Symbols. Appendix B
Glossary. Appendix C Conversions.
Appendix D Learning Objective
Nomenclature. Appendix E Physical
Principles. Appendix F Review Puzzle
Solutions. Appendix G Problem
Solutions. Appendix H Laboratory
Exercises. Appendix I Derivations
US Edition
INTRODUCTION TO DATA
ACQUISITION WITH LABVIEW
CD-ROM
by Robert H. King, Colorado School of
Mines
2008 / 288 Pages
ISBN : 9780077299613
King's Introduction to Data Acquisition
with LabVIEW teaches students how to
measure physical properties with a
computer based instrumentation
system. It uses numerous examples
and the National Instruments LabVIEW
graphical programming environment to
lower the barriers to learning and reduce
the time required to successfully
perform automated measurements.
LabVIEW is a powerful graphical
programming environment that abstracts
tedious low-level interface, syntax, and
formatting tasks allowing users to focus
on higher level goals and accomplish
more.
FEATURES
• Introduction to Data Acquisition with
LabVIEW teaches people with no
experience in computer data
collection how to acquire and
analyze data from sensors and
instruments.
• A copy of the Student Edition of
LabVIEW is included with each
textbook.
• The text prepares students to pass
the NI international student certifi
cation examination for LabVIEW.
• The text can be used for self study
by independent learners or in a
classroom or laboratory. The text
can also be a section of a custom
text for design or project courses.
• The text contains numerous worked
out examples that demonstrate
common uses of LabVIEW with
guidance for students.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. The LabVIEW
Environment 3. Data Acquisition 4. Basic
DAQ Software Design & Flow Control 5.
DAQ State Machines 6. Arrays 7. Input
and Output 8. High Frequency DAQ 9.
Summary
PUMP
PUMP OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE
by Hicks
2004 / 310 Pages
ISBN : 9780070993495
CONTENTS
Part I. Centrifugal Pumps: 1.
Centrifugal-Pump Installation 2.
Centrifugal-Pump Operation 3. Routine
Maintenance of Centrifugal Pumps 4.
Centrifugal-Pump Trouble Shooting 5.
Centrifugal-Pump Disassembly and
Assembly 6. Overhaul Procedures for
Centrifugal Pumps. Part II: Rotary
Pumps. 7. Rotary-Pumps Installation
and Operation 8. Rotary-Pump Trouble
Shooting 9. Rotary-Pump Maintenance
Part III: Reciprocating Pumps. 10.
Reciprocating-Pump Installation and
Operations 11. Trouble Shooting
Reciprocating Pumps 12. Steam-Pump
Maintenance 13. Power-Pump
Maintenance 14. Metering and
Proportioning Pumps 15. Oil Hydraulic
Pumps 16. Sucker-Rod Pumps 17.
Maintenance Control Index
MEASUREMENTS/EXPERIMENTAL METHODS /INSTRUMENTATION • PUMP
56 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
WATER WELLS & PUMPS
2nd Edition
by A. M. Michael, S. D. Khepar &
S. K. Sondhi Consultants, Land and
Water Management
2008 / 716 Pages
ISBN : 9780070657069
The book incorporates advancements in
design, construction, operation and
maintenance of water wells as well as
advances in the area of pumps and
pumping. The book has a ground-up
approach of basic to advanced topics.
UPDATES TO THIS NEW EDITION :
• Development in government policies
• Information on quality criteria for
drinking and irrigation water, recent
techniques in ground water resource
assessment, status of ground water
development in India and artificial
recharge of ground water
• Latest drilling and well development
techniques
• Guidelines for estimating ground
water recharge
• MCQs at the end of each chapter
and a table of standards as an
appendix
CONTENTS
1. Ground Water Resources
Development & Utilization 2. Hydraulics
of Wells 3. Open Wells 4. Tube Wells &
Their Designs 5. Tube Well Construction
6. Development and Testing of Tube
Wells 7. Rehabilitation of Sick and Failed
Tube Wells 8. Man and Animal Powered
Water Lifts and Positive Displacement
Pumps 9. Variable Displacement Pumps
and Accessories 10. Centrifugal Pumps
: Design, Installation, Operation,
Maintenance and Troubleshooting 11.
Deep Well Turbine and Submersible
Pumps 12. Propeller, Mixed Flow and Jet
Pumps 13. Application of Non-
Conventional Energy Sources in
Pumping 14. Techno-Economic
Evaluation of Projects on Wells and
Pumps / Appendices
US Edition
PUMP HANDBOOK
4th Edition
by Igor Karassik, Worthington Pump
and Machinery Corporation; Joseph
Messina, Worthington Pump and
Machinery Corporation; Paul Cooper,
Ingersoll-Rand Research; Charles
Heald, former chief engineer and
manager of engineering with Ingersoll-
Dresser Pump Company.
2008 / 1632 Pages
ISBN : 9780071460446
This major revision of the field’s number
one handbook provides practical data
and know-how on the design,
application, specification, purchase,
operation, troubleshooting, and
maintenance of pumps of every type.
You will find in-depth coverage of both
theory and actual design, along with
1,100 concept-clarifying illustrations.
CONTENTS
SI Units--A Commentary / Chapter 1.
Introduction : Classification and
Selection of Pumps Chapter 2.
Centrifugal Pumps Chapter 3.
Displacement Pumps Chapter 4. Solids
Pumping Chapter 5. Pump Sealing
Chapter 6. Pump Bearings Chapter 7.
Jet Pumps Chapter 8. Materials of
Construction Chapter 9. Pump Drivers
and Power Transmission Chapter 10.
Pump Noise Chapter 11. Pump Systems
Chapter 12. Pump Services Chapter 13.
Intakes and Suction Pumping Chapter
14. Selecting and Purchasing Pumps
Chapter 15. Installation, Operation, and
Maintenance Chapter 16. Pump Testing
/ Appendix : Technical Data / Index
THERMAL SYSTEM
DESIGN
International Edition
DESIGN AND SIMULATION OF
THERMAL SYSTEMS
by N. Suryanarayana, G B Plant
Polytechnic and Oner Arici
2003 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9780071241052
This text is for mechanical engineering
majors, generally in their senior year,
who are taking a thermal design course.
This book combines practical coverage
of thermal/fluid components and
systems, with review coverage of
prerequisite thermodynamics, fluid
mechanics and heat transfer. An
ongoing case study and practical
examples show students how the
thermal design process takes place.
CONTENTS
Introduction to Thermal System Design.
• The Design Process. • Ethical
Considerations. • Thermodynamics
Review. • Fluid Mechanics Review. • Heat
Transfer Review. • System Components.
• Case Studies-I. • Case Studies-II. • Data
Analysis. • Economic Considerations. •
Preparing Technical Reports A- Property
Tables A Using EES
DESIGN OF THERMAL SYSTEMS,
3rd Edition
by Wilbert Stoecker, University of
Illinois, Champaign
2011 / 584 Pages
ISBN : 9781259002397
This text gives clear explanations of
both process-oriented topics of thermal
energy“engineering and system-oriented
practices. The Third Edition is
thoroughly updated,“reflecting the
impact of micro-computers on
engineering, and including a
greater“emphasis on linear
programming.
PUMP • THERMAL SYSTEM DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 57
CONTENTS
1 Engineering Design 2 Designing a
Workable System 3 Economics 4
Equation Fitting 5 Modeling Thermal
Equipment 6 System Simulation 7
Optimization 8 Lagrange Multipliers 9
Search Methods 10 Dynamic
Programming 11 Geometric
Programming 12 Linear Programming 13
Mathematical Modeling-Thermodynamic
Properties 14 Steady-State Simulation of
Large Systems 15 Dynamic Behavior of
Thermal Systems 16 Calculus: Methods
of Optimization 17 Vector and Reduced
Gradient Searches 18 Calculus of
Variations and Dynamic Programming
HYDRAULICS
OIL HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
by S.R. Majumdar, formerly Director,
Central Staff Training and Research
Institute (CSTARI), Kolkata
2001 / 564 Pages
ISBN : 9780074637487
Designed to help and guide a technician
to carry out the fault diagnosis and its
repair through an understanding of the
working system.
FEATURES
• special emphasis on system design,
design principles, component and
system compatibility;
• discussions on fire-resistant and
bio-degradable oils, their
applications and commercial
availability;
• covers sealing and seal technology
adopted in controlling the menace of
oil leakage;
• latest developments on proportional
control technology and electrohydraulic
servo valves;
• methods to reduce heat generation
and dissipation of heat to optimise
thermal stability;
• operational and constructional
features of fluid power components
illustrated through sketches and
circuits diagrams;
• maintenance and troubleshooting
techniques discussed throughout.
CONTENTS
1. Basics of industrial hydraulics.
2. Hydraulic oils and fluid properties.
3. Filters & filtration. 4. Hydraulics pumps
construction, sizing and selection.
5. Direction control valves. 6. Flow and
pressure control. 7. Hydraulic servo
technique recent trends. 8. Linear
Actuators. 9. Rotary actuators and
hydrostatic transmission. 10. Heat
generation in hydraulic systems. 11.
Hydraulic reservoirs and accumulators.
12. Design of hydraulic circuits. 13. Seals
and packings. 14. Hydraulic pipes, hoses
and fittings. 15. Hydraulic system
maintenance, repair and reconditioning
PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS:
PRINCIPLES AND MAINTENANCE
by Majumdar
2001/ 296 Pages
ISBN : 9780074602317
CONTENTS
1. Pneumatic System and Physical Units.
2. Basic Requirements for Pneumatic
System and Pipeline Layout. 3. Air
Compressor. 4. Servicing Compressed
Air. 5. Pneumatic Cylinders and Air
Motors. 6. Pneumatic Valves. 7. Basic
Pneumatic Circuits. 8. Hydropneumatics.
9. Fluids and Fluid Logics.
10. Automation and Principle of
Pneumatic Circuit Design. 11. Electrical
Controls in Pneumatic Circuits. 12.
Maintenance and Trouble-shooting of
Pneumatic System.
AUTOMOTIVE
MECHANICS
AUTOMOTIVE MECHANICS
2nd Edition
by S Srinivasan, Formerly Principal,
CM Kothari Technological Institute,
Chennai
2003 / 579 Pages
ISBN : 9780070494916
This revised edition incorporates the
latest technology used in modern
vehicles. The book is divided into six
parts Part I : Transmission, Part II :
Engines, Part III : Electrical and
Electronic Accessories, Part IV:
Alternate Fuels, Part V : Tools and
Equipment, Part VI : Motor Vehicles Act
and Traffic Rules
FEATURES
• Topics on Multi Point Injection
(MPFI) and Electronics Fuel
Injection (EFI) systems;
• discusses alternate automobile fuels
such as Liquefied Petroleum Gas
(LPG), Compressed Natural Gas
(CNG) and Electric Vehicles;
• chapters on Electronic Ignition
Systems, Automotive Airconditioning
and Engine Tuning;
• appendix containing chassis and
engine specifications of twenty
different types of latest vehicles;
• charts showing troubles, causes and
remedies;
• 180 Multiple-choice Questions with
answers, 360 Review Questions and
530 illustrations.
AUTOMOTIVE MECHANICS
10th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by William H. Crouse, Dept. of
Mechanical Engineering Ohio State
University; Donald L. Anglin, Certified
Master Automotive Technician
2007 / 840 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634350
This hallmark text on Automotive
Mechanics covers the latest
developments in Automotive Design,
THERMAL SYSTEM DESIGN • HYDRAULICS • AUTOMOTIVE MECHANICS
58 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Construction, Operation, Diagnosis and
Service. The new developments have
been demonstrated with the various
illustrations and pictures.
FEATURES
• Part I on Automotive Mechanics
gives the historical view of
automobile – its basic construction,
operation and regulation.
• Construction and operation of
automotive engines including the 4
valve engine & single and double
overhead camshafts are discussed
in Part II.
• Diagnosis and servicing of the
automotive engines is discussed at
length in Part III of the book. It
includes :
• Electronic Carburetor
• Fuel Injection Systems
• Lubricating Systems
• Cooling Systems
• Extensive discussion on engine
performance, driveability,
automotive drive trains and
automotive chasis.
• The “what and how’ of ventilating,
heating and air-conditioning
systems used in automotive
vehicles are discussed in Part IX.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to the Automobile 2. Your
Job in Automotive Service 3. Shop Work
and Service Information 4. Automotive
Shop Safety 5. Measuring Systems and
Measuring Tools 6. Automotive
Fasteners, Gaskets, and Sealants 7.
Shop Hand Tools 8.Shop Equipment and
Power Tools 9. Fundamentals of Engine
Operation 10. Electricity and Electronic
Engine Controls 11. Piston-Engine
Operation 12. Engine Types and
Classifications 13. Engine Construction
14. Valves and Valve Trains 15. Engine
Measurements and Performance 16.
Automotive Engine Fuels 17. Engine
Fuel and Exhaust Systems 18.
Superchargers and Turbochargers 19.
Electronic Fuel-Injection Systems 20.
Fuel-Injected Fuel Systems : Diagnosis
and Service 21. Carburetors 22.
Carbureted Fuel Systems : Diagnosis
and Service 23. Diesel Fuel-Injection
Systems 24. Engine Lubricating
Systems 25. Engine Cooling Systems
26. Cooling-System Service 27.
Automotive Electric and Electronic
Systems 28. Automotive Battery :
Construction and Service 29. Starting
System : Operation and Service 30.
Charging System : Operation and
Service 31. Contact-Point Ignition
System 32. Electronic Ignition Systems
33. Ignition-System Diagnosis and
Service 34. Lights, Safety and
Signaling, and Driver Information and
Control Devices 35. Automotive
Emission-Control Systems 36. Servicing
Emission-Control Systems 37. Engine
Test Equipment and Tuneup
DIESEL MECHANICS, 4th Edition
by Erich J. Schulz & Ben L. Evridge
2011 / 616 Pages
ISBN : 9780071321198
This thoroughly updated text strikes an
excellent balance between hands-on
practice and theory of diesel“operation
and maintenance requirements of
manufacturers. Diesel Mechanics
equips students with stateof-“the-art
procedures and techniques needed to
diagnose, repair, troubleshoot, and
maintain diesel“engines in the real
world. It features the latest methods for
working on modern control systems
and“provides in-depth information on
fuel injection systems and electronicallycontrolled
engines.
FEATURES
• Multiple-choice format for end-ofchapter
questions makes text
consistent with ASE guidelines.
• Flexible organization allows
instructors to assign chapters to
match their course syllabi.
• Reminders throughout regarding
importance of preventive
maintenance and quality
workmanship underscore the
importance of avoiding expensive
downtime.
• Provides dual dimensioning (English
measurements and metric units).
• Appendices include conversion
tables and a glossary of diesel
terminology.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Diesel Engines 2.
Safety 3. Tools and Equipment 4.
Engine Oil 5. Diesel Fuel 6. Engine
Performance Terminology 7. Cycle
Operation 8. Combustion Chamber 9.
Basic Engine Components 10. Filters 11.
Hydraulic Lines and Fittings 12. Seals,
Gaskets, and Fasteners 13. Engine
Disassembly 14. Diesel Engine
Components and Service 15. Cylinder
Block 16. Camshaft 17. Cylinder Sleeve
18. Crankshaft 19. Bearings 20.
Connecting Rods 21. Piston and Rings
22. Lubrication Pump and Oil Cooler 23.
Cylinder Head and Valves 24. Valve-
Train Mechanism 25. Flywheel Housing,
Flywheel, and Timing Cover 26. Engine
Brakes and Hydraulic Retarders 27.
Diesel Engine Systems 28. Air-Intake
Systems 29. Exhaust Systems 30.
Cooling Systems 31. Air-Brake Systems
32. Fuel Injection Systems 33.
Introduction to Fuel-Injection Systems
34. Governors 36. Electronic Engine
Controls 37. Fuel-Injection Nozzles and
Holders 38. United Technologies Diesel
Systems, Robert 39. Bosch, CAV and
Diesel Kiki Port a Helix Fuel 40.
Injection Pumps 41. Caterpillar Fuel-
Injection Systems 42. Stanadyne Diesel
Systems and DPA 43. Distributor-Type
Fuel-Injection Pumps 44. Electrical
Systems 45. Electrical Systems 46.
Electric Circuits and Test Instruments
47. Wires and Terminals 48. Relays,
Switches and Solenoids 49. Batteries 50.
Electric Starting Systems 51. Air and
Hydraulic Starting Systems 52. Charging
Systems 53. Voltage Regulators 54.
Instrument Gauges and Circuits 55.
Extreme Temperature Operation 56.
Break-In, Trouble Shooting, and Tune Up
57. Developments and Intersections 58.
Pipe Drawings 59. Structural Drafting 60.
Jigs and Fixtures 61. Electrical and
Electronics Drawings
AUTOMOTIVE MECHANICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 59
McGraw-Hill Australia Edition
AUTOMOTIVE MECHANICS
VOLUME 1
8th Edition
by Ed May and Les Simpson, TAFE
NSW, Ultimo Campus
2009
ISBN. 9780070271876
The eighth edition of May and
Simpson’s Automotive Mechanics
Volume 1 covers principles, applications
and general servicing requirements that
relate to passenger and light
commercial vehicles. With full-colour
illustrations and photographs, this new
edition provides thorough coverage of
the most relevant developments in the
automotive industry.
This market-leading series addresses
the requirements of the Automotive
Industry Retail, Service and Repair
Training Package (AUR05). A
competency grid links the book’s
content to the Training Package’s
competencies to ensure teachers and
students are meeting all necessary
requirements.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Full colour photos and illustrations
• A brand new part covering
Alternative Drive Systems, written in
response to the increasing use of
hybrid and fuel cell drive systems
• Coverage of the latest
developments in audio and digital
technology such as bluetooth
navigation, hands-free mobile
phones, GPS, DVD players, MP3s
and iPods
• Additional information on workshop
safety, including handling hazardous
materials, storage and emergency
procedures
• Developments in new technology
added to each including direct
injection LPG, 6-speed transmission
and duel-clutch transmission
• Completely rewritten sections on
engine management, fuel injection
systems and ignition systems,
including additional detail on
oscilloscopes for diagnosis and
testing
• Updated information on
Environmental issues with legislative
changes
CONTENTS
Part1. Introduction to motor vehicles 1.
Motor vehicle components 2.
Workshop safety 3. Workshop
practices 4. Tools and their use 5.
Measuring and checking 6. Friction and
bearings 7. Seals, gaskets and
sealants 8. The environment and the
automotive service industry Part 2.
Engines and engine systems 9. Engine
fundamentals 10. Engine construction
and components 11. Cooling system
and service 12. Engine-lubricating
systems 13. EFI fuel systems 14.
Carburettor fuel systems 15. Gas fuel
systems 16. Intake and exhaust
systems Part 3. Manual transmissions
and drives 17. Clutches 18. Clutch
service 19. Manual transmission and
transaxles 20. Manual transmission
and transaxle service 21. Drive lines
and shafts 22. Rear axles and final
drives 23. Rear-axles and final-drive
service Part 4. Running gear 24. Tyres,
wheels and balance 25. Brakes 26.
Brake service 27. Suspension systems
28. Suspension service 29. Steering
systems 30. Steering-system service
31. Wheel alignment Part 5.
Maintenance 32. Fuels, fluids and
lubricants 33. Service and maintenance
34. Basic mechanics and diagnosis
Part 6. Basics of the electrical system
35 Basic electrics
36 Effects and applications of electric
currents 37. Basic electronics 38. The
battery Appendix. The SI system of
measurement Common abbreviations
Glossary Index
McGraw-Hill Australia Edition
AUTOMOTIVE MECHANICS
VO LUME 2
8th Edition
by Ed May and Les Simpson, TAFE
NSW, Ultimo Campus
2009
ISBN : 9780070271883
The eighth edition of May and
Simpson’s Automotive Mechanics
Volume 2 covers principles, applications
and general servicing requirements that
relate to passenger and light
commercial vehicles. With full-colour
illustrations and photographs, this new
edition provides thorough coverage of
the most relevant developments in the
automotive industry. This market-leading
series addresses the requirements of
the Automotive Industry Retail, Service
and Repair Training Package (AUR05).
A competency grid links the book’s
content to the Training Package’s
competencies to ensure teachers and
students are meeting all necessary
requirements.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• A Competency grid is provided, to
link the book’s content to the
competency standards. This
ensures that students and teachers
can be confident they are meeting
the requirements of the training
package when they use this book as
a resource
• Additional supplement to address
the environmental competency
standards. The material in this
supplement is designed to meet the
requirements for Certificates I to IV
• Updated coverage of new diagnostic
methods throughout
• Like previous editions, the text offers
a logical structure, beginning with
the basics, and building on these to
address more complex systems
• Plain language explanations to
promote student’s understanding
AUTOMOTIVE MECHANICS
60 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CONTENTS
Part1. Engine construction and
overhaul 1. General engine service 2.
Cylinder head and valves 3. Cylinderhead
and valve service 4. Cylinder
block, crankshaft and bearings 5.
Cylinder block, crankshaft and bearing
service 6. Pistons, connecting-rods and
bearings 7. Piston, connecting-rod and
bearing service 8. Engine
measurement and performance 9.
Rotary engine Part 2. Fuel and engine
management 10. Electronic fuel
injection and engine management 11.
Ignition systems 12. Emission controls
13. Induction systems, turbochargers
and superchargers 14. Maintenance
and diagnosis. petrol engines
Part 3. Diesel engines 15. Diesel
engines. features 16. Diesel fuel
systems 17. Diesel fuel system service
Part 4. Alternative Drive Systems 18.
Hybrid and fuel cell drive systems Part
5. Automatic transmissions and drive
19. Automatic transmissions. torque
converters 20. Automatic
transmissions. mechanical 21.
Automatic transmissions. hydraulics
and controls 22. Automatic
transmission service 23. Four-wheel
drive and all-wheel drive Part 6.
Electrical systems 24. Starting system
25. Charging system 26. Bodyelectrical
systems 27. Body-electrical
service 28. Instruments and indicators
29. Body-electrical components Part 7.
Safety, security and convenience 30.
Braking. ABS, traction control and
vehicle stability 31. Air conditioning 32.
Seat belts and seating 33.
Supplemental restraint systems (SRS)
and occupant safety 34. Remote
locking, immobilisers and security 35.
Cruise controls and trip computers 36.
Audio and visual systems Glossary
Index
Glencoe / McGraw-Hill Title
AUTOMOTIVE EXCELLENCE
VOLUME 1
2nd Edition
by Glencoe / McGraw-Hill
2004 / 624 Pages
ISBN : 978007078600159
CONTENTS
1. Brakes. 2. Electrical and Electronic
Systems 3. Engine Performance. 4.
Suspension and Steering.
Glencoe / McGraw-Hill Title
AUTOMOTIVE EXCELLENCE
VOLUME 2
2nd Edition
by Glencoe / McGraw-Hill
2004 / 624 Pages
ISBN : 9780078600104
CONTENTS
1. Engine Repair. 2. Heating and Air
Conditioning. 3. Automatic Transmission
and Transaxle. 4. Manual Drive
Train & Axles
AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT
by Kohli
2001 / 260 Pages
ISBN : 9780074602164
CONTENTS
1. Electricity and Magnetism. 2.
Automotive Electrical System. 3. Battery.
4. Generator. 5. Regulator. 6. Cranking
Motor. 7. Ignition System. 8. Spark Plug.
9. Magneto. 10. Gas Turbine Igniters. 11.
Radio and Television Interference
Suppression. 12. Lighting System. 13.
Electrical Switches. 14. Indication and
Warning Devices. 15. Miscellaneous
Electrical Equipment and Accessories.
16. Wiring and Installation. 17. Testing
Instruments. Electric Syste260 Pagesm
Inspection.
FINITE ELEMENT
METHOD
FINITE ELEMENT AN
INTRODUCTION TO THE FINITE
ELEMENT METHOD
3rd Edition
by J.N. Reddy, Texas A & M University
— C ollege Station
2005 / 672 Pages
ISBN : 9780070607415
An Introduction to the Finite Element
Method, third edition retains its strong
conceptual approach, clearly examining
the mathematical underpinnings of
FEM, and providing a general approach
of engineering application areas. Known
for its detailed, carefully selected
example problems and extensive
selection of homework problems, the
author has comprehensively covered a
wide range of engineering areas making
the book approriate for all engineering
majors, and underscores the wide range
of use FEM has in the professional
world.
FEATURES
• The text includes a variety of
problems including some for hand
calculation, some to be solved using
the computer, and others of the
class project variety.
• Strong coverage of FEM’s
mathematical foundations.
• Comprehensive coverage of
material from all fields of
engineering disciplines.
• The author’s writing style is clear
and his explanation plenty.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. Mathematical
Preliminaries, Integral Formulations, and
Variational Methods. 3. Second-Order
Differential Equations in One Dimension
: Finite Element Methods. 4. Second-
Order Differential Equations in One
Dimension : Applications. 5. Beams and
Frames. 6. Eigenvalue and Time
Dependent Problems. 7. Computer
Implementation. 8. Single Variable
Problems in Two Dimensions. 9.
Interpolation Functions, Numerical
AUTOMOTIVE MECHANICS • FINITE ELEMENT METHOD
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 61
Integration and Modeling
Considerations. 10. Flows of Viscous
Incompressible Flows. 11. Plane
Elasticity. 12. Bending of Elastic Plates.
13. Computer Implementation of Two-
Dimensional Problems. 14. Prelude to
Advanced Topics
FUNDAMENTALS OF FINITE
ELEMENT ANALYSIS
by David Hutton, Washington State
University, Pullman
2005 / 512 Pages
ISBN : 9780070601222
This text is intended for the senior
undergraduate finite element course in
civil or mechanical engineering departments,
gives students a solid basis in
the mechanical principles of the finite
element method and provides a
theoretical foundation for applying
available software analysis packages
and evaluating the results obtained. The
text relies upon basic equilibrium
principles, introduction of the principle of
minimum potential energy, and the
Galerkin finite element method, which
readily allows application of the FEM to
nonstructural problems.
FEATURES
• Simple, straightforward approach to
the FEM that is appropriate for
undergraduates.
• Detailed step by step explanations
of finite element procedures
• Good coverage of heat transfer and
fluids applications in FEA.
• Numerous applied examples and
problems.
CONTENTS
1. Basic Concepts of the Finite Element
Method. 2. Stiffness Matrices, Spring and
Bar Elements. 3. Truss Structures : The
Direct Stiffness Method. 4. Flexure
Elements. 5. Method of Weighted
Residuals. 6. Interpolation Functions for
General Element Formulation. 7.
Applications in Heat Transfer. 8.
Applications in Fluid Mechanics. 9.
Applications in Solid Mechanics. 10.
Structural Dynamics. Appendix A Matrix
Mathematics. Appendix B Equations of
Elasticity. Appendix C Solution
Techniques for Linear Algebraic
Equations. Appendix D The Finite
Element Personal Computer Program.
App endix E Problems for Computer
Solution
FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
(Special Indian Edition)
(Schaum’s Outline Series)
by George R. Buchanan, Tennessee
Technology University; R.
Rudrammorthy, PSG College
of Tech.
2005 / 360 Pages
ISBN : 9780070601727
The Schaum’s Outline Series book on
Finite Element Analysis gives a
complete overview of the subject. There
are plenty of solved examples for better
conceptual understanding and practice
exercises to test ones understanding of
the subject.
FEATURES
• An easy-to-understand overview of
the principles of Finite Element
Analysis.
• Emphasis on Applied Techniques
rather than theoretical justification of
techniques and methods.
• 165 Solved problems and 134
Supplementary Problems with
answers.
CONTENTS
1. Mathematical Background 2. One-
Dimensional Finite Elements 3. Two-
Dimensional Finite Elements 4. Beam
and Frame Finite Elements 5. Variational
Principles, Galerkin Approximation, and
Partial Differential Equations 6.
Isoparametric Finite Elements 7.
Computer Code for Coupled Steady-
State Thermoelasticity
FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS:
THEORY AND PROGRAMMING
2nd Edition
by C.S. Krishnamurthy, Indian Institute
of Technology
1994 / 726 Pages
ISBN : 9780074622100
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Basic Principles of
Structural Mechanics 3. Element
Properties 4. Isoparametric Elements 5.
Direct Stiffness Method of Analysis and
Solution Technique 6. Computer
Program for Finite Element Analysis
[PASSFEM] 7. Analysis of Framed
Structures 8. Plane Stress and Plane
Strain Analysis 9. Three-Dimensional
Stress Analysis 10. Analysis of Plate
Bending 11. Analysis of Shells 12.
Conduction Heat Transfer 13.
Substructuring Technique 14. Finite
Element Analysis Software
GENERAL
ENGINEERING
International Edition
DESIGN FOR ELECTRICAL
AND COMPUTER ENGINEERS
by Ralph Ford, Penn State Erie
Behrend College; Chris Coulston,
Penn State Erie Behrend College
2008 / 336 Pages
ISBN : 9780071263474
This book is written for students and
teachers engaged in electrical and
computer engineering (ECE) design
projects, primarily in the senior year. It
guides students and faculty through the
steps necessary for the successful
execution of design projects. The
objective of the text is to provide a
treatment of the design process in ECE
with a sound academic basis that is
integrated with practical application. It
has a strong guiding vision -- that a solid
FINITE ELEMENT METHOD • GENERAL ENGINEERING
62 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
understanding of the Design Process,
Design Tools, and the right mix of
Professional Skills are critical for project
and career success. This text is unique
in providing a comprehensive design
treatment for ECE.
FEATURES
• Strong guiding vision -- that a solid
understanding of the Design
Process, Design Tools, and the right
mix of Professional Skills are critical
for project and career success
• This text does a good job of
providing comprehensive design
treatment for ECE.
• A text at the right level for senior
design--based on reviewer feedback
we have heard that no books
existed that were at the level
needed. This text seems to now
bridge that gap and will be the book
of choice."
CONTENTS
Part I – The Engineering Design
Process Chapter 1. The Engineering
Design Process Chapter 2. Project
Selection and Needs Identification
Chapter 3. The Requirements
Specification Chapter 4. Concept
Generation and Evaluation Part II –
Design Tools Chapter 5. System Design
I: Functional Decomposition Chapter 6.
System Design II: Behavior Models
Chapter 7. Testing Chapter 8. System
Reliability Part III – Professional Skills
Chapter 9. Teams and Teamwork
Chapter 10. Project
Management Chapter 11. Ethical and
Legal Issues Chapter 12. Oral
Presentations
International Edition
ENGINEERING DESIGN
4th Edition
by George Dieter, University of
Maryland-College Park; Linda C
Schmidt, University of Maryland-
College Park
2008 / 832 Pages
ISBN : 9780071263412
Dieter’s Engineering Design 4/e
represents a major update of this
classic textbook for senior design
courses. As in previous editions,
Engineering Design provides a broader
overview of topics than most design
texts and contains much more
prescriptive guidance on how to carry
out design. Dieter focuses on material
selection as well as how to implement
the design process. Engineering Design
provides the senior mechanical
engineering students with a realistic
understanding of the design process. It
is written from the viewpoint that design
is the central activity of the engineering
profession, and it is more concerned
with developing attitudes and
approaches than in presenting design
techniques and tools.
FEATURES
• Uniform terminology is used
throughout
• New topics added or expanded such
as : work breakdown structure, AHP,
tolerances (including GD&T),
human factors design, design
against wear, the role of
standardization in DFMA, mistakeproofing,
and six sigma quality As a
new feature each chapter ends with
a list of new concepts and terms
Expanded examples add realism to
key topics
• Two additional chapters are
available to the student at the text
website
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. The Engineering Design
Process Chapter 2. The Product
Development Process Chapter 3.
Problem Definition and Need
Identification Chapter 4. Team Behavior
and Tools Chapter 5. Gathering
Information Chapter 6. Concept
Generation Chapter 7. Concept
Selection and Decision Making Chapter
8. Embodiment Design Chapter 9. Detail
Design Chapter 10. Modeling and
Simulation Chapter 11. Materials
Selection and Materials Engineering
Chapter 12. Design for Manufacturing
Chapter 13. Risk, Reliability, and Safety
Chapter 14. Robust and Quality Design
Chapter 15. Economic Decision Making
Chapter 16. Cost Evaluation Chapter 17.
Legal and Ethical Issues in Engineering
Design / Appendices
US Edition
INDUSTRIAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY
HANDBOOK
by Kenneth Bannister, Independent
Author; Jane Alexander, Editor of
Maintenance Technology and
Lubrication & Fluid Power Magazines.
2010 / 848 Pages
ISBN : 9780071490665
Industrial Energy Efficiency Handbook
offers proven strategies to engineers
charged with improving their plant’s
energy efficiency while increasing
operational performance. You will learn
how to reduce operating and
maintenance costs, minimize waste,
and increase production.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Maintenance Management
Improvement Strategies Chapter 2. Heat
Exchangers Chapter 3. Industrial
Scrubber Systems Chapter 4. Co-
Generation Technologies Chapter 5. Hot-
Oil Systems Chapter 6. Steam Traps
Chapter 7. Boilers And Boiler Controls
Chapter 8. Economizers Chapter 9.
Cooling Towers Chapter 10. Chillers/
Chilled Water Systems Chapter 11.
Water Treatment Technologies Chapter
12. Compressors And Accessories
GENERAL ENGINEERING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 63
Chapter 13. Fans Chapter 14. Pumps
Chapter 15. Electrical Gear Chapter 16.
Chemicals And Chemical Dispensing
Equipment Chapter 17. Wastewater
Treatment Equipment Chapter 18.
Stand-By Generators, Fuel-Oil Systems,
Etc. Chapter 19. Monitoring Equipment
And Controls Chapter 20. Thermal
Storage And Transfer Systems Chapter
21. Miscellaneous Rotating Equipment
Chapter 22. Performance Contracting
And/Or Energy Service Companies
Chapter 23. Installation And Service
Contractors Chapter 24. Software
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY MANAGEMENT:
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK
CONTROL
by Deshmukh
2006
ISBN : 9780070617681
MANAGEMENT OF TECHNOLOGY
by Tarek Khalil, University of Miami
2010 / 512 Pages
ISBN : 978007077371
This book treats an increasingly
important subject, the effective
management of technology, and brings
an engineer’s perspective to the
discussion. Many engineers and
scientists are charged by their
organizations with anticipating
technology needs of their companies
and managing the integration of
technology into the workplace. These
days it is a critical skill for engineers to
make accurate appraisals of trends,
costs, and how technologies will benefit
the company and the needs of the
customer. Khalil’s book is the only book
available in this market that addresses
these topics.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. The Role of
Technology in the Creation of Wealth. 3.
Critical Factors in Managing Technology.
4. Management of Technology : The New
Paradigms. 5. Technology Life Cycles.
6. The Process of Technological
Innovation. 7. Competitiveness. 8.
Business Strategy abd Technology
Strategy. 9. Technology Planning. 10.
The Acquistion and Exploitation of
Technology. 11. Technology Transfer. 12.
The Manufacturing and Service
Industries. 13. The Design of
Organizations. 14. The Changing Game
of Management. 15. How America
Does It
International Edition
NIEBEL'S METHODS, STANDARDS,
& WORK DESIGN
12th Edition
by Andris Freivalds Penn State
University-University Park; Benjamin
Niebel (deceased)
2008 / 768 Pages
ISBN : 9780071283229
The 12th edition of Methods, Standards,
and Work Design will provide practical,
up-to-date descriptions of engineering
methods to measure, analyze, and
design manual work. The text
emphasizes both the manual
components and the cognitive aspects
of work, recognizing the gradual decline
of the manufacturing sector and the
growth of the service sector. The
importance of ergonomics and work
design as part of methods engineering
emphasizes not only increased
productivity, but also to improve worker
health and safety, and thus, company
bottom-line costs.
FEATURES
• Provides a practical, up-to-date text
describing engineering methods to
measure, analyze, and design
manual work.
• Emphasizes both the manual components
and the cognitiveaspects of
work, recognizing manufacturing
sector decline and service sector
growth Updated chapters on Design
of Cognitive Work and Standard
Data and Formulas.
• Emphasizes the importance of
ergonomics, work design, and
safety as part of methods
engineering to increase productivity,
improveworker health and
safety, reducing bottom-line costs.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Methods, Standards, and
Work Design: Introduction Chapter
2. Problem-Solving Tools Chapter 3.
Operation Analysis Chapter 4. Manual
Work Design Chapter 5. Workplace,
Equipment, and Tool Design Chapter 6.
Work Environment Design Chapter 7.
Design of Cognitive Work Chapter 8.
Proposed Method Implementation
Chapter 9. Time Study Chapter 10.
Performance Rating Chapter 11.
Allowances Chapter 12. Standard Data
and Formulas Chapter 13. Predetermined
Time Systems Chapter 14. Work
Sampling Chapter 15. Indirect and
Expense Labor Standards Chapter 16.
Standards Follow-Up and Uses Chapter
17. Wage Payment Chapter 18. Training
and Other Management Practices /
Appendixes / 1. Glossary / 2. Helpful
Formulas / 3. Special Tables / 4. MILSTD-
1567A
International Edition
HUMAN FACTORS IN
ENGINEERING AND DESIGN
7th Edition
by Mark S. Sanders, California State
University, Northridge; and Ernest J.
McCormick Deceased
1993 / 704 Pages
ISBN : 9780071128261
CONTENTS
Part I • Introduction. Part II • Information
Input. Part III • Human Output and
Control. Part IV • Workplace Design.
Part V • Environmental Conditions. Part
VI • Human Factors Applications.
Appendixes
GENERAL ENGINEERING
64 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
ENGINEERING
ECONOMY
ENGINEERING ECONOMY
7th Edition
by Leland T. Blank, American
University of Sharjah, UAE, and
Anthony Tarquin, University of Texas
at El Paso
2012 / 640 Pages
ISBN : 9781259027406
This text covers the basic techniques
and applications of engineering
economy for all disciplines in the
engineering profession. The objective of
the text is to explain and demonstrate
the principles and techniques of
engineering economic analysis as
applied in different fields of engineering.
This brief text includes coverage of
multiple attribute evaluation for
instructors who want to include noneconomic
dimensions in alternative
evaluation and the discussion of risk
considerations in the appendix,
compared to Blanks comprehensive
text, where these topics are
discussed“in two unique chapters.
FEATURES
• Information on cost estimation,
depreciation and taxes has been
included.
• End-of-chapter problems.
CONTENTS
1. Foundations of Engineering Economy
2. Factors: How Time and Interest Effect
Money Chapter 3. Nominal and
Effective Interest Rates 4. Present
Worth Analysis 5. Annual Worth
Analysis 6. Rate of Return Analysis 7.
Benefit/Cost Analysis and Public Sector
Projects 8. Breakeven, Sensitivity and
Payback Analysis 9. Replacement and
Retention Decisions 10. Effects of
Inflation 11. Estimating Costs 12.
Depreciation Methods 13. After-Tax
Economic Analysis Appendix A Using
Spreadsheets and Microsoft Excel
Appendix B Accounting Reports and
Business Ratios Appendix C Alternative
Evaluation that Includes Multiple
Attributes and Risk / Appendix D
Answers to Problems for Test Review
and FE Exam / Practice / Reference
Materials / Interest Factor Tables /
Glossary of Terms and Symbols
ENGINEERING ECONOMY
4th Edition
by James Riggs, deceased; David
Bedworth, Arizona State University;
and Sabah Randhawa, Oregon State
University
2004 / 736 Pages
ISBN : 9780070586703
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Engineering
Economics. 2. Time Value of Money. 3.
Present Worth Comparisons. 4.
Equivalent Annual Worth Contributions.
5. Rate of Return Calculations. 6.
Structural Analysis of Alternatives. 7.
Replacement Analysis. 8. Public
Projects. 9 Depreciation and Income Tax.
10. Effects of Inflation. 11. Sensitivity
Analysis. 12. Breakeven Analysis. 13.
Risk Analysis. 14. Multistage Sequential
Analysis. 15. Multiatribute Decision
Making. Appendixes
International Edition
ENGINEERING ECONOMY
7th Edition
by Leland T. Blank, American
University of Sharjah, UAE, and
Anthony Tarquin, University of Texas
at El Paso
2011 / 800 Pages
ISBN : 9780071086097
Engineering Economy, 7th edition,
provides undergraduate students and
practicing professionals with a solid
preparation in the financial
understanding of engineering problems
and projects, as well as the techniques
needed for evaluating and making
sound economic decisions. Information
on cost estimation, depreciation, and
taxes has been updated to conform to
new tax laws. Eighty percent of the endof-
chapter problems are revised or new
to this edition. Distinguishing
pedagogical characteristics of this
market-leading text include its easy-toread
writing style, chapter objectives,
worked examples, integrated
spreadsheets, case studies,
Fundamentals of Engineering (FE)
exam questions, and numerous new
end-of-chapter problems. Graphical
cross-referencing is indicated so users
are able to locate additional material on
any one subject in the text. Quick-solve
(Q-Solv) and Excel-solve (E-Solve)
icons found in the text indicate the
difficulty of a problem, example, or
spreadsheet.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Updated Information on cost
estimation, depreciation, and taxes
is included following the latest
standards and guidelines.
• Increased and Enhanced Risk
Analysis coverage mirrors the
increased industry focus on risk vs.
reward and lets the student
understand how these decisions are
made.
• New Design of the text features
colorful marginal symbols that help
highlight important topics and frame
examples and equations to help
students focus on the major learning
objectives in each chapter.
• Progressive Examples are now
included. These problems build on
earlier material within a chapter and
connect topics into an
understandable whole.
• Companion Website contains the
solutions manual, voice-over lecture
powerpoints, and quizzes.
CONTENTS
Learning Stage 1—The Fundamentals
/ 1. Foundations of Engineering
Economy 2. Factors: How Time and
Interest Affect Money 3. Combining
Factors and Spreadsheet Functions 4.
ENGINEERING ECONOMY
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 65
Nominal and Effective Interest Rates /
Learning Stage 2—Basic Analysis
Tools / 5. Present Worth Analysis 6.
Annual Worth Analysis 7. Rate of Return
Analysis: One Project 8. Rate of Return
Analysis: Multiple Alternatives 9.
Benefit/Cost Analysis and Public Sector
Economics / Learning Stage 2
Epilogue-Selecting the Basic
Analysis Tool / Learning Stage 3—
Making Decisions / 10. Project
Financing and Non-economic Attributes
11. Replacement and Retention
Decisions 12. Independent Projects
With Budget Limitation 13. Breakeven
and Payback Analysis / Learning Stage
4—Rounding Out the Study / 14.
Effects of Inflation 15. Cost Estimation
and Indirect Cost Allocation 16.
Depreciation Methods 17. After-Tax
Economic Analysis 18. Sensitivity
Analysis and Expected Value Decisions
19. More on Variation and Decision
Making Under Risk / Appendix A: Basics
of Using Spreadsheets / Appendix B:
Accounting Reports and Business
Ratios / Appendix C: Code of Ethics for
Engineers
PRODUCTION AND
OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT/
INVENTORY CONTROL
MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND
CONTROL FOR SUPPLY CHAIN
MANAGEMENT
5th Edition
by Vollmann
2004 / 734 Pages
ISBN : 9780070598393
Vollmann, Berry, Whybark and Jacobs‘,
Manufacturing Planning & Control
Systems, 5/e provides comprehensive
real world based coverage of the
concepts, tools, and methods used to
manage and control manufacturing
systems. This revised edition contains
four entirely new chapters and four
thoroughly upgraded to nearly original
content. ERP system coverage and the
impact of them in the field is covered
now in a new introductory chapter as
well as being integrated heavily into
many other chapters from Sales and
Operations Planning to Advanced
Scheduling Systems. Each chapter
provides a managerial issues overview,
then the detailed technical presentation,
then examples of company
implementations, then concluding
principles.
CONTENTS
Preface Acknowledgments: 1. Manufacturing
Planning and Control 2.
Demand Management 3. Sales and
Operations Planning 4. Enterprise
Resource Planning (ERP) Integrated
Demand Items 5. Supply Chain Inventory
Management-Independent Demand
Items 6. Master Production Scheduling
7. Material Requirements Planning 8.
Distribution Requirements Planning 9.
Just-In-Time 10. Capacity Planning and
Utilization 11. Production Activity Control
12. Advanced Concepts in Sales and
Operations Planning 13. Strategy and
MPC System Design 14. Advanced
Concepts in Materials Requirements
Planning 15. Advanced Concepts in Justin-
Time 16. Advanced Concepts in
Scheduling 17. Supply chain
Management 18. Implementation 19.
MPC : The Next Frontier, Appendix,
Index
MANUFACTURING PLANNING
AND CONTROL
by Patrik Jonsson, Chalmers
University of Technology, Sweden, and
Stig-Arne Mattsson
2011 / 552 Pages
ISBN : 9780071332774
This new book takes a comprehensive
look at manufacturing planning and
control from the manufacturing
company’s perspective but the focus is
both on the intra-organisational system
and on the supply chain as a whole.
With its unique focus on understanding
the characteristics of planning
processes, methods and techniques
and how to design and use processes,
methods and techniques in various
planning environments, this book has an
important relevance from an applied
industry point of view. It provides you
with knowledge and guidelines on how
to develop the planning environment,
and how to design and use planning
processes and methods efficiently and
effectively in operational practice.
This book is an important learning tool
for undergraduates and postgraduates
and will help them develop an
understand of manufacturing planning
and control that goes beyond statistics
and calculation, and provides
knowledge and frameworks for
designing planning processes in
different industrial environments. This
book supports all modules on APICS’s
CPIM certification program.
FEATURES
• Problems, Exercises Examples
• Some of the chapters feature
problems and exercises to help
explain concepts. Full solutions to
the Problems are provided in
Appendix A. Boxed examples show
how a particular concept or idea is
used in practice.
• Figures and Tables
• Each provides a number of figures,
illustrations and tables to help you
visualize the examples. Descriptive
captions summarise important
concepts and explain the relevance
of the illustration.
• Cases and Discussion Questions
• This book includes cases at the end
of many of the chapters to illustrate
current practice and key concepts
defined and described in the book.
Each case is followed by a set of
related questions to help you
critically apply your understanding
and further develop some of the
topics introduced to you.
• Discussion Tasks
• This feature encourages you to
review and apply the knowledge you
have acquired from each chapter.
CONTENTS
Part 1. Starting Points of Production
and Materials Management 1.
ENGINEERING ECONOMY • PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT/ INVENTORY CONTROL
66 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Introduction and Background 2. The
Manufacturing Company 3. Approaches
in Manufacturing Planning and Control
Part 2. Preconditions for Manufcaturing
Planning and Control 4. Manufacturing
Planning and Control Performance 5.
Basic data for Manufacturing
Operations 6. Planning Parameters
and Variables Part 3. Forecasting and
Master Planning 7. Forecasting 8.
Customer Order Management 9. Sales
and Operations Planning 10. Master
Production Scheduling Part 4. Detailed
Planning and Execution 11. Material
Planning 12. Lot Sizing 13.
Determining Safety Stocks 14.
Capacity Planning 15. Execution and
Control in Pull Environments 16.
Execution and Control in a Traditional
Planning Environment 17. Procurement
of Materials 18. Inventory Accounting
Appendices A. Solutions to Problems
B. Safety Stock Tables
International Edition
PRODUCTION AND
OPERATIONS ANALYSIS
6th Edition
by Steven Nahmias, Santa Clara
University
2008 / 736 Pages
ISBN : 9780071263702
Production and Operations Analysis, 6/e
by Steven Nahmias provides a survey of
the analytical methods used to support
the functions of production and
operations management.This latest
edition maintains the focus on continual
process improvement while enhancing
the technical content of the book. Both
analytical methods centered on factory
and service processes, as well as
process issues across the supply chain,
are included As always, the text
presents the most cutting-edge
quantitative models used in operations
in a clear, accessible manner. While the
familiar structure and organization of the
text remains the same as previous
editions, the current edition includes
several new topics aimed at enhancing
the technical content of the book.
FEATURES
• The inclusion of a sizeable section
on Box-Jenkins forecasting models
in Chapter 2 .The Box-Jenkins
methodology has proved itself to be
a valuable forecasting tool in the
right setting. This self contained
discussion likely appeals to
engineering students and advanced
business students.
• A new section has been added on
Robin Roundy’s power-of two
policies in Chapter 4 Students are
able to get a sense of why these
policies are able to provide such
effective approximations without
getting into the details of the more
advanced analysis.
• New problems and "Snapshot
Applications" have been added in
the early chapters.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Strategy and Competition
Chapter 2. Forecasting Chapter 3.
Aggregate Planning Supplement 1
Linear Programming Chapter 4.
Inventory Control Subject to Known
Demand Chapter 5. Inventory Control
Subject to Uncertain Demand Chapter
6. Supply Chain Management Chapter
7. Push and Pull Production Control
Systems : MRP and JIT Chapter 8.
Operations Scheduling Supplement 2
Queuing Theory Chapter 9. Project
Scheduling Chapter 10. Facilities Layout
and Location Chapter 11. Quality and
Assurance Chapter 12. Reliability and
Maintainability / Appendix Tables
PRODUCTION & OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT
4th Edition
by S. N. Chary Indian Institute of
Management, Bangalore
2009 / 848 Pages
ISBN : 9780070091535
Production and Operations
Management is a vital management
discipline in the emerging economies of
the world. This book is primarily meant
for the students of this stream. It
showcases how to plan and control
operations to maximize productivity,
quality and customer satisfaction. With
three new chapters and small sections
added in most of the chapters, this
edition comprises all the current trends
in this subject.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Outsourcing
• Environmental Considerations in
Production & Operations
Management
• Where is Production and Operations
Management Headed?
• An indispensable text for the
students of management,
engineering, ICWAI and IIB courses
• A good source of reference for
practicing executives
CONTENTS
PART I: ROLE OF PRODUCTION &
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT IN
BUSINESS WORLD Chapter 1.
Production and Operations
Management Function Chapter 2.
Operations Strategy Chapter 3.
Services PART II: USEFUL BASIC
TOOLS Chapter 4. Relevant Cost
Concepts Chapter 5. Queuing Theory
Chapter 6. Forecasting PART III:
IMPERATIVES OF QUALITY AND
PRODUCTIVITY Chapter 7. Quality
Management Chapter 8. Product
Design Chapter 9. Maintenance
Management Chapter 10. Job
Evaluation PART IV: SUPPLY CHAIN
MANAGEMENT Chapter 11. Materials
Requirement Planning Chapter 12.
Materials Management ýÿ An
Integrated View Chapter 13. Supply
PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT/ INVENTORY CONTROL
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 67
Chain Management Chapter 14.
Outsourcing PART V: SPATIAL
DECISIONS IN PRODUCTION AND
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Chapter 15. Plan Layout Chapter 16.
Location of Facilities PART VI: TIMING
DECISIONS Chapter 17. Scheduling
Chapter 18. Project Management ýÿ I
Chapter 19. Just-In-Time Production
PART VII: PRESENT CONCERN AND
FUTURE DIRECTIONS Chapter 20.
Where is Production and Operations
Management Headed?
PURCHASING AND MATERIALS
MANAGEMENT
by Gopalakrishnan
2001 / 464 Pages
ISBN : 9780074516508
The book gives a balanced presentation
on the concepts and applications of
Purchasing and Materials Management.
Apart from theoretical concepts, a
separate section covering nine actual
case studies on infrastructure sectors
like power, transport, coal, oil, refining,
heavy electrical and fertilisers is
provided to enhance the analytical skills
of the reader. Examples are quoted from
the Indian Industrial Environment. It
would also be useful to practising
executives interested in purchase,
projects, materials, inventory,
warehousing, cost reduction, production
planning and contract management.
CONTENTS
1. Materials : The profit centre 2.
Organisation of materials function 3.
Materials planning 4. Right information
system 5. Materials management and
computers 6. Cost reduction by
codification 7. Standardisation and
materials management 8. Value analysis
and materials management 9. Role of
learning curve in materials management
10. Music — 3D view of materials
management 11. Training for materials
managers 12. Financial aspects in
materials management 13. Financial
discipline of inventories 14. Inventory
management and EOM 15. P & O
systems of inventory 16. Warehousing
management 17. Stock valuation and
verification 18. Disposal of obsolete and
scrap items 19. Ordering systems 20.
Purchasing cycle 21. Right price 22.
Right time of buying 23. Right method of
materials handling 24. Right mode of
transport 25. Right quality 26. Right
source 27. Right buyer-seller relations
28. Vendor rating 29. Negotiations 30.
Legal aspects of buying 31. Contract
management 32. Insurance : Risk
Management 33. Import substution 34.
International buying 35. Canalisation 36.
Public buying 37. Project purchases 38.
Network analysis and buying 39. Makebuy-
lease 40. Buying under uncertainty
41. Spare parts management 42. Ethics
in materials management
43. Evaluation of materials function 44.
Ganapathy Ram Electricity Board
45. Ganapathy Ram Industries 46.
Ganapathy Ram Bus Transport
Corporation 47. Ganapathy Ram Gasoil
48. Ganapathy Ram Electricals 49.
Ganapathy Ram Refinery 50. Ganapathy
Ram Sales Incorporation 51. Ganapathy
Ram Fertilizers 52. Ganapathy Ram
Colleries
International Edition
International Edition
FACTORY PHYSICS
3rd Edition
by Wallace Hopp, University of
Michigan – Ann Arbor, and Mark
Spearman, Factory Physics, Inc
2008
ISBN : 9780071232463
The Third Edition offers tighter
connections between Lean
Manufacturing, MRP/ERP, Six Sigma,
Supply Chain Management, and Factory
Physics. In addition to enhancing the
historical overview of how these
systems evolved, the authors show
explicitly how users can achieve Lean
Manufacturing objectives (faster
response, less inventory) using the
integration aspects of MRP/ERP/SCM
systems along with the variance
analysis methods of Six Sigma. Factory
Physics provides the overarching
framework that coordinates all of these
initiatives into a single-focused strategy.
FEATURES
• Discussion on “science of
manufacturing” discussion in
Chapter 6 now makes the Factory
Physics section.
• New set of “performance measures”
provides metrics for capacity
effectiveness, inventory
effectiveness and time
effectiveness.
• Newly expanded coverage of both
the statistical foundations and
organizational elements of the Six
Sigma approach to quality. This
treatment makes it clear how Six
Sigma and Factory Physics can be
used as complementary
components of an overall process
improvement effort."
CONTENTS
PART I : THE LESSONS OF HISTORY
Chapter 1. Manufacturing in America
Chapter 2. Inventory Control : From EOQ
to RDP Chapter 3. The MRP Crusade
Chapter 4. The JIT Revolution Chapter
5. What Went Wrong PART II :
FACTORY PHYSICS Chapter 6. A
Science of Manufacturing Chapter 7.
Basic Factory Dynamics Chapter 8.
Variability Basics Chapter 9. The
Corrupting Influence of Variability
Chapter 10. Push and Pull Production
Systems Chapter 11. The Human
Element in Operations Management
Chapter 12. Total Quality Manufacturing
PART III : PRINCIPLES IN PRACTICE
Chapter 13. A Pull Planning Framework
Chapter 14. Shop Floor Control Chapter
15. Production Scheduling Chapter 16.
Aggregate and Workforce Planning
Chapter 17. Supply Chain Management
Chapter 18. Capacity Management
Chapter 19. Synthesis-Pulling It All
Together
PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT/ INVENTORY CONTROL
68 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
QUALITY CONTROL/
RELIABILITY ENGINEERING
RELIABILITY ENGINEERING
by E. Balagurusamy, Member UPSC
New Delhi
2002 / 320 Pages
ISBN : 9780070483392
CONTENTS
• Basic Concepts of Reliability. • Design
for Reliability Constraints and
Considerations. • Reliability
Mathematics. • Component Reliability
and Hazard Models. • System Reliability
Models. • Redundancy Techniques in
System Design. • Maintainability and
Availability Concepts. • M-Order Systems
with Nonidentical Units. • M-Order
Systems with S-Dependent Units. •
Hierarchical Systems. • Economics of
Reliability Engineering. • Reliability
Management. / Appendices.
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
CALIBRATION PRINCIPLES
by Subburaj Ramasamy, Senior
Director and Head of the Electronics
Regional Test Laboratory, Mumbai
2009 / 264 Pages
ISBN : 9788182092235
This book is an indispensable practical
guide to understand metrology,
calibration establishment and operation
of a calibration laboratory. It will be a
great tool to improve the quality of
products and services of an
organisation. The book will be a life-long
companion for Metrologists, Engineering
and Science students.
FEATURES
• Includes the topic “Uncertainty of
Measurements” with a number of
practical solved problems
• Covers new topics like specmanship
exhaustively and also infrastructural,
technical and quantity requirements
of a calibration laboratory.
• Presents latest revision in ISO
17025, ISO 10012 and ISO 9000
• Pedagogy rich with numerous
illustrations and review questions
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Selection of Measuring
and Test Equipment 3. Specmanship 4.
Infrastructural Requirements of a
Calibration Laboratory 5. Technical
Requirements of a Calibration Laboratory
6. Calibration Procedures 7. Uncertainty
of Measurements 8. Calibration Intervals
9. Calibration Requirements of ISO 9000
/ ISO 10012 Standards 10. Testing and
Calibration Laboratory Accreditation ?
ISO/IEC 17025 Standard 11. Proficiency
Testing
TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
by Subburaj Ramaswamy, Senior
Director and Head of Electronics
Regional Test Laboratory
2004 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9780070223974
CONTENTS
Section I - TQM Perspective: 1. TQM
Evolution 2. Quality Costs 3. Leadership
4. TQM Implementation Section II : TQM
Principles and Strategies 5. Customer
Satisfaction 6. Employee Involvement 7.
Process Approach 8. Continuous
Process Improvement 9. Supplier
Partnership 10. Performance Measures
Section III - Statistical Process Control
11. The Seven Quality Control Tools and
Introduction to Statistics 12. Control
Charts for Improving Process Capability
13. Six Sigma 14. Seven New
Management Tools Section IV - TQM
Tools 15. Business Process
Benchmarking (BPB) 16. Quality
Function Deployment (QFD) 17.
Taguchi’s Robust Design 18. Total
Productive Maintenance 19. Failure
Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA)
Section V - Quality Systems 20. Quality
System — ISO 9000 Standard 21.
Environmental Management System
(EMS) - 14001 22. Quality Awards,
Review Questions, References, Index.
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
by Srinivas N. Gupta, & B. Valarmathi,
SKP Engineering College,
Thiruamamalai
2005 / 224 Pages
ISBN : 9788182091115
Total Quality Management is an
effective tool to manage and lead
organisations towards the path of quality
and excellence. This book deals with the
fundamental principles, significance and
implementation techniques of quality
management. Comprehensive in its
coverage, the book targets
undergraduate engineering students of
various universities.
FEATURES
• Chapter-end questions
• Two-mark questions and answers
• Numerous flow charts / block
diagrams for better understanding
• Case studies, chapter-end summary
• Instructor’s companion CD
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Total Quality
Management 2. Customer Satisfaction
3. Statistical Process Control 4. TQM
Tools 5. Quality Systems
AN INTRODUCTION TO RELIABILITY
AND MAINTAINABILITY
ENGINEERING
by Ebeling
2000 / 504 Pages
ISBN : 9780070421387
CONTENTS
Preface Course software 1. Introduction
Part I : Basic reliability models 2. The
failure distribution 3. Constant failure rate
model 4. Time dependent failure models
5. Reliability of systems 6. Statedependent
systems 7. Physical reliability
models 8. Design for reliability 9.
Maintainability 10. Design for
maintainability 11. Availability Part II :
The analysis of failure data 12. Data
collection and empirical methods 13.
QUALITY CONTROL/RELIABILITY ENGINEERING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 69
Reliability testing 14. Reliability growth
testing 15. Identifying failure and repair
distributions 16. Goodness of fit tests
Part III : Application 17. Reliability
estimation and application 18.
Implementation References • Appendix
• Index
QUALITY MANAGEMENT
3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Howard Gitlow, University of Miami;
Alan Oppenheim, Montclair State
College; and Rosa Oppenheim,
Rutgers University, Levin David
2008 / 696 Pages
ISBN : 9780070078062
CONTENTS
Part One : Foundations of Quality
Management : 1. Fundamentals of
Quality. 2. Fundamentals of Statistical
Studies. 3. Defining and Documenting a
Process. Part Two : Tools and Methods
of Analytic Studies : 4. Basic Probability
and Statistics. 5. Stabilizing and
Improving a Process with Control Charts.
6. Attribute Control Charts. 7. Variables
Control Charts. 8. Out-Of-Control
Patterns. 9. Diagnosing a Process. 10.
Specifications. 11. Process Capability
and Improvement Studies. 12. Taguchi
Methods-Quality Improvement in
Product and Process Design. 13.
Inspection Policy. Part Three :
Administrative Systems for Quality
Management : 14. Management
Commitment to Transformation. 15.
Management’s Intellectual and
Emotional Education. 16. Daily
Management. 17. Cross Functional
Management. 18. Policy Management
(Hoshin Kanri). Part Four : Some
Current thinking About Statistical
Studies and Practice : 19. Some
Current thinking about Statistical Studies.
20. “Six Sigma” Management
STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL
7th Edition
by Eugene Grant, Stanford University;
and Richard Leavenworth, University
of Florida
2000 / 764 Pages
ISBN : 9780070435551
CONTENTS
1. Introduction and Overview.
2. Directions for Simple X and R Charts.
3. Why the Control Chart Works; Some
Statistical Concepts. 4. Why the Control
Chart Works; Some Examples. 5. Some
Fundamentals of The Theory of
Probability. 6. The Control Chart for
Fraction Rejected. 7. The Control Chart
for Nonconformities. 8. Rational
Subgrouping. 9. Statistical Analysis of
Process Capability and for Process
Improve-ment. 10. Some Special
Process Control Procedures. 11. Some
Fundamental Concepts in Scientific
Sampling. 12. An AQL System for Lotby-
Lot Acceptance Sampling by
Attributes. 13. Other Procedures for
Acceptance Sampling by Attributes. 14.
Systems for Acceptance Sampling from
Continuous Production. 15. Systems for
Acceptance Sampling by Variables. 16
Some Aspects of Life Testing and
Reliability. 17. Some Economic Aspects
of Quality Decisions. 18. Some
Significant Events in the Development
of Statistical Quality Control. 19. Models
for Quality Management and Problem
Solving. 20. Demonstrating the
Operation of Systems of Chance
Causes. • Appendixes
JURAN’S QUALITY PLANNING
& ANALYSIS
5th Edition
by Frank M. Gryna Jr. University of
Tampa
2006
ISBN : 9780070618480
CONTENTS
Introduction: A Roadmap for Change Part
I : Foundation 1. Basic Concepts 2.
Companywide Assessment of Quality 3.
Quality Improvement and Cost
Reduction 4. Operational Quality
Planning and Sales Income 5. Quality
Control Part II : Managerial Concepts 6.
Process Management 7. Organization
for Quality 8. Strategic Quality
Management 9. Developing a Quality
Culture Part III : Functional Applications
10. Understanding Customer Needs 11.
Designing for Quality 12. Supply Chain
Management 13. Operations-
Manufacturing Sector 14. Operations-
Service Sector 15. Inspection, Test, and
Measurement 16. Quality Assurance
Audits Part IV : Statistical Techniques 17.
Basic Concepts of Statistics and
Probability 18. Statistical Tools for
Analyzing Data 19. Statistical Tools for
Designing for Quality 20. Statistical
Process Control Appendix I :
Supplementary Problems Using Minitab
Appendix II : Study Guide Examples
Appendix III : Tables
ENVIRONMENTAL
ENGINEERING
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
2nd Edition
by Benny Joseph, Assistant Professor,
Civil Engineering, Centre for Water
Resources, College of Engineering,
Guindy, Anna University
2008 / 372 Pages
ISBN : 9780070648135
This book is intended to meet the
requirements of the subject
Environmental Studies for graduate
students in Indian universities
irrespective of their major subject of
study. While meeting the requirements
of the syllabus, this book adopts a
holistic approach to the subject for easy
and logical comprehension. The
contents have been prepared keeping in
mind the widest possible variations in
the background of the users.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage of
Pollution, Components of
Environment and Biodiversity
• In-depth coverage of Genetic
QUALITY CONTROL/RELIABILITY ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
70 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Engineering in relation to
Biodiversity and Catalytic
Converters and Electrostatic
Precipitators
• Topical coverage on International
Conventions and Protocols for
Environmental Protection
• Quality Diagrams for clear
understanding of the concepts
RICH PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• 203 Review questions
• 146 Objective-type questions
• 136 Short-answer questions.
• 35 Case-studies on Indian scenario
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Components of
Environment 3. Natural Resources 4.
Ecology 5. Biodiversity 6. Environmental
Pollution 7. Social Issues and the
Environment 8. Human Population and
the Environment
INTRODUCTION TO
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
4th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Mackenzie L. Davis, Michigan State
University; David A. Cornwell,
Environmental Engineering &
Technology, Inc.
2009 / 980 Pages
ISBN: 9780070671171
This book provides a comprehensive
exposure to the essential science and
engineering principles needed for an
introductory course on environmental
engineering. With numerous chapterend
problems, provocative discussion
questions, and excellent case studies,
the text is both a comprehensive and
comprehensible tool for students and
instructors.
FEATURES
• Three new chapters on Ecosystem ,
Sustainable Energy, Mineral and
Soil Resources Material and Energy
Balances
• New topical coverage on Collection,
Conveyance and Distribution of
Water Sewer Systems-Design,
Laying and Appurtenances,
Biodiversity and Bioreactor Landfills
• Real life case studies for better
comprehension of concepts
• Exhaustive pedagogical features
include
• 148 Solved examples
• 262 Review questions
• 347 Problems
• 85 Discussion questions
• 391 Illustrations
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Materials and Energy
Balances 3. Sustainable Energy,
Mineral and Soil Resources 4.
Ecosystems 5. Hydrology 6. Water
Treatment 7. Water Quality
Management 8. Wastewater Treatment
9. Air Pollution 10. Noise Pollution 11.
Solid Waste Management 12.
Hazardous Waste Management 13.
Ionizing Radiation* / Appendix A
Properties of Air, Water, and Selected
Chemicals A.1–A.8 / Appendix B Noise
Computation Tables and Nomographs
INTRODUCTION TO
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND
ENGINEERING
2nd Edition
by Dr Raman Sivakumar, Professor
and Head, Department of Physical
Sciences, Bannari Amman Institute of
Technology, Erode
2009 / 342 Pages
ISBN: 9780070672802
Designed as a fundamental textbook for
students from different branches of
engineering, science and technology,
this book provides a clear and crisp
introduction to environmental issues
pertaining to natural resources,
biodiversity, ecosystems, pollution,
environmental acts and social issues.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive treatment on
biodiversity
• Environmental Protection Acts
• Chapter-end review questions
• Lively illustrations from various
regions
• Case studies
• Two-mark questions with answers
CONTENTS
1. Environmental Studies and Natural
Resources 2. Ecosystems 3.
Biodiversity 4. Environmental Pollution
5. Social Issues and the Environment
6. Human Populations and the
Environment
PRINCIPLES OF ENVIRONMENTAL
SCIENCE : INQUIRY AND
APPLICATIONS
4th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by William P. Cunningham, and Mary
Ann Cunningham,
2006 / 438 Pages
ISBN : 9780070647725
Environmental Science as a subject has
been proposed by the UGC, to be
included in every under graduate
course. The book focuses on key
principles, scientific methods and ideas,
with special reference to case studies
and current events, which can help a
student to appreciate the subject in a
holistic manner.
FEATURES
• Packed with strong pedagogical
tools, including Case Studies, Data
Analysis Boxes, Applications,
Exploring Science, etc.
• Over 500 diagrams and illustrations
add to the visual presentation. Text
gives an account of the various
environmental laws and policies that
are being implemented globally.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Understanding Our
Environment Chapter 2. Environmental
Systems : Connections, Cycles, Flows,
and Feedback Loops. Chapter 3.
Species Populations, Interactions, and
Communities. Chapter 4. Human
Populations. Chapter 5. Biomes and
Biodiversity Chapter 6. Environmental
Conservation : Forests, Grasslands,
Parks, and Nature Preserves Chapter 7.
Food and Agriculture Chapter 8.
Environmental Health and Toxicology
hapter 9. Air : Climate and Pollution
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 71
Chapter 10. Water : Resources and
Pollution Chapter 11. Environmental
Geology and Earth Resources Chapter
12. Energy Chapter 13. Solid and
Hazardous Waste Chapter 14.
Economics and Urbanization Chapter
15. Environmental Policy and
Sustainability
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
(Special Indian Edition)
by Gerard Kiely, University College
Cork
2006 / 910 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634299
Focusing on the importance of
knowledge of environment and its
issues with all disciplines of engineering,
this book discusses the various
segments of environment. The concerns
related to Ecology, Air, Noise, Water and
Waste water are mentioned along with
measures to overcome them.
FEATURES
• Extensive coverage of Pollution of
Ecology, Water, Noise, Air etc.
• Various Environmental Engineering
Technologies like Water Treatment,
Wastewater Treatment, Sludge
Treatment, Solid Waste Treatment
are discussed.
• Chapters on Waste Minimization
and Environmental Impact
Assessment discuss Environmental
Management and its importance
CONTENTS
Part One : Essential Background to
Environmental Engineering 1. History
and Legal Framework 2. Ecological
Concepts and Natural Resources 3.
Introduction to Chemistry and
Microbiology in Environmental
Engineering 4. oncepts in Hydrology Part
Two : Pollution Environmental 5.
Ecology Systems, Disturbances and
Pollution 6. Water Pollution : Ecological
Perspectives 7. Water Quality in Rivers
and Lakes : Physical Processes 8. Air
Pollution 9. Noise Pollution 10.
Agricultural Pollution Part Three :
Environmental Engineering
Technology 11. Water Treatment 12.
Waste Water Treatment 13. Anaerobic
Digestion and Sludge Treatment
14. Solid Waste Treatment 15.
Hazardous Waste Treatment 16.
Industrial Air Emissions Control 17.
Agricultural Pollution Control
THE ENGINEERING PROPERTIES
OF SOIL AND THEIR
MEASUREMENT, 4th Edition
by Joseph E. Bowles
2012 / 480 Pages
ISBN : 9781259027475
This fourth edition has been revised to
reflect new industry standards and
reference computer program usage.
The lab book contains a wide variety of
soils test and experiments.
CONTENTS
1. Water-Content Determination 2.
Field Collection of a Soil Sample 3.
Liquid and Plastic Limits of a Soil 4.
Shrinkage Limit 5. Grain Size Analysis-
Mechanical Method 6. Grain Size
Analysis-Hydrometer Method 7.
Specific Gravity of Soil Solids 8.
Classification of Soils 9. Moisture-Unit
Weight Relationships (Compaction
Test) 10. Determination of In-Place Soil
Density 11. Coefficient of Permeability-
Constant Head Method 12. Coefficient
of Permeability-Falling Head Method
13. Consolidation Test 14. Unconfined
Compression Testing 15. Triaxial Test-
Without Pore-Pressure Measurements
16. Triaxial Test-With Pore-Pressure
Measurements 17. Direct Shear Test
18. Relative-Density Determination 19.
California Bearing-Ratio (CBR) 20.
Flow-Net Construction Using an
Electrical Analogy 21. Volumetric-
Gravimetric Relationships 22. Unit
Weight of Cohesive Soils
International Edition
PRINCIPLES OF ENVIRONMENTAL
ENGINEERING & SCIENCE
2nd Edition
by Mackenzie L. Davis, Michigan State
University-east Lansing; Susan J.
Mastenm, McMaster University
2009 / 800 Pages
ISBN : 9780071287807
Principles of Environmental Engineering
is intended for a course in introductory
environmental engineering for
sophomore- or junior-level students.
This text provides a background in
fundamental science and engineering
principles of environmental engineering
for students who may or may not
become environmental engineers.
FEATURES
• Principles places more emphasis on
scientific principles, ethics, and
safety, and focuses less on
engineering design. The text
exposes students to a broad range
of environmental topics—including
risk management, water quality an
treatment, air pollution, hazardous
waste, solid waste, and ionizing
radiation as well as discussion of
relevant regulations and practices.
• The book also uses mass and
energy balance as a tool for
understanding environmental
processes and solving
environmetnal engineering
problems.
• This new edition includes an
optional chapter on Biology as well
as a thorough updating of
environmental standards and a
discussion of how those standards
are created.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Chapter on Biology
• Case Studies.
• Updated science and technology
discussion to reflect latest trends.
• Increased number of problems at
the end of each chapter.
• Exclusively uses SI units.
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
72 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Chemistry 3. Biology
4. Materials and Energy Balances 5.
Ecosystems 6. Risk Perception,
Assessment and Management 7.
Hydrology 8. Sustainable Energy, Mineral
and Soil Resources 9. Water Quality
Management 10. Water Treatment 11.
Wastewater Treatment 12. Air Pollution
13. Solid Waste Management 14.
Hazardous Waste Management 15.
Noise Pollution 16. Ionizing Radiation /
Appendix A : Properties of Air, Water, and
Selected Chemicals
International Editon
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
by Howard Peavy, University of IDAHO
1985 / 640 Pages
ISBN : 9780071002318
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Water Quality;
Definitions, Characteristics, and
Perspectives 3. Water Purification 4.
Engineered Systems for Wastewater
Treatment and Disposal 5.
Environmental Engineering Hydraulics
Design 6. Air Quality Definitions,
Characteristics, and Perspectives 7.
Engineered Systems for Air Pollution 8.
Solid Waste Definitions, Characteristics,
and Perspectives 9. Engineered
Systems for Solid Waste Management
10. Engineered Systems for Resource
and Energy Recovery
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING
AND THE ENVIRONMENT
by Edward S Rubin & Cliff Davidson,
both of the Carnegie Mellon University
2001 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9780071181853
CONTENTS
I: Motivation and Framework. 1.
Engineering and the Environment. 2.
Overview of Environmental Issues. II :
Case Studies in Design for the
Environ-ment. 3. Automobiles and the
Environ-ment. 4. Batteries and the
Environment . 5. Power Plants and the
Environment. 6. Refrigeration and the
Environment. 7. Environmental Life
Cycle Assess-ments. III : Case Studies
in Environ-mental Modeling. 8.
Controlling Urban Smog. 9. CFCs and
the Ozone Layer. 10. Global Warming
and Climate Change. 11. Toxic Metals in
the Environment. 12. PCBs in the
Aquatic Environment. IV : Topics in
Engineering and Environmental
Policy. 13. Eco-nomic Analysis. 14.
Environmental Risk and Decision
Analysis. Appendices
CHEMISTRY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
ENGINEERING AND SCIENCE
5th Edition
by Clair N. Sawyer, (deceased),
Perry McCarty, Stanford University;
Gene F. Parkin, University of Iowa,
Iowa City
2003 / 768 Pages
ISBN : 9780070532441
CONTENTS
I Fundamentals of Chemistry for
Environmental Engineering and
Science : 1. Introduction. 2. Basic
Concepts from General Chemistry. 3.
Basic Concepts from Physical
Chemistry. 4. Basic Concepts from
Equilibrium Chemistry. 5. Basic
Concepts from Organic Chemistry. 6.
Basic Concepts from Biochemistry. 7.
Basic Concepts from Colloid Chemistry.
8. Basic Concepts from Nuclear
Chemistry. II Water and Wastewater
Analysis: 9. Introduction. 10. Statistical
Analysis of Analytical Data. 11. Basic
Concepts from Quantitative Chemistry.
12. Instrumental Methods of Analysis.
13. Turbidity. 14. Color. 15. Standard
Solutions. 16. pH. 17. Acidity. 18.
Alkalinity. 19. Hardness. 20. Residual
Chlorine and Chlorine Demand. 21.
Chloride. 22. Dissolved Oxygen. 23.
Biochemical Oxygen Demand. 24.
Chemical Oxygen Demand. 25.
Nitrogen. 26. Solids. 27. Iron and
Manganese. 28. Fluoride. 29. Sulfate.
30. Phosphorus and Phosphate. 31. Oil
and Grease. 32. Volatile Acids. 33. Gas
Analysis. 34. Trace Contaminants.
Appendix A : Thermodynamic
Properties (25 degrees C). Appendix B
: Acronyms, Roman Symbols, and Greek
Symbols
International Edition
HAZARDOUS WASTE
MANAGEMENT
2nd Edition
by Michael D. LaGrega, ERM,
Inc., Bucknell University;
Philip L. Buckingham, ERM, Inc.;
Jeffery C. Evans, Bucknell University
2001 / 1184 Pages
ISBN : 9780071181709
CONTENTS
I Fundamentals 1. Hazardous Waste 2.
The Legal Framework 3. Process
Fundamentals 4. Fate and Transport of
Contaminants 5. Toxicology II Current
Management Practices 6.
Environmental Audits 7. Pollution
Prevention 8. Facility Development and
Operations III Treatment and Disposal
Methods 9. Physico-Chemical
Processes 10. Biological Methods 11.
Stabilization and Solidification 12.
Thermal Methods 13. Land Disposal IV
Site Remediation 14 Quantitative Risk
Assessment 15. Site and Subsurface
Characterization 16. Remedial
Technologies 17. Evaluation and
Selection of Remedial Actions and
Corrective / Measures / Appendices A -
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 73
Basel Convention / B - Contaminant
Properties / C - Thermodynamic
Properties / D - Conversion Factors"
International Edition
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
ASSESSMENT
2nd Edition
by Larry Canter, University of
Oklahoma
1996 / 480 Pages
ISBN : 9780071141031
CONTENTS
1. National Environmental Policy Act and
Its Implementation. 2. Planning and
Management of Impact Studies. 3.
Simple Methods for Impact Identification
Matrices, Networks and Checklists. 4.
Description of Environmental Setting. 5.
Environmental Indices and Indicators for
Describing the Affected Environment.
6. Prediction and Assessment of Impacts
on the Air Environment. 7. Prediction and
Assessment of Impacts on the Surface
Water Environment. 8. Prediction and
Assessment of Impacts on the Soil and
Ground Water Environment. 9.
Prediction and Assessment of Impacts
on the Noise Environment. 10. Prediction
and Assessment of Impacts on the
Biological Environment. 11. Habitat
Methods for Biological Impact Prediction
and Assessment. 12. Prediction and
Assessment of Impacts on the Cultural
(Historical/Archaeological) Environment.
13. Prediction and Assessment of Visual
Impacts. 14. Prediction and Assessment
of Impacts on the Socioeconomic
Environment. 15. Decision Methods for
Evaluation of Alternatives. 16. Public
Participation in Environmental Decision
Making. 17. Environmental Monitoring •
Appendixes
ENGINEERING
ETHICS
ETHICS IN ENGINEERING
3rd Edition
by Martin
2003 / 462 Pages
ISBN : 9780070540736
CONTENTS
1. Scope and Aims of Engineering Ethics
2. Moral Reasoning and Ethical Theories
3. Engineering as Social
Experimentation 4. The Engineer’s
Responsibility for Safety 5.
Responsibilities to Employers 6. Rights
of Engineers 7. Global Issues 8.
Engineers as Managers, Consultants,
and Leaders Sample Codes • Indexes
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO
ENGINEERING ETHICS
2nd Edition
by Mike Martin, Chapman College;
Roland Schinzinger, University of
California, Irvine
2008 / 288 Pages
ISBN : 9780071267908
Introduction to Engineering Ethics
provides the background for discussion
of the basic issues in engineering
ethics. Emphasis is given to the moral
problems engineers face in the
corporate setting. It places those issues
within a philosophical framework, and it
seeks to exhibit their social importance
and intellectual challenge. The primary
goal is to stimulate critical and
responsible reflection on moral issues
surrounding engineering practice and to
provide the conceptual tools necessary
for pursuing those issues.
Students preparing to function within the
engineering profession need to be
introduced to the basic issues in
engineering ethics.
FEATURES
• The book has increased coverage
given to moral reasoning and codes
of ethics, personal co mitments in
engineering, enviro mental ethics,
honesty and research integrity, the
philosophy of technology, peace
engineering, and computer science
• The inclusion of new case studies
such as global warming and
Hurricane Katrina
CONTENTS
1. Ethics and Professionalism 2. Moral
Reasoning and Codes of Ethics 3. Moral
Frameworks 4. Engineering as Social
Experimentation 5. Commitment to
Safety 6. Workplace Responsibilities and
Rights 7. Truth and Truthfulness 8.
Computer Ethics 9. Environmental Ethics
10. Global Justice / Appendix : NSPE
Code of Ethics
SIMULATION
International Edition
SIMULATION WITH ARENA
4th Edition
by W. David Kelton, University of
Cincinnati-Cincinnati
2007 / 704 Pages
ISBN : 9780071278911
This new edition provides a
comprehensive treatment of simulation
concepts in general and the Arena
simulation software in particular. It starts
by having the reader develop simple,
well-animated, high-level models, and
then progresses to advanced modeling
and analysis. Statistical design and
analysis of simulation experiments is
integrated with the modeling chapters,
reflecting the joint nature of these
activities in good simulation studies. The
objective is to help the reader carry out
effective simulation modeling, analysis,
and projects using the Arena simulation
system.
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING • ENGINEERING ETHICS • SIMULATION
74 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CONTENTS
1. What is Simulation? 2. Fundamental
Simulation concepts. 3. A Guided Tour
Through Arerna. 4. Modeling Basic
Operations and Inputs. 5. Modeling
Detailed Operations. 6. Statistical Design
and Analysis of Terminating Simulations.
7. Intermediate Modeling and Steady-
State Statistical Analysis. 8. Entity
Transfer. 9. A Sampler of Further
Modeling Issues and Techniques. 10.
Arena Integration and Customization. 11.
Continuous and Combined Discrete/
Continuous Models. 12. Further
Statistical Issues. 13. Conducting
Simulation Studies Appendix A : A
Functional Specification for the
Washington Post Appendix B : IIE/RS
Contest Problems Appendix C : A
Refresher or Probability Statistics
Appendix D : Arena’s Probability
Distributions Appendix E : Academic
Software Installation, Instructions,
References, Index. CD with current
academic version of Arena and all
examples used in the book.
SIMULATION MODELING
AND ANALYSIS
4th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Averill M. Law, President; Averill M.
Law, & Associates, Inc. Tucson,
Arizona, USA
2007 / 790 Pages
ISBN : 9780070667334
Simulation Modeling and Analysis
provides a comprehensive, state-of-theart,
and technically correct treatment of
all important aspects of a simulation
study. The book strives to make this
material understandable by the use of
intuition and numerous figures,
examples, and problems. It is equally
well suited for use in university courses,
simulation practice, and self study.
FEATURES
• Latest statistical techniques for
estimating the performance
measures of a simulated system,
both for terminating and steadystate
simulations.
• Comprehensive and practical
discussion of how to validate a
simulation model.
• Ranking-and-selection procedures
for choosing the best system
configuration, which allow the use of
common random numbers for
increased efficiency.
• Self-contained discussion of
classical design of experiments, with
a particular emphasis on how to
correctly implement these
techniques in the context of
simulation modeling.
• Several detailed examples on the
use of simulation-based
optimization.
PEDOGOGICAL FEATURES
• Solved examples : 209
• Practice problems : 273
CONTENTS
1. Basic Simulation Modeling 2. Modeling
Complex Systems 3. Simulation
Software 4. Review of Basic Probability
and Statistics 5. Building Valid, Credible,
and Appropriately Detailed Simulation
Models 6. Selecting Input Probability
Distributions 7. Random-Number
Generators 8. Generating Random
Variates 9. Output Data Analysis for a
Single System 10. Comparing Alternative
System Configurations 11. Variance-
Reduction Techniques 12. Experimental
Design, Sensitivity Analysis, and
Optimization 13. Simulation of
Manufacturing Systems
US Edition
SIMULATION MODELING METHODS
TO REDUCE RISKS AND INCREASE
PERFORMANCE
by H. James Harrington Kerim
Tumay,
2009
ISBN: 9780070671102
Computer simulation modeling, the new
force in business, allows managers to
see the results of a process change
before committing time and resources to
it. The Simulation Modeling Toolkit is
vital to understanding numerous
applications of this important process.
Its methods and techniques will help
any reader reduce time and risk in
developing new products and serving
customers, and the CD-ROM insert
enables the user to create and run
simulations from start to finish.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Process Simulation.
2. Phase I. Assessment and Planning.
3. Selecting Process Simulation
Software. 4. Phase II. Implementation.
5. Modeling Dynamic Behaviors. 6.
Process Simulation Analysis. 7. Phase
III. Measurement and Phase IV.
Continuous Improvement. 8. Success
Stories. 9. Using Simulation Modeling
for Process Redesign Projects. 10.
Simulation Exercise. Appendices. Index
International Edition
SIMULATION USING PROMODEL
3rd Edition
by Charles R. Harrell,
Brigham Young University-Provo
2011 / 768 Pages
ISBN : 9780071086448
Simulation Using ProModel covers the
art and science of simulation in general
and the use of ProModel simulation
software in particular. The text blends
theory with practice. Actual applications
in business, services and manufacturing
and a hands-on approach to simulation,
including real-world simulation projects,
are emphasized. The third edition of
Simulation Using ProModel reflects the
most recent version of the ProModel
software in all the examples and labs as
well as expanded coverage on
generating random variates and design
of experiment. Another feature of the
third edition includes an enhanced
SIMULATION
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 75
website to accompany the text at
www.mhhe.com/harrell3e. From the site,
users of the text can download the latest
student version of ProModel as well as
the most up-to-date ProModel Tutorial
and Basic Training course. In addition,
instructors will have access to the
solutions manual for chapter review
questions as well as lab exercises.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Full updating of text examples and
labs to reflect current version of
ProModel.
• Expanded coverage of random
variates.
• The material has been rearranged
from the second edition so students
are introduced to the actual use of
simulation sooner.
• Expanded discussion of design of
experiment.
• Enhanced website that includes the
ProModel Tutorial and Basic
Training course, case studies, and
lecture PowerPoints.
CONTENTS
Part 1: BASIC DRAWING AND
DESIGN 1: Engineering Graphics as a
Language 2: Computer-Aided Drawing
(CAD) 3: Drawing Media, Filing, Storage
and Reproduction 4: Basic Drafting
Skills 5: Applied Geometry 6: Theory of
Shape Description 7: Auxiliary Views
and Revolutions 8: Basic Dimensioning
9: Sections PART 2: FASTENERS,
MATERIALS, AND FORMING
PROCESSES 11: Miscellaneous Types
of Fasteners 12: Manufacturing
Materials 13: Forming Processes PART
3: WORKING DRAWINGS AND
DESIGN 14: Details and Assembly
Drawings 15: Pictorial Drawings 16:
Geometric Dimensioning and
Tolerancing 17: Drawings for Numerical
Control 18: Welding Drawings 19:
Design Concepts 20: Power
Transmissions 21: Couplings, Bearings,
and Seals 22: Cams, Linkages, and
Actuators PART 5: SPECIAL FIELDS
OF DRAFTING 23: Development and
Intersections 24: Pipe Drawings 25:
Structural Drafting 26: Jigs and Fixtures
27: Electrical and Electronics Drawings
ENGINEERING
DRAWING
ENGINEERING DRAWING:
AN INTRODUCTION TO AUTOCAD
by Dhananjay A. Jolhe, RKN
Engineering College, Nagpur
2007 / 652 Pages
ISBN : 9780070648371
Engineering Drawing, the language of
Engineers generally requires three
aspects to excel : Knowledge,
Imagination and Skill. This book caters
to all the needs and provides a full
fledged textbook for the course. An
unique feature of this book is the
inclusion of practical hints along with
theory which enables the students to
make perfect drawings.
1. Step by step approach rendering
clear understanding of the topics.
2. Practical/real life examples have
been provided throughout the book.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction to Engineering
Drawing Chapter 2. Geometrical
Constructions Chapter 3. Lines &
Lettering Chapter 4. Dimensioning
Chapter 5. Scales Chapter 6. Theory of
Projection Chapter 7. Orthographic
Projections Chapter 8. Projections of
Points Chapter 9. Projections of Lines
Chapter 10. Auxiliary Plane Projection
Method Chapter 11. Projections of
Planes Chapter 12. Projections of Solids
Chapter 13. Sections of Solids Chapter
14. Theory of Development Chapter 15.
Intersection of Surfaces of Solids
Chapter 16. Isometric Projections
Chapter 17. Interpretation of the Views
Chapter 18. Engineering Curves Chapter
19. Loci of Points Chapter 20. Computer
Aided Drafting Chapter 21. Free Hand
Drawing Chapter 22. Perspective
Projection Objective Question Bank
Appendix: Tips for Good Quality Drawing
ENGINEERING DRAWING
by Basant Agrawal Department of
Mechanical Engineering, SGSITS,
Indore; C.M. Agrawal, Department of
Mechanical Engineering, MANIT, Bhopal
2008 / 512 Pages
ISBN : 9780070668638
This book, designed for the first year
engineering students of all disciplines, is
written with intention of developing the
basic concepts of engineering drawing
in the minds of students. With the right
blend of theory and the wide variety of
problems, the book is a perfect offering
on the subject.
FEATURES
• Latest BIS Codes are used (SP 46 :
2003)
• Excellent 3D illustrations
• Use of latest version of popular
graphics software AutoCAD 2007
• Step-by-Step explanations in a
simplified manner
• Wide variety of solved examples
from the question papers of various
universities
EXCELLENT PEDAGOGY
• 550 Solved examples
• 100 Review questions
• 220 Objective type questions
• 350 Chapter-end-problems
CONTENTS
1. Drawing Instruments and Their Uses
2. Lines, Lettering and Dimensioning 3.
Geometrical Construction 4. Scales 5.
Conic Sections 6. Roulettes 7.
Orthographic Projection 8. Projections of
Points 9. Projections of Straight Lines 10.
Projections of Planes 11. Projections of
Solids 12. Sections of Solids 13.
Development of Surfaces 14.
Intersection of Surfaces 15. Isometric
Projection 16. Oblique Projection 17.
Perspective Projection 18. Computer
Aided Design
SIMULATION • ENGINEERING DRAWING
76 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
ENGINEERING DRAWING &
DESIGN, 7th Edition
by Cecil H. Jensen, Jay D. Helsel &
Dennis Short
2012 / 1056 Pages
ISBN : 9781259025570
Engineering Drawing and Design,
combines engineering graphics and
drafting in one“accessible product.
Technical drafting, like all technical
areas, is constantly changing;“the
computer has revolutionized the way in
which drawings and parts are made.
This“text covers the most current
technical information available, including
graphic communication,“CAD, functional
drafting, material positioning, numerical
control, electronic“drafting, and
metrication, in a manner useful to both
the instructor and student. The“authors
synthesize, simplify, and convert
complex drafting standards and
procedures“into understandable
instructional units.
FEATURES
• Covers ASME drawing standards
and ISO guidelines and shows how
to interpret and apply them.
• Combines engineering graphics and
drafting in one accessible product.
• The authors bring together and
explain the manufacturing materials
that are available for engineering
design. They describe the
manufacturing process that
influences the shape, appearance,
and design of the product.
• The numerous assignments help
the reader gain practice. These
assignments can be completed with
the help of a variety of Appendix
tables reflecting real-world
applications.
• The text's unit approach makes it
possible for instructors to put
together a customized program of
instruction that suits the needs of
their students and local industry.
• Text emphasizes all types of
fasteners, both permanent and
removable, that are currently
available.
EXCELLENT PEDAGOGY
• 550 Solved examples
• 100 Review questions
• 220 Objective type questions
• 350 Chapter-end-problems
CONTENTS
Part 1: BASIC DRAWING AND
DESIGN
1. Engineering Graphics as a
Language
2. Computer-Aided Drawing (CAD)
3. Drawing Media, Filing, Storage and
Reproduction
4. Basic Drafting Skills
5. Applied Geometry
6. Theory of Shape Description
7. Auxiliary Views and Revolutions
8. Basic Dimensioning
9. Sections
PART 2: FASTENERS, MATERIALS,
AND FORMING PROCESSES
11. Miscellaneous Types of Fasteners
12. Manufacturing Materials
13. Forming Processes
PART 3: WORKING DRAWINGS AND
DESIGN
14. Details and Assembly Drawings
15. Pictorial Drawings
16. Geometric Dimensioning and
Tolerancing
17. Drawings for Numerical Control
18. Welding Drawings
19. Design Concepts
20. Power Transmissions
21. Couplings, Bearings, and Seals
22. Cams, Linkages, and Actuators
PART 5: SPECIAL FIELDS OF
DRAFTING
23. Development and Intersections
24. Pipe Drawings
25. Structural Drafting
26. Jigs and Fixtures
27. Electrical and Electronics Drawings
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO
GRAPHICS COMMUNICATIONS
FOR ENGINEERS (B.E.S.T SERIES)
4th Edition
by Gary Robert Bertoline, Purdue
University-West
2008 / 320 Pages
ISBN : 9780071284271
Introduction to Graphics Communication
for Engineers presents both traditional
and modern approaches to engineering
graphics, providing engineering and
technology students a strong foundation
in graphics methods through
visualization, drawing, drafting, CAD
software, and 3-D modeling.
FEATURES
• Supplemental Solid Modeling
Exercise, new to the fourth edition,
focuses on 3-D solid modeling parts
and assemblies.
• Design Problems were developed to
profide students an opportunity to
exercise the various stages of the
design process. The problems
provide an ideation stage, a
decision-making stage, design
creation stage, and the
documentation stage. Each problem
includes provisions for sketching, 3-
D modeling, and documentation of
sthe student's final solution to the
problem.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Graphics
Communications 2. Sketching and Text
3. Section and Auxiliary Views 4.
Dimensioning and Tolerancing Practices
5. Reading and Constructing Working
Drawings 6. Design and 3-D Modeling
ENGINEERING DRAWING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 77
International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF
GRAPHICS COMMUNICATION
6th Edition
by Gary Robert Bertoline, Purdue
University-West Lafayette, Eric N.
Wiebe, North Carolina State
University—Raleigh, Nathan W.
Hartman, Purdue University-West
Lafayette, and William A. Ross, Purdue
University-West Lafayette
2010 / 800 Pages
ISBN : 9780071221795 [IE]
A thoroughly contemporary approach to
teaching essential engineering graphics
skills has made Fundamentals of
Graphics Communication the leading
textbook in introductory engineering
graphics courses. The sixth edition
continues to integrate design concepts
and the use of CAD into its outstanding
coverage of the basic visualization and
sketching techniques that enable
students to create and communicate
graphic ideas effectively. As in past
editions, the authors have included
many examples of how graphics
communication pertains to “real-world”
engineering design, including current
industry practices and breakthroughs. A
website provides additional resources
such as an image library, animations,
and quizzes.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Supplemental Solid Modeling
Problems have been added to the
sixth edition. This is a series of new
problems focusing on 3-D solid
modeling for parts and assemblies.
Visual examples for each part and
assembly have been created with
various solid modeling software
packages and are included with
engineering sketches to aid
students in visualizing part geometry
and the modeling process.
• New and revised end-of-problems.
• The tear-out drawing and sketching
worksheets that appeared in the
back of the fifth edition are now
posted on the website for easy
access and printing.
• Nathan Hartman (Purdue University)
and William Ross (Emeritus, Purdue
University) have been added as coauthors.
Both of them bring new and
exciting perspectives to the text.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Graphics
Communication 2 Sketching 3.
Engineering Geometry 4. Modeling
Fundamentals 5. Multiviews and
Visualization 6. Auxiliary Views 7.
Pictorial Projections 8. Section Views
9. Dimensioning and Tolerancing
Practices 10. Geometric Dimensioning
and Tolerancing (GDT) 11. Working
Drawings and Assemblies 12. Design
Problems Appendices Glossary
US Edition
PRO ENGINEER-WILDFIRE
INSTRUCTOR
5th Edition
by David S. Kelley, Central Michigan
University
2010 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9780073375359
Fully updated for the latest version of
software, Kelley’s Pro/ENGINEER
Wildfire 5.0 Instructor remains
organized around step-by-step tutorials -
the most effective way to teach and
learn this procedure intensive CAD
application. Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 5.0
Instructor provides a solid background
in parametric design and constraint
based modeling. In addition, the
comprehensive references make this
text an all-in-one tutorial, reference, and
lecture guide for students of Pro/
ENGINEER.Kelley’s Pro/ENGINEER
Wildfire 5.0 Instructor is fully updated for
the newest version of the software and
uses a very effective tutorial approach to
teach this procedure-intensive
application. Chapters start by covering
selected topics in moderate detail,
followed by one or more tutorials
covering the chapter’s objectives and
topics. At the end of each chapter,
practice problems are used to reinforce
concepts covered in the and previously
in the book. An accompanying website
features solutions for instructors as well
as ancillary materials for reading and
download.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Text has been fully updated to
include instruction in the new
features of Pro/Engineer Wildfire
5.0.
• A text website will feature
Commercial CD, Educational
CD,Demos Tutorials, solutions
manual, and image library.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Parametric Design 2.
Pro Engineers User Interface 3.
Constraint-Based Sketching 4.
Extruding, Modifying, and Redefining
Features 5. Feature Construction Tools
6. Revolved Features 7. Feature
Manipulation Tools 8. Creating a Pro
Engineer Drawing 9. Sections and
Advanced Drawing Views 10. Swept
and Blended Features 11. Advanced
Modeling Techniques 12. Assembly
Modeling 13. Surface Modeling
Appendix A Supplemental Files
Appendix B Configuration File Options
U.S. Edition
TECHNICAL GRAPHICS
COMMUNICATIONS
4th Edition
by Gary Robert Bertoline, Purdue
Univ-west Lafayette, Eric N. Wiebe,
North Carolina State University Raleigh,
Nathan Hartman, Purdue University,
and William Ross, Purdue University
School of Engineering Tech
2008
ISBN : 9780077221300
In it's fourth edition, Technical Graphics
Communication has become a standard
in the field of engineering and technical
graphics. This text presents both
traditional and modern approaches to
technical graphics, providing
ENGINEERING DRAWING
78 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
engineering and technology students
with a strong foundation in standard
drafting practices and techniques.
Strong emphasis on design and
industrial applications is found
throughout, reinforcing the real and
practical ways that technical graphics
skills are used in real companies.
CONTENTS
Part 1-Global Implementation of
Technical Graphics (Visual Science
for Technical Graphics) 1-Introduction
to Graphics Communications 2-The
Engineering Design Process 3-Design in
Industry 4-Integrated Production,
Automation and Manufacturing
Processes, and the Role of Technical
Graphics Part 2-Fundamental of
Technical Graphics 5-Design
Visualization 6-Technical Drawing Tools
7-Sketching and Text 8-Engineering
Geometry and Construction 9-Three-
Dimensional Modeling 10-Multiview
Drawings 11-Axonometric and Oblique
Drawings 12-Perspective Drawings 13-
Auxiliary Views Part 3-Fundamentals of
Technical Graphics 14-Fundamentals
of Descriptive Geometry 1-Intersections
and Developments Part 4-Standard
Technical Graphics Practices 16-
Section Views 17-Dimensioning and
Tolerancing Practices 18-Geometric
Dimensioning and Tolerancing Basics
19-Fastening Devices and Methods 20-
Working Drawings 21-Technical Data
Presentation 22-Mechanisms : Gears,
Cams, Bearings, and Linkages 23-
Electronic Drawings 24-Piping Drawings
25-Welding Drawings
International Edition
TECHNICAL GRAPHICS
COMMUNICATION
3rd Edition
by Gary Robert Bertoline, Purdue
University, West Lafayette, and Eric N.
Wiebe, North Carolina State University,
Raleigh
2003 / 1184 Pages
ISBN : 9780071199254
CONTENTS
1 Visual Science For Technical
Graphics 1. Introduction to Graphics
Communications 2. The Engineering
Design Process 3. Technical Drawing
Tools 4. Sketching and Text 5.
Visualization for Design 2
Fundamentals of Technical Graphics
6. Engineering Geometry and
Construction 7. Three-Dimensional
Modeling 8. Multiview Drawings 9.
Axonometric and Oblique Drawings 10.
Perspective Drawings 11. Auxiliary Views
3 Descriptive Geometry 12.
Fundamentals of Descriptive Geometry
13. Intersections and Developments 4
Standard Technical Graphics
Practices 14. Section Views 15.
Dimensioning and Tolerancing Practices
16. Geometric Dimensioning and
Tolerancing Basics 17. Fastening
Devices and Methods 18. Integrated
Production, Automation and
Manufacturing Processes, and the Role
of Technical Graphics 19. Working
Drawings Supplement : Design
Problems. 5 Technical Graphics in
Industry 20. Design in Industry 21.
Technical Data Presentation 22.
Mechanisms : Gears, Cams, Bearings,
and Linkages 23. Electronic Drawings
24. Piping Drawings 25. Welding
Drawings
International Edition
ENGINEERING DRAWING
AND DESIGN
7th Edition
by Cecil H. Jensen, Jay D. Helsel &
Dennis Short
2008 / 1120 Pages
ISBN : 9780071284202
Engineering Drawing and Design
prepares students for drafting careers in
a modern, technology-intensive industry.
Technical drafting, like all technical
areas, is constantly changing; the
computer has revolutionized the way in
which drawings and parts are made.
This text covers the most current
technical information available, including
graphic communication, CAD, functional
drafting, material positioning, numerical
control, electronic drafting, and
metrication, in a manner useful to both
the instructor and student. The authors
synthesize, simplify, and convert
complex drafting standards and
procedures into understandable
instructional units.
FEATURES
• Four-color design highlights the
text’s special features and enhances
instructional value of material.
• The authors bring together and
explain the manufacturing materials
that are available for engineering
design. They describe the
manufacturing process that
influences the shape, appearance,
and design of the product.
• The numerous assignments help
the reader gain practice.
• The test’s unit approach makes it
possible for instructors to put
together a customized program of
instruction that suits the needs of
their students and local industry.
• Text emphasizes all types of
fasteners, both permanent and
removable, that are currently
available.
CONTENTS
Part I : Basic Drawing and Design.
1. Engineering Graphics as a Language.
2. Computer-Aid Drawing ICADI. 3.
Drawing Media, Filing, Storage, and
Reproduction. 4. Basic Drafting Skills. 5.
Applied Geometry. 6. Theory of Shape
Description. 7. Auxiliary views and
Revolutions. 8. Basic Dimensioning. 9.
Sections. Part II : Fasteners, Materials,
and Forming Processes. 10. Threaded
Fasteners. 11. Miscellaneous Types of
Fasteners. 12. Manufacturing Materials.
3. Forming Processes. Part Ill : working
Drawings and Design. 14. Detail and
Assembly Drawings. 15. Pictorial
Drawings. 16. Geometric Dimensioning
and Tolerancing. 17. Drawings for
Numerical Control. 18. welding
Drawings. 19. Design Concepts. Part lV
ENGINEERING DRAWING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 79
: Power Transmissions. 20. Belts,
Chains, and Gears. 21. Coupling,
Bearings, and Seals. 22. Cams,
Linkages, and Actuators. Part v :
Special Fields of Drafting. 23.
Developments and Intersections. 24.
Pipe Drawings 25. Structural Drafting.
26. Jigs and Fixtures. 27. Electrical and
Electronics rawings. Computer-Aided
Drawing. Review and Assignments.
Glossary. Appendix-Standard Parts and
Technical Data, Index.
McGraw-Hill Australia Title
ENGINERING DRAWING
7th Edition
by Albert Boundy, Formerly with
University of Southern Questions
2007
ISBN : 9780070138186
Engineering Drawing remains the
leading Australian text for students of
engineering drawing and graphics. This
seventh edition has been updated in line
with the National Engineering
Curriculum, competencybased training
courses, and current Australian
Standards.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introductory and standards
information Chapter 2. Dimensioning
drawings: symbols, methods, common
features and screw threads Chapter 3.
Drawing representation: sectioning,
welding and surface texture Chapter 4.
Fits and tolerances: linear and geometry
Chapter 5. Geometrical constructions
Chapter 6. Orthogonal projection
Chapter 7. Descriptive geometry:
auxiliary views Chapter 8. Pictorial
drawing: isometric and oblique parallel
projection Chapter 9. Working drawings:
detail and assembly drawing Chapter 10.
Drawing analysis Chapter 11. Accounting
for leases / Appendix 1 Structural steel
sections / Appendix 2 Reinforced
concrete
COMPUTER
GRAPHICS
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
by Amrendra Nath Sinha, Professor,
Department of Mechanical Engineering,
Birla Institute of Technology, Mesra;
Arun Dayal Udai, Department of
Mechanical Engineering, Birla Institute
of Technology, Mesra
2007 / 640 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634374
This book is written for the student who
wishes to learn not only the concepts of
computer graphics but also its
meaningful implementation. It is a
comprehensive text on Computer
Graphics and is appropriate for an
introductory course in the subject.
FEATURES
• Facilitates better comprehension
with solved examples and practice
exercises.
• Over 40 complete C programs help
in implementation of algorithms.
• Detailed and effective discussion on
topics like 2 and 3-Dimensional
concepts.
• Emphasis laid on mathematical
model based algorithms.
• Complete chapter dedicated to
Animation
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Computer Graphics 2.
Graphics System 3. Output Primitives
4. Two Dimensional Transformations 5.
Windowing and Clipping 6. Plane
Curves 7. Three Dimensional Concepts
and Technique 8. Space Curve 9.
Surface Generation 10. Visible Surface
Detection 11. Color and Illumination
Models 12. Texturing 13. Shading
Methods 14. Modeling Concepts and
Techniques 15. Animation 16.
Introduction to Multimedia Bibliography
/ Index
PROCEDURAL ELEMENTS FOR
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
2nd Edition
by Rogers David United States Naval
Academy
2001 / 748 Pages
ISBN : 9780070473713
The second edition of this classic
computer graphics book represents a
major rewrite. The book is of special
interest to students, programmers and
computer graphics professionals. Major
new additions include graphical user
interfaces ellipse, image compression
and antialiased line algorithms. Clipping
algorithms now include those by Liang-
Barsky, Nicholl-Lee-Nicholl as well as
the classical Cohen-Sutherland,
midpoint, Cyrus-Beck and Sutherland-
Hodgman the appel, haloed line, Abuffer,
BSP, octree and marching cubes
algorithms. The original visible surface
ray tracing discussion is much
expanded. The rendering chapter now
includes additional discussion of
physically based illumination model,
transparency, shadows, textures and
cone beam, pencil and stochastic ray
tracing. The fundamentals of radiosity
are covered in detail. Uniform color
spaces and a detailed discussion of
gamma correction along with color
image quantization and color
reproduction for print media are added.
However, this edition retains and adds
to the many detailed worked examples
of the original.
CONTENTS
Preface • Preface to the First Edition 1.
Introduction to Computer Graphics 2.
Raster Scan Graphics 3. Clipping 4.
Visible Lines and Visible Surfaces 5.
Rendering Appendix : Problems and
Projects References Index
ENGINEERING DRAWING • COMPUTER GRAPHICS
80 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
MATHEMATICAL ELEMENTS FOR
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
2nd Edition
by David Rogers, United States Naval
Academy
2002 / 612 Pages
ISBN : 9780070486775
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Computer Graphics
2. two-dimensional Transformations 3.
three-dimensional Transformations 4.
Plane Curves 5. Space Curves 6.
Surface Description and Generation
Appendixes Appendix A: Computer
Graphics Software Appendix B: Matrix
Algebra Appendix C: Pseudocode
Appendix D: B-Spline Surface File
Format Appendix E: Problems
Appendix F: Programming Projects
Appendix G: Algorithms • Index
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
2nd Edition
(Schaums Outline Series)
(Special Indian Edition)
by Zhigang Xiang, Queens College,
NY, Roy A Plastock, New Jersey Inst.
of Tech, NJ Adaptation Author: P.S.
Avadhani, Professor and Head,
Department of Computer Science and
Systems Engineering, Andhra University
College of Engineering, Visakhapatnam.
2006 / 445 Pages
ISBN : 9780070601659
This book focuses on the fundamental
concepts and the relationship between
them. The book emphasizes on
mathematical and /or algorithmic
solutions. The concepts are also
discussed in sufficient depth so that the
book can also be used as a stand-alone
text on the subject. The solved
examples/problems, MCQs provided in
the book help in honing the problemsolving
skills of the students and also in
mastering the fundamentals of the
subject.
FEATURES
• Over 410 solved examples,
problems and objective questions.
• Ideal for honing the problem-solving
skills of the students
• New chapters on Computer
Animation, Graphics I/O Devices.
• Algorithms presented in ‘C’
language – Codes given in the book
are available for free download from
the book website.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. An Overview of
Graphics I-O Devices 3. Scan
Conversion 4. Two-Dimensional
Transformations 5. Two-Dimensional
Viewing and Clipping 6. Three-
Dimensional Transformations 7.
Mathematics of Projection 8. Three-
Dimensional Viewing and Clipping 9.
Curves and Surface Design 10. Hidden
Surfaces 11. Color and Shading Models
12. Ray Tracing 13. Computer Animation
PRINCIPLES OF INTERACTIVE
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
2nd Edition
by William M. Newman, Consultant
2001 / 641 Pgaes
ISBN : 9780074632932
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
(for DOEACC ‘A’ Level)
by ISRD Group, Lucknow
2006 / 372 Pages
ISBN : 9780070593763
This book is designed for the course on
Computer Graphics offered to students
taking the DOEACC’s ‘A’ level certificate
examination. The book will also be
useful to the Diploma students who take
a paper on Computer Graphics.
FEATURES
• Coverage of contemporary topics
like Multimedia and Open GL.
• Comprehensive treatment of Cubic
Curves.
• Written in a simple and lucid
language keeping in mind the
requirements of the target audience.
• Highly Illustrative with over 155
diagrams.
• The last 5 Question papers of
DOEACC ‘A’ level examinations
included at the end of the book as
an appendix.
CONTENTS
1. Computer Graphics Application
2. Graphic Devices 3. Graphical User
Interface 4. Scan Conversion 5.
Windows and Clipping 6. 2-D
Transformation 7. 3-D Transformation 8.
Three Dimensional Perspective
Geometry 9. Hidden Surfaces 10. Solid
Modelling 11. Advanced Modelling
Techniques 12. Color Models 13.
Multimedia and Its Applications 14.
Multimedia Building Blocks 15. Overview
of OpenGL 16. Matrices and
Determinations 17. Vectors
International Edition
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
2nd Edition
by Steven Harrington, Xerox
Corporation, Rochester
1987 / 466 Pages
ISBN : 9780071224725
CAD / CAM
CAD/CAM:
THEORY AND PRACTICE
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Zeid, Ibrahim, Associate Professor,
Department of Mechanical Engineering,
Northeastern University;
Sivasubramanian, R., Assistant
Professor, Department of Mechanical
Engineering, Coimbatore Institute of
Technology, Coimbatore
2009/ 840 Pages
ISBN : 9780070151345
The revised and updated edition of this
classic text provides a comprehensive
coverage of CAD/CAM with focus on the
application aspects. Replete with
numerous solved examples and
COMPUTER GRAPHICS • CAD/CAM
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 81
practical problems, it provides an
excellent learning experience to
students and practicing engineers.
FEATURES
• Exhaustive coverage of Geometric
Modeling
• Separate chapters on ‘Visual
Realism’ and ‘Finite Element
Modeling and Analysis’
• New sections on
• Computer Assisted Production
Management System
• Shop Floor Control System
• Flexible Manufacturing Systems
• Computer Integrated
Manufacturing
• Computer Monitoring and
Control System
• Parts-Based Manufacturing
Information System
• PEDAGOGY
• 94 Solved examples
• 448 Theoretical questions
• 69 Programming exercises
• 88 Laboratory exercises
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. CAD/CAM Hardware
3. CAD/CAM Software 4. Types and
Mathematics Representation of Curves
5. Types and Mathematical
Representation of Surfaces 6. Types
and Mathematical Representation of
Solids 7. CAD/CAM Exchange 8.
Geometric transformation 9. Visual
Realism 10. Graphics Aids 11.
Graphics Manipulations and Editing 12.
Finite Element Modeling and Analysis
13. Part Programming and
Manufacturing 14. Computer Aided
Quality Control 15. Computer Aided
Manufacturing
CAD/CAM:
PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
3rd Edition
by P N Rao, Professor, Department of
Industrial Technology, University of
Northern Iowa, Iowa, USA
2010 / Pages: 784
ISBN: 9780070681934
The book aims to provide a user
viewpoint of the CAD/CAM subject such
that the application aspect is given
predominant coverage. Keeping this
aspect in mind, technical terms have
been used without conciliating on the
reader friendly attribute of the text. The
topics are well structured and bifurcated
into sub-topics to increase the
understanding. Methodical approach
has been followed by first outlining the
objective in the beginning of each
chapter. The concepts in each are
explained in a very comprehensive and
coherent manner sustained effectively
with the help of solved examples,
figures and photographs; exercise
problems. The contents of the are
summarized at the end which enables
quick and handy revision. This edition
has been thoroughly revised and
updated in order to remain in conformity
with the course requirements and
provide the recent and contemporary
technological progress in the respective
areas. In all, the text would serve as the
most updated one in the field of CAD/
CAM.
FEATURES
• An Updated, Contemporary and
Complete text offering balanced
coverage on CAD/CAM.
• New on Computer Aided quality
Control.
• Augmented coverage of Computer
Graphics, Geometric Modeling and
Shop Floor Control.
• Enhanced and in-depth coverage of
Finite Element Analysis.
• Screenshots of various AutoCAD
2010 commands to help the readers
execute them efficiently.
• Pedagogy:
• Solved Examples: 65
• Review Questions: 348
• Problems: 80
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. CAD/CAM Hardware
3. Computer Graphics 4. Geometric
Modelling 5. CAD Standards 6.
Introduction to Drafting Systems 7.
Introduction to Modelling Systems 8.
Finite Element Analysis 9. Introduction
to Computer Numerical Control
10.CNC Hardware Basics 11. CNC
Tooling 12. CNC Machine Tools and
Control Systems 13. CNC
Programming 14. Tuning Center
Programming 15. Advanced Part
Programming Methods 16. Computer
Aided Part Programming 17.
Information Requirements of
Manufacturing 18. Group Technology
and Computer AIded Process Planning
19. Production Planning and Control
20. Communications 21. Material
Handling Systems 22. Flexible
Manufacturing Systems 23. Computer
Aided Quality Control 24. Computer
Integrated Manufacturing
MASTERING CAD/CAM (SIE)
2nd Editon
By Ibrahim Zeid, Northeastern
University
2011 / 932 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634343
The purpose and the goal of this book is
to present the fundamental concepts of
CAD/CAM and its tools in a generic
framework. It integrates theory, practice
and the use of the CAD/CAM systems
through examples, tutorials, discussions,
hands-on exercises. Topics
like 3D modeling & viewing, geometric
modeling and computer graphics,
product design and manufacture are
covered adequately.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive assembly of
modern topics: feature based
modeling, parametrics, NURBS,
collaborative design, Product Data
Management (PDM) and Product
Lifestyle Management (PLM).
• Effective use of CAD/CAM systems
including modeling and viewing.
• Models of real life objects including
CAD/CAM
82 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
razor, golf ball, AC dust and
telephone are given
CONTENTS
PART I USING CAD/CAM SYSTEMS 1.
Introduction 2. 3D Modeling and Viewing
3. Modeling Aids and Tools 4.
Engineering Drawings 5 . CAD/CAM
Programming PART II GEOMETRIC
MODELING 6. Curves 7. Surfaces 8.
NURBS 9. Solids 10. Features
PART III COMPUTER GRAPHICS 11.
Graphics Display 12. Transformations
13. Visualization 14. Computer
Animation PART IV PRODUCT
DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT 15.
Mass Properties 16. Assembly Modeling
17. Finite Element Method 18. Product
Data Exchange 19. Collaborative
Design PART V PRODUCT
MANUFACTURING AND
MANAGEMENT 20. Engineering
Tolerances 21. Process Planning 22.
Part Programming 23. Product Lifecycle
Management
AUTOCAD
US Edition
APPLYING AUTOCAD 2011
2nd Edition
by Terry Wohlers
2010 / 832 Pages
ISBN : 9780073375489
Applying AutoCAD 2011 has been
updated to accompany the new version
of the AutoCAD software, which
includes some useful features for both
3D modeling and 2D documentation.
Some of these features include: 3D
Mesh Modeling — A 3D mesh is a new
type of object that can be reshaped by
pushing or pulling on its surface. The
object can be converted to a 3D solid.
2D Parametric Design — Geometric
constraints between 2D objects are
now available, which means it is
possible to force lines to be parallel or
perpendicular to one another.
Dimensional constraints allow control
of a dimension based on a rule or a
formula. In addition, the text reflects
changes to the user interface, which
has been redesigned to make some of
the options more interactive and
context-sensitive.
FEATURES
• End-of-Review & Activities. Review
Questions allow you to check your
comprehension.
• AutoCAD at Work pages help you
explore the different types of careers
open to people with AutoCAD
knowledge and skills. Career
Activities encourage you to explore
the career in further detail.
• Web-Based Materials. Instructors
will be given web access that
includes the answers to end-ofquestions
and problems,
• PowerPoint presentations,
advanced projects, and other
materials.
• Students will be able to access
practice files and additional
problems.
CONTENTS
Part1. Groundwork 1. Exploring
AutoCAD 2. User Interface 3.
Workspaces, Toolbars, and Palettes 4.
Command Entry 5. Basic Objects 6.
Object Selection 7. Entering
Coordinates 8. Getting Help 9. File
Maintenance Part 2. Drawing Aids
and Controls 10. Object Snap 11.
Helpful Drawing Features 12.
Construction Aids 13. Zooming 14.
Panning and Viewing Part 3. Drawing
and Editing 15. Solid and Curved
Objects 16. Adding and Altering
Objects 17. Moving and Duplicating
Objects 18. Modifying and
Maneuvering 19. Hatching and
Sketching Part 4. Text and Tables 20.
Notes and Specifications 21. Text
Editing and Spell Checking 22. Tables
Part 5. Preparing and Printing a
Drawing 23. Drawing Setup 24. Layers
and Linetypes 25. Plotting and Printing
26. Multiple Viewports Part 6.
Dimensioning and Tolerancing 27.
Basic Dimensioning 28. Advanced
Dimensioning 29. Fine-Tuning
Dimensions 30. Tolerancing 31.
Calculations Part 7. Groups and
Details 32. Groups 33. Blocks 34.
Dynamic Blocks 35. Symbol Libraries
36. Attributes 37. Bills of Materials Part
8. Drawing and Modeling 38. Isometric
Drawing 39. The Third Dimension 40.
Drawing Objects in 3D 41. User
Coordinate Systems Part 9. Solid
Molding 42. Primitives 43. Basic
Modeling 44. Boolean Operations 45.
Adjusting Solid Models 46.
Documenting Solid Models 47.
Visualization and Navigation 48.
Benefits of Solid Modeling
US Edition
AUTOCAD 2010 INSTRUCTOR
6th Edition
by James A. Leach, University of
Louisville-Louisville
2008 / 1472 Pages
ISBN : 9780073375410
AutoCAD 2010 Instructor covers all
features and capabilities of AutoCAD.
The text is command-oriented so
chapters are centered around groups of
related commands. The full range of
AutoCAD commands, concepts, and
features is explained in the text. The
author's simple writing style enables
students to grasp concepts easily.
Fundamental concepts are discussed
first, then more advanced and
specialized features.
CONTENTS
1. Getting Started 2. Working with Files
3. Draw Command Concepts 4.
Selection Sets 5. Helpful Commands 6.
Basic Drawing Setup 7. Object Snap and
Object Snap Tracking 8. Draw
Commands I 9. Modify Commands I 10.
Viewing Commands 11. Layers and
Object Properties 12. Advanced Drawing
Setup 13. Layouts and Viewports 14.
Printing and Plotting 15. Draw
Commands II 16. Modify Commands II
17. Inquiry Commands 18. Creating and
Editing Text 19. Internet Tools 20.
Advanced Selection Sets 21. Blocks,
DesignCenter, and Tool Palettes 22.
Block Attributes 23. Grip Editing 24.
AUTOCAD
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 83
Multiview Drawing 25. Pictorial Drawings
26. Section Views 27. Auxiliary Views 28.
Dimensioning 29. Dimension Styles and
Dimension Variables 30. Xreferences 31.
Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) 32.
Raster Images And Vector Files 33.
Advanced Layouts and Plotting 34. 3D
Modeling Basics 35. 3D Display and
Viewing 36. User Coordinate Systems
37. Wireframe Modeling 38. Solid
Modeling Construction 39. Advanced
Solids Features 40. Surface Modeling
41. Rendering [Web-only chapter] 42.
Creating 2D Drawings From 3D Models
[Web-only chapter] 43. Miscellaneous
Commands and Features [Web-only
chapter] 44. Basic Customization [Webonly
chapter] 45. Menu Customization
[Web-only chapter] 46. CAD
Management [Web-only chapter] 47.
Express Tools and Batch Plotting [Webonly
chapter] / Appendix A System
Variables / Appendix B Command Alias
List Sorted by Command / Appendix C
Command Alias List Sorted by Alias /
Appendix D Buttons and Special Keys /
Appendix E Command Table Index
MACHINE DRAWING
MACHINE DRAWING:
INCLUDES AUTOCAD
2nd Edition
By Ajeet Singh, Retired Professor and
Head of Mechanical Engineering,
Department, MNIT Allahabad
2012 / 692 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072946
This book is for the course on Machine
Drawing studied by the undergraduate
mechanical engineering students.
Unique to this is the coverage of CAD
alongside the conventional discussions
on each topic. The important topics
pertaining to engineering drawing are
covered before discussing the machine
drawing concepts thus making this a
complete offering on the subject.
FEATURES
• Unique feature : Coverage of CAD
with the latest version of AUTOCAD
alongside the conventional discussion
on all the topics.
PEDOGOGICAL FEATURES
• Solved Examples : 116
• Practice problems : 303
• Objective type Questions : 865
• Review Questions : 468
CONTENTS
Section A - Drawing Fundamentals
1. Introduction to drawing 2. Computer
Aided Drafting fundamentals 3.
Drawing apparatus and material 4.
Lines and Free hand sketching 5.
Lettering 6. Dimensioning Section B –
Methods Of Projection 7.
Orthographic Projections 8. Sectional
view 9. Auxiliary views 10. Isometric
and Oblique views 11. Perspective
views Section C – Joints And
Couplings 12. Riveted joints 13.
Threads 14. Bolts and Nuts 15. Welded
joints 16. Shafts, Keys, Cotter and Pin
joints 17. Shaft coupling 18. Pipe joints
Section D – Production Drawings 19.
Tolerances, Limits and Fits 20.
Geometric tolerances 21. Materials 22.
Production drawings Section E –
Machine Parts 23. Springs 24. Belts
and pulleys 25. Bearings 26. Gears
Section F – Machines 27. Part and
Assembly Drawings 28. I.C. Engine
parts 29. Steam Power Plants 30.
Machine tool parts Section G - On the
website
MACHINE DRAWING
by Sidheshwar
2004 / 298 Pages
ISBN : 9780074603376
CONTENTS
PART I : FUNDAMENTALS OF
MACHINE DRAWING 1. Introduction. 2.
Principles of Drawing. 3. Shop
Processes. 4. Elements of Freehand
Sketching. 5. Orthographic Projections.
6. Sectional Views. 7. Auxiliary
Projections. 8. Isometric Projections. 9.
Oblique Projections. 10. Perspective
Project ions. 11. Advanced Freehand
Sketching. PART II : MACHINE
ELEMENTS 12. Screwed Fastenings.
13. Keys, Cotters and Pin Joints. 14.
Shaft Couplings. 15. Pipes and Pipe
Joints. 16. Riveted Joints. 17. Welded
Joints. 18. Bearings. 19. Gears and
Gearings. PART III : MACHINE
ELEMENTS 20. Limits and Fits. 21.
Blueprint Reading. 22. Assembly
Drawings. 23. Part Drawing.
MACHINE DRAWING
84 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
INTRODUCTION TO
ENGINEERING /
PROBLEM SOLVING
U.S. Edition
CONCEPTS IN ENGINEERING
2nd Edition
by Mark T. Holtzapple, Texas A & M
University, and W. Dan Reece, Texas A
& M University
2008 / 288 Pages
ISBN : 9780073191621
The second edition of Holtzapple and
Reece’s widely popular text, Concepts
in Engineering, introduces fundamental
engineering concepts to freshman
engineering students. Its central focus is
to positively motivate students for the
rest of their engineering education, as
well as their future engineering. Due to
the book’s concise, yet comprehensive
coverage, it can be used in a wide
variety of introductory courses. Text is
for students who are not sure if they
want to be engineers and the book
almost acts as a “hook”.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Addition of new chapter, Preparing
to be an Engineer.
• The text gives students a wellrounded
approach to engineering in
addition to meeting ABET
requirements for engineering
students.
FEATURES
• A consistent method of problem
solving is integrated into the book.
• Emphasizes design by including a
design project.
• Excites students about engineering
through providing interesting
problems and focusing on the
creative process of being an
engineer.
• Focuses on the fundamentals and
includes information that students
are unlikely to find elsewhere. This
text focuses on basic informationsuch
as grammatical rules for the SI
system and graphing rules- that
starts engineering students off with
just the right amount of “hard”
content.
CONTENTS
1. Preparing to Be an Engineer. 2. The
Engineer. 3. Engineering Ethics. 4.
Problem solving. 5. Introduction to
Design. 6. Engineering communications.
7. Numbers. 8.Tables and
Graphs. 9. SI System of Units. 10. Unit
conversions. Appendices. Topic Index.
Biographical Index
International Edition
FOUNDATIONS OF ENGINEERING
2nd Edition
by Mark T. Holtzapple & W Dan Reece,
both of Texas A&M University, College
station
2003 / 720 Pages
ISBN : 9780071195614
This book gives freshman engineering
students a solid foundation for all their
future coursework. It provides an
overview to the engineering profession
and of the skills they will need to
develop, as well as an introduction to
fundamental engineering topics such as
thermodynamics, rate processes, and
Newton’s laws. An important aspect of
the book’s approach is the method of
Engineering Accounting, which casts the
basic conservation laws (e.g., of energy
or mass) as simple “accounting”
procedures. This is a unifying concept
that facilitates problem-solving across
all engineering disciplines.
CONTENTS
Section I Introduction to Engineering
: 1. The Engineer. 2. Engineering Ethics.
3. Problem Solving. 4. Understanding
and Using Computers. 5. Introduction to
Design. 6. Engineering Communications.
Section II Mathematics : 7.
Numbers.8. Tables and Graphs. 9.
Statistics. Section III Engineering
Fundamentals : 10. Newton’s Laws. 11.
Introduction to Thermodynamics. 12.
Introduction o Rate Processes. 13. SI
System of Units. 14. Unit Conversions.
15. Introduction to Statics and Dynamics.
16. Introduction to Electricity. Section IV
Engineering Accounting : 17.
Accounting. 18. Accounting for Mass. 19.
Accounting for Charge. 20. Accounting
for Linear Momentum. 21. Accounting for
Angular Momentum. 22. Accounting for
Energy. 23. Accounting for Entropy. 24.
Accounting for Money. Appendix A Unit
Conversion Factors. Appendix B NSPE
Code of Ethics for Engineers. Appendix
C z Table. Appendix D Summary of
Some Engineering Milestones
International Edition
ENGINEERING FUNDAMENTALS
AND PROBLEM SOLVING
5th Edition
by Arvid R. Eide, Iowa State University,
Roland Jenison, Iowa State University,
Larry L. Northup, Iowa State
University, and Steven Mickelson, Iowa
State University
2008 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9780071101905
The fifth edition of Engineering
Fundamentals & Problem Solving is
written to motivate engineering students
during their first year. Students will
develop the skiIIs in solving open-ended
problems, this text will provide students
with experience in solving problems in
Sl and customary units while presenting
solutions in a logical manner.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Shows engineering students what
engineering is and what its like to
become an engineer. Deals with
problems that students would be
expecting to see within an
engineering curriculmn.
• Updated to include coverage of
bioengineering, nanotechno-logy,
and engineering materials.
• Focus on assessment.
• Updated to include a discussion of
workplace competencies, key
INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING / PROBLEM SOLVING • ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 85
actions, and self-assessment to
help prepare students for the
workplace and to help develop
learning portfolios.
FEATURES
• Focus on open-ended problems.
• Focus on problem solving.
CONTENTS
I The Engineering Profession. 2
Engineering Design—A Process. 3
Engineering Solutions. 4 Representation
of Technical Information. 5
Engineering Estimations and
Approximations. 6 Dimensions, Units,
and conversions. 7 Preparation for
computersolutions. 8Statistics.
9Mechanics. lOMaterial Balance. 11
Electrical Theory. 12 Energy. 13
Engineering Economics. Appendix A
Selected Topics from Algebra. Appendix
B Trigonometry. Appendix c Graphics.
Appendix D General. Appendix E Plane
Surfaces.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
International Edition
TECHNOLOGY VENTURES:
FROM IDEA TO ENTERPRISE
2nd Edition
by Richard C. Dorf, University of
California Davis, and Thomas H.
Byers, Stanford University
2008
ISBN : 97800711259231
Technology Ventures is the first textbook
to thoroughly examine a global
phenomenon known as “technology
entrepreneurs hip”. Now in its second
edition, this book integrates the most
valuable entrepreneurship and
technology management theories from
some of the world’s leading scholars
and educators with current examples of
new technologies and an extensive suite
of media resources.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Concise case studies and boxed
examples throughout the book have
been updated and expanded to
highlight the most current
technologies and include
international ventures.
• A new chapter focused on the
business plan includes a business
planning “roadmap” and is
supplemented by numerous online
resources.
• An updated design and art program
give the text a more engaging look
and feel.
• A running case study (on
AGRAQUEST, a bio-technology
firm) is blended into all chapters of
the text.
• The book focuses specifically on
technology-based ventures (both
start-ups and initiatives within
existing companies), and
emphasizes the role of the team in
the entrepreneurial process.
CONTENTS
PART I 1 capitalism and the Technology
Entrepreneur. 2 Opportunity and the
Business Summary. 3 Building a
competitive Advantage. 4 creating a
Strategy 5 Innovation Strategies. PART
II 6 Risk and Return. 7 venture creation
and the Business Plan. 8 Independent
Versus corporate Ventures. 9
Knowledge, Learning, and Design. 10
Legal Formation and Intellectual
Property. PART III 11 The Marketing and
Sales Plan. 12 The New Enterprise
Organization. 13 Acquiring, Organizing,
and Managing Resources. 14 The
Management of Operations. 15
Acquisitions, Mergers, and Global
Business. PART IV 16 The Profit and
Harvest Plan. 17 The Financial Plan. 18
Sources of capital. 19 Presenting the
Plan and Negotiating the Deal. 20
Leading a New Technology Venture to
Success. References. Appendix A
Business Plans. Appendix B cases.
Information Sources on the Internet.
Glossary, Index
AERODYNAMICS
FUNDAMENTALS OF
AERODYNAMICS
5th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Anderson, John D. , Jr. Curator for
Aerodynamics, National Air and Space
Museum, Smithsonian Institution And
Professor Emeritus, University of
Maryland
2010 / Pages: 1052
ISBN. 9780070700123
This text authored by one of the
pioneers in the field of aerospace is to
be read, understood and enjoyed. It is
written in a clear, informal and direct
style designed to talk to the reader and
gain his immediate interest in the
challenging and beautiful discipline of
aerodynamics. The structure of each is
highly organized in order to keep the
reader where we are, where we were
and where we are going.
FEATURES
• Completely SI metricated text.
• Includes Indian Research Activities
in the field of Aerodynamics.
• Exclusive amalgamation of historical
knowledge and contemporary
advancements in Aerodynamics.
• Roadmaps at the beginning of each
keep the reader well aware of the
proper flow of ideas and concepts.
• Preview Boxes at the beginning of
each motivate the reader to actually
enjoy reading the chapter
• Design Boxes placed in between the
chapters discusses design aspects
associated with the fundamental
material covered throughout the
book.
• PEDAGOGY.
• Solved Examples. 96
• Problems. 163
CONTENTS
1. Aerodynamics. Some Introductory
Thoughts 2. Aerodynamics. Some
Fundamental Principles and Equations
3. Fundamentals of Inviscid
ENTREPRENEURSHIP • AERODYNAMICS
86 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Incompressible Flow 4. Incompressibel
flow over Airfoils 5. Incompressibel
Flow over Finite Wings 6. Three
Dimensional Incompressibel Flow 7.
Compressibel Flow. Some Preliminary
Aspects 8. Normal Shock Waves and
Related Topics 9. Oblique ShocK and
Expansion Waves 10. Compressibel
Flow Through Nozzles, Diffusers, and
Wind Tunnels 11. Subsonic
Compressibel Flow over Airfoils. Linear
Theory 12. Linearized Supersonic Flow
13. Introduction to Numerical
Techniques for Nonlinear Supersonic
Flow 14. Elements of Hypersonic Flow
15. Introduction to Fundaments
Principles and Equations of Viscous
Flow 16. Some Special Cases:Couette
and Poiseuille Flows 17. Introduction to
Boundary Layers 18. Laminar
Boundary Layers 19. Turbulent
Boundary Layers 20. Navier-Stokes
Solutions
STABILITY AND
CONTROL
FLIGHT STABILITY AND AUTOMATIC
CONTROL
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Robert C. Nelson, University of
Notre Dame
2007 / 426 Pages
ISBN : 9780070661103
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. Static Stability and
Control. 3. Aircraft Equations of Motion.
4. Longitudinal Motion (Stick Fixed). 5.
Lateral Motion (Stick Fixed). 6. Aircraft
Response to Control on
AtmosphericInputs. 7. Automatic Control
Theory-The Classical Approach. 8.
Application of Classic Control Theory to
Aircraft Autopilot Design. 9. Modern
Control Theory. 10. Applications of
Modern Control Theory to Aircraft
Autopilot Design. Appendixes A
Atmospheric Tables. B Geometric, Mass,
and Aerodynamic Characteristics of
Selected Airplanes. C Mathematical
Review of Laplace Transforms and
Matrix Algebra. D Review of Control
System Analysis Techniques
SPACEFLIGHT
DYNAMICS
SPACEFLIGHT DYNAMICS
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by William E. Wiesel, Air Force Institute
of Technology
2007 / 332 Pages
ISBN : 9780070660502
CONTENTS
1. Partial Dynamics. 2. The Two Body
Problem. 3. Earth Satellite Operations.
4. Rigid Body Dynamics. 5. Satellite
Attitude Dynamics. 6. Gyroscopic
Instruments. 7. Rocket Performances. 8.
Reentry Dynamics. 9. The Space
Environment. 10. The Restricted Three
Body Problem. 11. Interplanetary
Trajectories. Appendixes A Vectors and
Matricies. B Linear Systems. C
Astrodynamic Constants.
DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT
AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE
AND DESIGN
by John Anderson, University of
Maryland, College Park
2010 / 580 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702455
CONTENTS
PART I : PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS
: 1. The Evolution of the Airplane
and its Performance : A Short History. 2.
Aerodynamics of the Airplane : The Drag
Polar. 3. Some Propulsion Characteristics.
PART II : AIRPLANE
PERFORMANCE : 4. The Equations of
Motion. 5. Airplane Performance : Steady
Flight. 6. Airplane Performance :
Accelerated Flight. PART III AIRPLANE
DESIGN : 7. The Philosophy of Airplane
Design. 8. Design of a Propeller-Driven
Airplane. 9. Design of Jet-Propelled
Airplanes. Postface. References.
Appendix A : Standard Altitude Table (SI
Units). Appendix B : Standard Altitude
Table (English Engineering Units).
FLIGHT
INTRODUCTION TO FLIGHT
6th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by John D. Anderson Jr. Curator for
Aerodynamics, National Air and Space
Museum, Smithsonian Institution And
Professor Emeritus, University of
Maryland
2010 / 860 Pages
ISBN : 9780070700116
This hallmark text authored by one of
the pioneers in the field of Aerospace
has been designed to present the basic
fundamentals of aerospace engineering
at the introductory level in the clearest,
simplest and most motivating way
possible. The book written in a
conversational writing style attempts to
talk to the readers and is meant to be
enjoyed as well as understood. The
ideas are explained in a carefully
planned manner with the uninitiated
reader in mind and have been made
interesting by the inclusion of
Roadmaps, Design Boxes, Preview
Boxes etc.
FEATURES
• Completely SI metricated.
• Includes Indian Aerospace Activities
to provide the knowledge about
contemporary developments taking
place in this field.
• Roadmaps at the beginning of each
in the form of flowcharts guide the
reader through the logical flow of the
material.
• Preview Boxes at the beginning of
each provide the reader an insight
about what each is about and why
the material is so important.
• Design Boxes placed in between the
chapters contain interesting and
important applications of the
fundamental material.
• Answers are provided alongside
Practice Problems.
• Pedagogy. Total 278
• Solved Examples. 100
• Problems. 178
CONTENTS
1. The First Aeronautical Engineers 2.
Fundamental Thoughts 3. The
Standard Atmosphere 4.Basic
STABILITY AND CONTROL • SPACEFLIGHT DYNAMICS • DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT • FLIGHT
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 87
Aerodynamics 5. Airfoils, Wings and
Other Aerodynamics Shapes 6.
Elements of Airplane Performance 7.
Principles of Stability and Control 8.
Space Flight(Astronautics) 9.
Propulsion 10. Flight Vehicle Structures
and Materials 11. Hypersonic Vehicles
US Edition
FATAL TRAPS FOR
HELICOPTER PILOTS
by Greg Whyte
2008 / 395 Pages
ISBN : 9780071488303
A vital resource for pilots, helicopter
enthusiasts, and aircraft maintenance
technicians, Fatal Traps for Helicopter
Pilots analyzes all aspects of helicopter
accidents, including flight basics,
engineering, meteorology, flight training,
and human factors. This life-saving
guide shows how proper preparation
can help prevent accidents by
addressing causes such as
aerodynamic problems, mechanical
failures, poor loading, mid-air collisions,
and more. Filled with case studies and
first-hand accounts of accidents, the
book organizes accident types by
primary causes, presenting proven
methods for eliminating or reducing the
possibility of each type. Greg Whyte, an
ex commercial helicopter pilot and
professional aviation writer, draws on his
own flying experiences and those of
other flight veterans to provide a wealth
of practical information and safety tips
that are essential for everyone who flies,
maintains or crews in helicopters.
CONTENTS
Acknowledgments / Foreword /
Introduction / Chapter 1. Basic Flight
Principles Chapter 2. Vortex Ring State
Chapter 3. Recirculation Chapter 4.
Ground Resonance Chapter 5.
Retreating Blade Stall Chapter 6.
Dynamic Rollover Chapter 7.
Overpitching Chapter 8. Main Rotor
Strikes Chapter 9. Mid-Air Collisions
Chapter 10. Mast Bumping Chapter 11.
Engine Failures Chapter 12. Tail Rotor
Failures Chapter 13. Mechanical Failures
Chapter 14. Fuel Chapter 15. Fire
Chapter 16. Ditching Chapter 17.
Loading Issues Chapter 18. Winching
Chapter 19. Weather Chapter 20. Crew
and Pre-flight Hazards Chapter 21.
Human Factors Chapter 22. Training
Mishaps / Further Reading / Index
AVIATION
TECHNOLGOY
AIRCRAFT ELECTRICITY &
ELECTRONICS
5th Edition
By Thomas K. Eismin
2010 / 417 Pages
ISBN : 9780070701298
One of five texts in Glencoe’s Aviation
Technology Series, (formerly the
Northrop series), Aircraft Electricity and
Electronics provides your students with
the information they need to perform
return-to-service-quality maintenance
and repair of aircraft electrical systems.
The material covered includes the
details necessary for the Federal
Aviation Administration certification of
Airframe and Powerplants Technicians.
The text expands well beyond this basic
information, however, providing as indepth
study of both ac and dc systems
for virtually all varieties of aircraft
CONTENTS
1. Fundamentals of Electricity 2.
Applications of Ohm’s Law 3. Aircraft
Storage Batteries 4. Wire and Wiring
Practices 5. Electrical Control Devices
6. Digital Circuits 7. Alternating Current
8. Electrical Motors 9. Electrical
Measuring Instruments 10. DC
Generators and Related Control
Devices 11. Alternators, Inverters, and
Related Controls 12. Power Distribution
Systems 13. Design and Maintenance
of AC Electrical Systems 14. Radio
Theory 15. Communication and
Navigation Systems 16. Weather
Warning Systems 17. Electrical
Instruments and Autopilot Systems
AIRCRAFT POWERPLANTS
7th Edition
by Michael J. Kroes and Thomas W.
Wild
ISBN : 9780070701267
2010 / 694 Pages
Aircraft Power plants, Seventh Edition,
part of the Glencoe Aviation Technology,
is the most comprehensive up-to-date
powerplant book on the market today. It
has been revised to reflect the latest
changes in FAR Part 147 and changing
industry needs.
FEATURES
• Expanded coverage of turbine
engine theory and nomenclature
• Includes additional current models
of turbofan, turboprop, and
turboshaft engines.
• Information on turbine engine fuel,
oil, ignition systems has been
expanded and divided into separate
chapters.
CONTENTS
1. Aircraft Powerplant Classification and
Progress 2. Reciprocating Engine
Construction and Nomenclature 3.
Internal Combustion Engine Theory and
Performance 4. Lubricants and
Lubricating Systems 5. Induction
Systems, Superchargeres, Turbochargers,
and Exhaust Systems 6.
Basic Fuel Systems and Carburetors 7.
Fuel Injection Systems 8. Reciprocating
Engine Ignition and Starting Systems 9.
Operation, Inspection, Maintenance,
and Troubleshooting of Reciprocating
Engines 10. Reciprocating Engine
Overhaul Practices 11. Gas-Turbine
Engine Theory, Construction, and
Nomenclature 12. Gas-Turbine Engine
Fuels and Fuel Systems 13. Turbine
Engine Lubricants and Lubricating
Systems 14. Ignition and Starting
Systems for Fas-Turbine Engines 15.
Turbofan Engines 16. Turboprop
Engines 17. Turboshaft Engines 18.
Gas-Turbine Operation, Inspection,
Troubleshooting, Maintenance, and
Overhaul 19. Propeller Theory,
Nomenclature, and Operation 20. Turbo
propellers and Control Systems 21.
Propeller Installation, Inspection, and
FLIGHT • AVIATION TECHNOLGOY
88 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Maintenance 22. Engine Control,
Indicating, and Warning Systems
AIRCRAFT BASIC SCIENCE
7th Edition
By Michael J. Kroes and James R.
Rardon
2010 448 Pages
ISBN : 9780070701274
The material in this text is designed
primarily as a resource for students of
aviation technology who are preparing
for FAA aircraft and powerplant
maintenance certification. The text
begins with a review of practical
mathematics and a general presentation
of the underlying principles of physics.
The extensively revised chapter on
aerodynamics provides students with a
conceptual understanding of the
mathematics and physics of flight.
Chapters are well illustrated and present
specific aspects of aircraft materials,
fabrication processes, maintenance
tools and techniques, and federal
aviation regulations. This updated
edition is consistent with FAA
regulations and procedures.
CONTENTS
1. Fundamentals of Mathematics 2.
Science Foundations 3. Basic
Aerodynamics 4. Airfoils and Their
Applications 5. Aircraft in Flight 6.
Aircraft Drawings 7. Weight and
Balance 8. Aircraft Materials 9.
Fabrication Techniques and Processes
10. Aircraft Hardware 11. Hand Tools
and Their Application 12. Aircraft Fluid
Lines and Fittings 13. Federal Aviation
Regulations and Publications 14.
Ground Handling and Safety 15. Aircraft
Inspection and Servicing 16.
Maintenance Shop Requirements and
Practices
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE &
REPAIR
6th Editon
By Michael J. Kroes and William
Watkins Frank Delp
2011 / 648 Pages
ISBN : 9780070701281
This text is one of five that compose the
Glencoe Aviation Technology Series.
This text provides coverage of practical
skills while building a foundation for
more advanced learning. It offers a
thorough presentation of all aspects of
aircraft maintenance and repair,
including information on new materials,
structures, systems, and processes.
This edition includes all the theoretical
and practical information that students
need for certification as FAA airframe
technicians in accordance with Federal
Aviation Regulations (FAR). In preparing
the Sixth Edition, the authors reviewed
FAR Parts 65 and 147 and appropriate
Advisory Circulars, as well as related
Federal Aviation Regulations.
CONTENTS
1. Hazardous Materials and Safety
Practices 2. Aircraft Structures 3.
Fabrication and Repair of Wood
Structures 4. Fabric Coverings 5.
Aircraft Painting and Markings 6.
Welding Equipment and Techniques 7.
Welding Aircraft Structures and Repair
8. Sheet-Metal Construction 9. Sheet-
Metal Inspection and Repair 10. Plastics
11. Advanced Composite Materials 12.
Assembly and Rigging 13. Aircraft Fluid
Power Systems 14. Aircraft Landing-
Gear Systems 15. Aircraft Fuel Systems
16. Environment Systems 17. Aircraft
Instruments and Instrument Systems
18. Auxiliary Systems 19.
Troubleshooting Theory and Practice
AIRCRAFT SAFETY
2nd Edition
by Shari Krause
2009
ISBN : 9780070677470
Shari Stamford Krause, Ph.D., is an
aviation safety research consultant. She
has taught aviation courses at Embry-
Riddle Aeronautical University and
aviation safety at Auburn University. Dr.
Krause is Chair of the Aircraft
Operations Technical Committee,
American Institute of Aeronautics and
Astronautics. Taken from the richest
source of flying information —
exhaustive flight safety investigations —
this updated book examines more than
40 accidents/incidents involving airline
and general aviation flights. By
thoroughly dissecting what happened
and why, aviation safety expert Shari
Stamford Krause offers tremendous
insights and techniques for pilots, air
traffic controllers, and managers alike.
CONTENTS
Part 1. Human Factors 1. Judgment
and Decision-Making 2. Accurate
Situation Assessment Leads to Good
Situation Awareness 3. Crew Resource
Management. The Integration of
Interpersonal Skills and Technical
Proficiency 4. Spatial Disorientation
Part I. Case Studies Part 2. RUNWAY
INCURSIONS Part II. Case Studies
Part 3. WEATHER 5. Air Masses and
Fronts 6. Cloud Formation 7.
Thunderstorms 8. Downbursts and
Low-Level Windshear 9. Icing
Conditions 10. Turbulence 11. Wake-
Vortex Turbulence Part III. Case
Studies Part 4. MID-AIR COLLISIONS
12. Mid-Air Collision Avoidance. From
See-and Avoid to Search-and-Detect
Part IV. Case Studies Part 4.
MECHANICAL AND MAINTENANCE
Part 5. Case Studies Index
AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS, 2nd Edition
by David Lombardo
2009
ISBN: 9780070671119
AVIATION TECHNOLGOY
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 89
PROFESSIONAL
REFERENCES
PLANNING AND DESIGN
OF AIRPORTS
5th Edition
by Robert M. Horonjeff, deceased,
Francis X. McKelvey, Michigan State
University, William J. Sproule, and Seth
Young
2010 / Pages: 748
ISBN: 9780071446419
Fully updated to reflect the broad
changes that have occurred in the
aviation industry, the new edition of this
classic text offers definitive guidance on
every aspect of airport planning and
design. Find unmatched coverage of the
geometric design of landing areas, air
traffic control systems, airport security,
demand forecasting, airport financing,
environmental assessment, terminal
and ground access system planning,
heliport and vertiport design, and much
more.
Filled with example problems, detailed
illustrations, up-to-date references, data
tables, charts, and the latest thinking on
key subjects, Planning and Design of
Airports offers complete coverage of all
the significant changes that have
recently taken place in air traffic control,
airport security, and aircraft navigation
systems, particularly those utilizing the
global positioning system.
CONTENTS
1. The Nature of Civil Aviation 2.
Aircraft Characteristics Related to
Airport Planning and Design 3. Air
Traffic Management 4. Airport Planning
Studies 5. Forecasting for Airport
Planning 6. Geometric Design of the
Airfields 7. Airfield Pavement Design 8.
Airport Lighting, Signing, and Marking
9. Airport Drainage 10. Planning and
Design of Terminal Area 11. Ground
Access Planning 12. Airport Security
Planning 13. Airport Capacity and
Delay 14. Airport Financial Planning 15.
Airport Environmental Planning
U.S. Edition
AIRPORT PLANNING
AND MANAGEMENT
5th Edition
by Alexander T. Wells, Embry Riddle
Aeronautical University, and Seth Young
2004 / 566 Pages
ISBN : 9780071413015
Professional Book
CONTENTS
Acknowledgements. Preface. PART I :
AIRPORTS AND AIRPORT SYSTEMS
: 1. Airports and Airport Systems : An
Introduction. 2. Airports and Airport
Systems : Organization and
Administration. 3. Airports and Airport
Systems : A Historical and Legislative
Perspective. PART II : THE
COMPONENTS OF THE AIRPORT : 4.
The Airfield. 5. Airspace and Air Traffic
Control. 6. Airport Terminals and Ground
Access. PART III : AIRPORT
OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT : 7. Airport Operations
Management Under FAR Part 139. 8.
Airport Security. 9. Airport Financial
Management. PART IV : AIRPORT
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION : 10. The
Economic, Political, and Social Role of
Airports. 11. Airport Planning. 12. Airport
Capacity and Delay. 13. The Future of
Airport Management. Phonetic Alphabet.
Abbreviations. Code of Federal
Regulations : 14 CFR-Aeronautics and
Space, Parts 1 Through 199. Code of
Federal Regulations : 49 CFR-1500
Series : Transportation Security
Regulations. Federal Aviation
Administration 150 Series. • Glossary. •
Index.
ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY
OF AVIATION
by Bharat Kumar
2005 / 784 Pages
ISBN : 9780071396066
ISBN : 9780070636323
THE METALS DATABOOK
by Nayar
2002
ISBN : 9780074623008
CONTENTS
1. The Elements and Their Properties 2.
Cast Irons 3. Steels 4. Aluminium and
Its Alloys 5. Copper and Its Alloys 6. Zinc
and Its Alloys 7. Powder Metallurgy 8.
Reference Data 9. Units and Measures
MACHINE TOOL DESIGN
HANDBOOK
by Central Machine Tool Institute
(CMTI)
2001 / 955 Pages
ISBN : 9780074515648
US Edition
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
OF DIESEL ENGINES
4th Edition
by Paul Dempsey, Master Mechanic
2008 / 390 Pages
ISBN : 9780071493710
Written by master mechanic and
bestselling author Paul Dempsey, this
hands-on resource covers new engine
technology, electronic engine
management, biodiesel fuels, and
emissions controls. The book also
contains cutting-edge information on
diagnostics… fuel systems…
mechanical and electronic governors…
cylinder heads and valves… engine
mechanics… turbochargers… electrical
basics…starters and generators…
PROFESSIONAL REFERENCES
90 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
cooling systems… exhaust
aftertreatment… and more.
CONTENTS
1. Rudolf Diesel 2. Diesel Basics 3.
Engine Installation 4. Basic
Troubleshooting 5. Mechanical Fuel
Systems 6. Electronic Management
Ststems 7. Cylinder Heads and Valves
8. Engine Mechanics 9. Air Systems 10.
Electrical Fundamentals 11. Starting and
Generating Systems 12. Cooling
systems 13. Greener Diesels / Index
US Edition
SMALL GAS ENGINE REPAIR
3rd Edition
by Paul Dempsey
2008 / 226 Pages
ISBN : 9780071496674
This popular, money saving-guide to
fixing engines that power garden
equipment, pumps, and standby
generators shows you how to tackle just
about any maintenance and repair job
with professional results. Revised and
updated to include the latest small
engine technology, this step-by-step
resource features new information on
overhead valve and cam engines,
advances in float-type and diaphragm
carburetors, new digital ignition
systems, advances in pollution-control
devices, and more.
CONTENTS
1. Basics 2. Troubleshooting 3. Ignition
Systems 4. Fuel System 5. Rewind
Starters 6. Electrical System 7. Engine
Mechanicak / Appendix: Internet
Resources / Index
US Edition
MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING
HANDBOOK
7th Edition
by Keith Mobley, Life Cycle
Engineering; Lindley Higgins,
Engineering consultant.; Darrin Wikoff,
Senior Reliability Consultant.
2008 / 150 Pages
ISBN : 9780071546461
The most comprehensive resource of its
kind, Maintenance Engineering
Handbook has long been a staple for
engineers, managers, and technicians
seeking current advice on everything
from tools and techniques to planning
and scheduling.
CONTENTS
SI Units and Conversion Factors /
Section 1: Organization and
Management of the Maintenance
Function Chapter 1. Redefining
Maintenance--Delivering Reliability
Chapter 2. Introduction to the Theory and
Practice of Maintenance Chapter 3.
Maintenance and Reliability Engineering
Chapter 4. Cooperative Partnerships
Chapter 5. Effective Maintenance
Organizations Chapter 6. Operating
Policies of Effective Maintenance
Chapter 7. Six Sigma Safety : Applying
Quality Management Principles to Foster
a Zero-Injury Safety Culture Section 2 :
The Horizons of Maintenance
Management Chapter 1. Corrective
Maintenance Chapter 2. Reliability-
Based Preventive Maintenance Chapter
3. Predictive Maintenance Chapter 4.
Reliability-Centered Maintenance
Chapter 5. Total Productive Maintenance
Chapter 6. Maintenance Repair and
Operations--Storeroom Excellence
Chapter 7. Computerized Planning and
Scheduling Chapter 8. Computer-Based
Maintenance Management Systems
Section 3 : Engineering and Analysis
Tools Chapter 1. Economics of
Reliability Chapter 2. Work Measurement
Chapter 3. Rating and Evaluating
Maintenance Workers Chapter 4. Work
Simplification in Maintenance Chapter 5.
Estimating Repair and Maintenance
Costs Chapter 6. Key Performance
Indicators Chapter 7. Maintenance
Engineer's Toolbox Chapter 8. Root
Cause Analysis Section 4 :
Maintenance of Plant Facilities
Chapter 1. Maintenance of Low-Sloped
Membrane Roofs Chapter 2. Concrete
Industrial Floor Surfaces : Design,
Installation, Repair, and Maintenance
Chapter 3. Maintenance and Cleaning of
Brick Masonry Structures Chapter 4.
Maintenance of Elevators and Special
Lifts Chapter 5. Air-Conditioning
Equipment Chapter 6. Ventilating Fans
and Exhaust Systems Chapter 7. Dust-
Collecting and Air-Cleaning Equipment
Section 5 : Maintenance of
Mechanical Equipment Chapter 1.
Plain Bearings Chapter 2. Rolling-
Element Bearings Chapter 3. Flexible
Couplings for Power Transmission
Chapter 4. Chains for Power
Transmission Chapter 5. Cranes :
Overhead and Gantry Chapter 6. Chain
Hoists Chapter 7. Belt Drives Chapter 8.
Mechanical Variable-Speed Drives
Chapter 9. Gear Drives and Speed
Reducers Chapter 10. Reciprocating Air
Compressors Chapter 11. Valves
Chapter 12. Pumps : Centrifugal and
Positive Displacement Section 6 :
Maintenance of Electrical Equipment
Chapter 1. Electric Motors Chapter 2.
Maintenance of Motor Control
Components Chapter 3. Maintenance of
Industrial Batteries (Lead-Acid, Nickel-
Cadmium, Nickel-Iron) Section 7 :
Instruments and Reliability Tools Chapter
1. Mechanical Instruments for Measuring
Process Variables Chapter 2. Electrical
Instruments for Measuring, Servicing,
and Testing Chapter 3. Vibration : Its
Analysis and Correction Chapter 4. An
Introduction to Thermography Chapter 5.
Tribology Section 8 : Lubrication
Chapter 1. The Organization and
Management of Lubrication Chapter 2.
Lubricating Devices and Systems
Chapter 3. Planning and Implementing
a Good Lubrication Program Section 9
: Chemical Corrosion Control and
Cleaning Chapter 1. Corrosion Control
Chapter 2. Industrial Chemical Cleaning
Methods Chapter 3. Painting and
Protective Coatings Chapter 4. Piping
Chapter 5. Scaffolds and Ladders
PROFESSIONAL REFERENCES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 91
Section 10 : Maintenance Welding
Chapter 1. Arc Welding in Maintenance
Chapter 2. Gas Welding in Maintenance
/ Index
International Edition
MARKS’ STANDARD HANDBOOK
FOR MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
11th Edition
by Eugene A. Avallone, The City
College of the City University of New
York, and Theodore Baumeister,
Columbia University
2007
ISBN : 9780071428675
U.S. Edition
STEAM PLANT OPERATIONS
8th Edition
by Thomas F. Lammers, Babcock &
Wilcox, Co., Ohio
2005 / 800 Pages
ISBN : 9780071418461
CONTENTS
1. Boilers. 2. Design and Construction
of Boilers. 3. Com bus tion of Fuels. 4.
Settings, Com bus tion Equip ment and
Heating Surfaces. 5. Boiler Accessories.
6. Operation and Maintenance of Steam
Boilers. 7. Pumps. 8. Reciprocation
Steam Engines. 9. Valve-Operating
Mechanisms. 10. Operation and
Maintenance of Steam Engines. 11.
Steam Turbines and Auxiliaries. 12.
Auxiliary Steam-Plant Equipment, En vi
ron men tal Control Systems. 13. Waterto-
Energy Plants
U.S. Edition
THE SIX SIGMA BLACK BELT
HANDBOOK
by Thomas McCarty, Michael Bremer
and Praveen Gupta
2005 / 640 Pages
ISBN : 9780071443296
CONTENTS
Preface. / Introduction. / Acknowledgements.
Part One: Strategy: 1. Planning
for Six Sigma. 2. Project Management.
3. Performance Reporting. Part Two:
Leadership for Six Sigma: 4.
Organizing For Six Sigma. 5. Team
Leader’s Tools. 6. Team Measurement
Concepts. Part Three: Corporate
initiatives: 7. Six Sigma. 8. Lean
Thinking. Part Four: Human Resources
Management: 9. Organizational
alignment. 10. Compensation and
Recognition. Part Five: Methodology
Tools: 11. Defi ne. Chapter 12. Measure.
13. An a lyze. 14. Improve. 15. Triz. 16.
Control. Part Six: Design for Six
Sigma: Part Seven: Financial
Measurements: 17. Financial. 18.
Operational. 19. Reporting. Part Eight:
By Industry. 20. Ser vice. 21.
Transaction. 22. Manufacturing. 23.
Healthcare. 24. Human Resources
Management.
THE STEEL HANDBOOK
by A. Nayar, Escorts, R&D Centre,
Faridabad
2002 / 998 Pages
ISBN : 9780074632987
Professional Book
International Edition
ROARK’S FORMULAS FOR
STRESS AND STRAIN
7th Edition
by Warren Young, University of
Wisconsin at Madison and Richard
Budynas, Rochester Institute
Technology
2002 / 832 Pages
ISBN : 9780071210591
Professional Book
CONTENTS
Part 1 : Introduction. 1. Introduction.
Part 2 : Facts; Principles; Methods. 2.
Stress and Strain : Important
Relationships. 3. The Behavior of Bodies
Under Stress. 4. Principles and Analytical
Methods. 5. Numerical Methods. 6.
Experimental Methods. Part 3 :
Formulas and Examples. 7. Tension,
Compression, Shear, and Combined
Stress. 8. Beams; Flexure of Straight
Bars . 9. Bending of Curved Beams. 10.
Torsion. 11. Flat Plates. 12. Columns and
Other Compression Members. 13. Shells
of Revolution; Pressure Vessels; Pipes.
14. Bodies in Contact Undergoing Direct
Bearing and Shear Stress. 15. Elastic
Stability. 16. Dynamic and Temperature
Stresses. 17. Stress Concentration
Factors. Appendix A : Properties of a
Plane Area. Appendix B : Glossary :
Definitions. Appendix C : Composite
Materials. Name Index. • Subject •
Index
PROFESSIONAL REFERENCES
92 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
U.S. Edition
HANDBOOK OF AIR CONDITIONING
AND REFRIGERATION
2nd Edition
by Shan Wang
2001 / 1,232 Pages
ISBN : 9780070681675
Professional Book
CONTENTS
Preface to Second Edition. Preface to
First Edition. 1. Introduction. 2.
Psychrometrics. 3. Heat and Moisture
Transfer through Building Envelope. 4.
Indoor and Outdoor Design Conditions.
5. Energy Management and Control
Systems. 6. Load Calculations. 7. Water
Systems. 8. Heating Systems, Furnaces,
and Boilers. 9. Refrigerants,
Refrigeration Cycles, and Refrigeration.
10. Refrigerants Systems: Compo-nents.
11. Refrigeration Systems:
Reciprocating, Rotary, Scroll, and Screw.
12. Heat Pumps, Heat Recovery, Gas
Cooling, and Cogeneration Systems. 13.
Refrigeration Systems: Centrifugal. 14.
Refrigeration Systems : Absorption. 15.
Air Systems : Components—Fans, Coils,
Filters, and Humidifiers. 16. Air Systems
: Equipment—Air-Hanling Units and
Packaged. 17. Air Systems : Air Duct
Design. 18. Air Systems : Space Air
Diffusion. 19. Sound Control. 20. Air
Systems : Basics and Constant-Volume
Systems. 21. Air Systems : Variable-Air-
Volume Systems. 22. Air Systems : VAV
Systems—Fan Combination, System
Pressure, and Smoke Control. 23. Air
Systems : Minimum Ventilation and VAV
System Controls. 24. Improving Indoor
Air Quality. 25. Energy Management and
Global Warming. 26. Air Conditioning
Systems : System Classification,
Selection, and Individual Systems. 27.
Air Conditioning Systems : Evaporate
Cooling Systems and Evaporative
Coolers. 28. Air Conditioning Systems :
Space Conditioning Systems. 29. Air
Conditioning Systems : Packaged
Systems and Desiccant-Based Systems.
30. Air Conditioning Systems : Central
Systems and Clean-Room Systems. 31.
Air Conditioning Systems : Thermal
Storage Systems. 32. Commissioning
and Maintenance. Appendix A :
Nomenclature and Abbreviations.
Appendix B : Pyschro-metric Chart,
Tables, and I-P Units to SI Units
Conversion.
U.S. Edition
LEAN SIX SIGMA USING SIGMAXL
AND MINITAB
by Issa Bass & Barbara Lawton
384 Pages
ISBN : 9780071621304
This book provides a complete guide to
Lean Six Sigma statistical and analytical
methods, plus coverage of SigmaXL
and Minitab, two of today’s most popular
analytical programs. Filled with more
than 100 real-life examples, this expert
resource covers Lean topics ranging
from basic data analysis to complex
Design of Experiment and Measurement
System Analysis. Readers will learn
about tools used in Lean Six Sigma
such as Statistical Process Control,
Taguchi Method, and Process Capability
Analysis, and get practice examples on
an affiliated website.
CONTENTS
Introduction An Overview of SigmaXL
1. Define 2. Measure 3. Analyze 4.
Improve 5. Control Appendix. Tables
Table A.1. Binomial Table A.2. Poisson
Table A.3. Chi Square Table A.4. Z
Table Table A.5. tTable Table A.6. F
Table Index
U.S. Edition
THE SIX SIGMA HANDBOOK
3rd Edition
by Thomas Pzydek & Paul Keller
2009 / 608 Pages
ISBN : 9780071623384
CONTENTS
Part I. Six Sigma Implementation &
Management; 1. Building the
Responsive Six Sigma Organization; 2.
Recognizing Opportunity; 3. Data-
Driven Management; 4. Maximizing
Resources; Part II. Six Sigma Tools
and Techniques; 5. Project
Management Using DMAIC and
DMADV; 6. The Define Phase; 7. The
Measure Phase; 8. Process Behavior
Charts; 9. Measurement Systems
Evaluation; 10. Analyze Phase; 11. The
Improve/Design Phase; 12. Control/
Verify Phase; Appendices; References;
Index
International Edition
JURAN QUALITY CONTROL
HANDBOOK
5th Edition
by J.M. Juran, and A. Godfrey
1999 / 1,872 Pages
ISBN : 9780071165396
Professional Book
PROFESSIONAL REFERENCES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 93
U.S. Edition
QUALITY MANAGEMENT
HANDBOOK
by John Hradesky, National Summit
Group
2009
ISBN : 9780071402828
CONTENTS
1. Leadership. 2. Business Assess-ment.
3. Strategic Business Planning. 4.
Tactical Planning to Achieve the Vision.
5. Marketing Planning. 6. Organizing for
Success. 7. Implementation. 8. Metrics
for Results and Drivers. 9. Right Sizing
Introduction. 10. Aligning the
Organization. 11. Customer Focus. 12.
Recognition and Reward System. 13.
Competent Personnel. 14. Learning and
development. 15. Culture Shift to an
Earnability Environment. 16. Six Sigma.
17. NLP in Sales. 18. Lean
Manufacturing. 19. Supply Chain
Strategy. 20. Process Optimization ? 21.
Sustain the Efforts Slightly Modified?
U.S. Edition
MCGRAW-HILL CONCISE
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ENGINEERING
by McGraw-Hill
2005 / 500 Pages
ISBN : 9780071439527
QUALITY WITHOUT TEARS
by Crosby
2004 / 206 Pages
ISBN : 9780070598485
LEAN SIX SIGMA FOR SERVICE:
HOW TO USE LEAN SPEED & SIX
SIGMA QUALITY TO IMPROVE
SERVICE AND TRANSACTIONS
by George
2003 / 386 Pages
ISBN : 9780070582583
LEAN SIX SIGMA: COMBINING SIX
SIGMA QUALITY WITH LEAN SPEED
by George
2002 / 338 Pages
ISBN : 9780070528932
WORLD CLASS QUALITY:
AN EXECUTIVE HANDBOOK
by Lulla
2004 / 523 Pages
ISBN : 9780070597877
TAGUCHI TECHNIQUES FOR
QUALITY ENGINEERING
2nd Edition
by Ross
2005 / 329 Pages
ISBN : 9780070598805
TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT:
A PRIMER
by Sundara Raju
2001
ISBN : 9780074624524
ROOT CAUSE-ANALYSIS:
A TOOL FOR TOTAL QUALITY
MANAGEMENT
by Wilson
1998 / 216 Pages
ISBN : 9780074624968
International Edition
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
5th Edition
by David L. Cleland, University of
Pittsburgh, Lewis R., Ireland
2008 / 523 Pages
ISBN : 9780071262378
Project Management: Strategic Design
and Implementation delivers complete
guidance on applying the theory,
processes, practices, and techniques of
project management to support
strategic planning. Written by two worldrenowned
project management leaders,
this new edition presents the latest
methods for using flexible teams to
implement organizational strategiesespecially
changes to products,
services, and processes.
Designed for use in both large and small
organizations, this updated classic
ranges from the project management
process…to project planning,
monitoring, evaluation, and control…to
continuous improvement through
projects. This resource offers new
material on project portfolio
management, earned value, project
management maturity, nontraditional
teams, project partnering, project
management outsourcing, and much
more.
CONTENTS
Preface / Acknowledgments /
Introduction / Part 1: Introduction
Chapter 1. The Evolution of Project
Management Chapter 2. Why Project
Management? Chapter 3. The Project
Management Process Part 2: The
Strategic Context of Projects Chapter
4. When to Use Project Management
PROFESSIONAL REFERENCES
94 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Chapter 5. The Strategic Context of
Projects Chapter 6. The Board of
Directors and Major Projects Chapter 7.
Project Stakeholder Management
Chapter 8. Strategic Issues in Project
Management Part 3: Organizational
Design for Project Management
Chapter 9. Organizing for Project
Management Chapter 10. Project
Portfolio Management Chapter 11.
Project Authority Chapter 12. Project
Management Maturity Part 4: Project
Operations Chapter 13. Project
Planning Chapter 14. Project
Management Information System
Chapter 15. Project Monitoring
Evaluation, and Control Chapter 16. The
Project Earned Value Management
System Chapter 17. Project Termination
Part 5: Interpersonal Dynamics in the
Management of Projects Chapter 18.
Project Leadership Chapter 19. Project
Communications Chapter 20. Successful
Project Teams Part 6: The Cultural
Elements Chapter 21. Continuous
Improvement Through Projects Chapter
22. Cultural Considerations in Project
Management Part 7: New Prospects
Chapter 23. Alternative Project Teams /
INDEX
MACHINE TOOLS HANDBOOK:
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
by Joshi
2007
ISBN : 9780070617391
HANDBOOK OF HEAT TREATMENT
OF STEELS
by Prabhudev
2004 / 776 Pages
ISBN : 9780074518311
CONTENTS
1. Principles of Heat Treatment of Steels
2. Elements of the Process of Heat
Treating 3. Heat Treatment Furnaces 4.
Control of Heat Treating Process 5. Gas
Nitriding 6. Ion Nitriding 7. Nitempering
(Gaseous Nitrocar-burizing) 8. Tufftride-
TF1 9. Sursulf 10. Sulfinuzing 11.
Carburizing 12. Cyaniding 13.
Carbonitriding 14. Flame Hardening 15.
Induction Hardening 16. General
Engineering Steels (Quenched and
Tempered Steels) 17. Free Cutting Steels
18. Spring Steels 19. Carbon Tool Steels
20. Cold Work Alloy Tool Steels 21. Hot
Work Tool Steels 22. High Speed Steels
23.Stainless steels 24. Heat Resisting
Steels
US Edition
BASIC FLIGHT PHYSIOLOGY
3rd Edition
by Richard O. Reinhart, M.D.,
Minnesota Air National Guard
2008 / 311 Pages
ISBN : 9780071494885
The Third Edition of Basic Flight
Physiology has been completely
updated and expanded with information
on THAT WILL REDUCE PILOT
IMPAIRMENT IN FLIGHT. This definitive
guide to PHYSIOLOGICAL human
factors in the flying environment
provides a wealth of preventive
measures pilots can take to anticipate
and compensate for HUMAN FACTORS
that cause 70% of all aviation accidents.
Packed with over 100 INFORMATIVE
illustrations, this resource contains
UNDERSTANDABLE coverage of THE
MANY PHYSIOLOGICAL FACTORS
THAT AFFECT PILOT PERFORMANCE
PLUS crew resource management, inflight
medical emergencies, health
maintenance programs, and more.
CONTENTS
Foreword / Foreword from first edition /
Introduction / Chapter 1. Human Factors
Defined Chapter 2. Basic Human
Anatomy Chapter 3. The Atmosphere
Chapter 4. Situation Awareness Chapter
5. Altitude Physiology Chapter 6. Hearing
and Vibration Chapter 7. Vision Chapter
8. Orientation Chapter 9. Self-Imposed
Medical Stresses Chapter 10.
Environmental Stresses Chapter 11.
Sleep, Jet Lag, and Fatigue Chapter 12.
Acceleration Chapter 13. Crew Resource
PROFESSIONAL REFERENCES
Management (CRM) Chapter 14. Human
Factors of Automation Chapter 15. In-
Flight Medical Emergencies Chapter 16.
Health Maintenance Program Chapter
17. Medical Standards, Regulation, and
Certification / Glossary / Recommended
resources for aerospace medicine and
flight physiology / Index
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 95
INDEX
A
Agarwal : Introduction To Engineering Materials ............ 10
Agrawal : Engineering Drawing ....................................... 75
Alciatore : Introduction To Mechatronics
And Measurement System ................................... 29, 53
Ananthanarayanan : Basic Refrigeration And Air
Conditioning 3rd Edition ............................................. 47
Anderson : Aircraft Performance And Design ................ 86
Anderson : Computational Fluid Dynamics .................... 37
Anderson : Computational Fluid Dynamics
The Basics With Application ...................................... 34
Anderson : Fundamentals Of Aerodynamics
5th Edition (SIE) ......................................................... 85
Anderson : Introduction To Flight
6th Edition (SIE) ......................................................... 86
Anderson : Modern Compressible Flow
With Historical Perspectice ........................................ 36
Anderson : Shop Theory 6th Edition .............................. 18
Arasu : Engineering Thermodynamics ............................ 40
Arora : Refrigeration And Air
Conditioning 3rd Edition ............................................. 47
Arora : Thermodynamics ................................................. 39
Avallone : Marks’ Standard Handbook
For Mechanical Engineers ......................................... 91
Avner : Introduction To Physical
Metallurgy 2nd Edition ................................................ 12
B
Babu : Design Of Machine Elements 2nd Edition .......... 25
Balagurusamy : Reliability Engineering ......................... 68
Bannister : Industrial Energy
Efficiency Handbook ................................................... 62
Barber : Intermediate Mechanics Of Materials ................ 11
Barkley : Project Management In New Product
Development ............................................................... 31
Baruh : Analytical Dynamics .............................................. 5
Bass : Lean Six Sigma Using
Sigmaxl And Minitab ................................................... 92
Bawa : Workshop Practice 2nd Edition ........................... 17
Beer : Mechanics For Engineers:
Dynamics 5th Edition ................................................... 5
Beer : Mechanics For Engineers:
Statics 5th Edition ......................................................... 4
Beer : Mechanics Of Materials
5th Edition (Si Units) (Sie) .......................................... 6
Beer : Statics And Mechanics Of Materials ....................... 9
Beer : Vector Mechanics For Engineers:
Dynamics 9th Edition ................................................... 3
Beer : Vector Mechanics For
Engineers: Dynamics, (Si Units) ................................. 3
Beer : Vector Mechanics For Engineers:
Statics, (Si Units) .......................................................... 2
Beer : Vector Mechanics For Engineers:
Statics 9th Edition ......................................................... 2
Beer : Vector Mechanics For Engineers:
Statics And Dynami ...................................................... 1
Bell : Hvac Equations, Data And
Rules Of Thumb 2nd Edition ...................................... 48
Bewoor : Metrology And Measurements ......................... 51
Bhandari : Design Of Machine
Elements 3rd Edition .................................................. 24
Bhandari : Introduction To Machine Design ................... 25
Blank : Engineering Economy 7th Edition ...................... 64
Boundy : Enginering Drawing 7th Edition ....................... 79
Bowles : The Engineering Properties
Of Soil And Their Measu ............................................ 71
Buchanan : Finite Element Analysis
(Special Indian Edition) .............................................. 61
Budynas : Advanced Strength And Applied
Stress Analysis 2nd Edition ........................................ 10
Budynas : Shigley’s Mechanical
Engineering Design 9th Edition ................................. 24
C
Canter : Environmental Impact
Assessment 2nd Edition ............................................ 73
Cengel : Fluid Mechanics:Fundamentals
And Applications 2nd .................................................. 32
AUTHOR INDEX
96 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Cengel : Fundamentals Of Thermal-fluid
Sciences With Student ............................................... 35
Cengel : Heat And Mass Transfer Fundamentals
And Application ........................................................... 41
Cengel : Heat And Mass Transfer: A Practical
Approach 4th Edition .................................................. 43
Cengel : Introduction To Thermodynamics
And Heat Transfer W .................................................. 40
Cengel : Thermodynamics An Engineering
Approach 7th Edition .................................................. 38
Cengel : Thermodynamics An Engineering
Approach With Student .............................................. 38
Cengel : Machine Tool Design Handbook ....................... 89
Chary : Production & Operations
Management 4th Edition ............................................ 66
Chattopadhyay : Boiler Operation Engineering
Questions And Answers ............................................. 50
Cheng : Statics And Strength Of
Materials 2nd Edition .................................................. 10
Cimbala : Essential Of Fluid Mechanics ......................... 35
Cleland : Project Management 5th Edition ..................... 93
Courtney : Mechanical Behavior Of
Materials, 2nd Edition ................................................... 7
Crandall : An Introduction To Mechanics
Of Solids 3rd Edition .................................................... 7
Crosby : Quality Without Tears ....................................... 93
Crouse : Automotive Mechanics
10th Edition (Special Indian Edition) ......................... 57
Cunningham : Principles Of Environmental
Science: Inquiry And .................................................. 70
D
David : Procedural Elements For Computer
Graphics 2nd Edition .................................................. 79
Davis : Introduction To Environmental
Engineering 4th Edition ............................................. 70
Davis : Principles Of Environmental Engineering
& Science .................................................................... 71
Deb : Robotics Technology And Flexible Automation 2nd
Edition ......................................................................... 23
Dempsey : Small Gas Engine Repair 3rd Edition ......... 90
Dempsey : Troubleshooting And Repair
Of Diesel Engines 4th Edition .................................... 89
Deshmukh : Industrial Safety Management:
Hazard Identification ................................................. 63
Dieter : Engineering Design 4th Edition .......................... 62
Dieter : Mechanical Metallurgy 3rd Edition ..................... 12
Doebelin : Doebelin’s Measurement Systems
6th Edition (SIE) ......................................................... 51
Donaldson : Tool Design (Sie),
4th Edition ................................................................... 18
Dorf : Technology Ventures: From Idea
To Enterprise 2nd Edition ........................................... 85
Dubey : Engineering Mechanics ........................................ 1
Dunn : Fundamentals Of Industrial
Instrumentation And Pro ............................................ 54
Dunn : Measurement And Data Analysis
For Engineering And ................................................... 55
E
Ebeling : An Introduction To Reliability
And Maintainability ..................................................... 68
Eide : Engineering Fundamentals And Problem
Solving 5th Edition ...................................................... 84
Eismin : Aircraft Electricity & Electronics
5th Edition ................................................................... 87
El-wakil : Power Plant Technology .................................. 48
Elonka : Standard Boiler Operators
Questions And Answers ............................................. 50
Elonka : Standard Boiler Room Questions
And Answers 3rd Edition ............................................ 50
Elonka : Engineering Thermodynamics
4th Edition ................................................................... 38
F
Fitzpatrick : Machining & Cnc Technology
With Student Dvd, Update ......................................... 20
Ford : Design For Electrical And
Computer Engineers .................................................. 62
Freivalds : Niebel’s Methods, Standards,
& Work Design 12th Edition ....................................... 63
Freivalds : Robotics Control, Sensing,
Vision, And Intelligen .................................................. 23
AUTHOR INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 97
G
Ganesan : Gas Turbines 3rd Edition ............................... 49
Ganesan : Internal Combustion
Engines, 4th Edition ................................................... 49
Garg : Solar Energy Fundamentals
And Applications ......................................................... 46
George : Lean Six Sigma For Service:
How To Use Lean Speed ............................................ 93
George : Lean Six Sigma: Combining Six
Sigma Quality With L .................................................. 93
Giles : Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulics
(Schaum’s Outline Ser ............................................... 34
Gitlow : Quality Management
3rd Edition (Special Indian Edition) ........................... 69
Glencoe : Automotive Excellence
Volume 1 2nd Edition ................................................. 60
Glencoe : Automotive Excellence
Volume 2 2nd Edition ................................................. 60
Gopal : Control Systems: Principles
And Design 3rd Edition .............................................. 13
Gopal : Digital Control And State
Variable Methods: Conven ......................................... 13
Gopalakrishnan : Purchasing And Materials
Management ............................................................... 67
Gowda : Mechanical Vibrations ....................................... 28
Grant : Jigs And Fixtures:Non Standard
Clamping Devices ....................................................... 21
Grant : Statistical Quality Control 7th Edition ................. 69
Groover : Industrial Robotics (Sie):
Technology, Programming .......................................... 22
Gryna : Juran’s Quality Planning &
Analysis 5th Edition .................................................... 69
Gupta : Total Quality Management .................................. 68
Gupta : Virtual Instrumentation Using
Labview: Principles ..................................................... 54
H
Hall : Machine Design (In Si Units)
(Special Indian Edition ................................................ 26
Hamrock : Fundamentals Of Machine
Elements 2nd Edition ................................................. 26
Harper : Solar Energy Projects For
The Evil Genius .......................................................... 46
Harrell : Simulation Using Promodel
3rd Edition ................................................................... 75
Harrington : Computer Graphics 2nd Edition ................ 80
Harrington : Simulation Modeling
Methods To Reduce Risks And In .............................. 74
Heine : Principles Of Metal
Casting 2nd Editon ..................................................... 17
Henkel : Structures And Properties
Of Engineering Materials ............................................. 11
Heywood : Internal Combustion Engine
Fundamentals ............................................................. 50
Hicks : Pump Operation And
Maintenance ............................................................... 55
Hindustan Machine Tools Ltd. : Mechatronics ............. 30
Hmt : Production Technology ........................................... 17
Holman : Experimental Methods For Engineers
7th Edition (SIE) ......................................................... 52
Holman : Heat Transfer 10th Edition .............................. 42
Holman : Heat Transfer 10th Edition
(Special Indian Edition ................................................ 41
Holtzapple : Concepts In
Engineering 2nd Edition ............................................. 84
Holtzapple : Foundations Of
Engineering 2nd Edition ............................................. 84
Hopp : Factory Physics 3rd Edition ................................. 67
Horonjeff : Planning And Design Of
Airports 5th Edition ..................................................... 89
Hradesky : Quality Management Handbook ................... 93
Hsu : Mems And Microsystems Design
And Manufature .......................................................... 22
Hughes : Schaum’s Outline Of
Fluid Dynamics 3rd Edition ........................................ 36
Hutton : Fundamentals Of Finite
Element Analysis ........................................................ 61
I
Ibrahim : Cad/Cam:Theory And
Practice 2nd Edition (SIE) .......................................... 80
Isrd Group : Computer Graphics
(For Doeacc ‘A’ Level) ................................................ 80
Ito : Modular Design For Machine Tools ......................... 19
AUTHOR INDEX
98 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
J
Jackson : Schaum’s Outline Of
Statics And Strength Of Materi .................................... 11
Jain : Principles Of Foundry
Technology 5th Edition ............................................... 16
Jensen : Engineering Drawing
& Design, 7th Edition .................................................. 76
Jensen : Engineering Drawing And
Design 7th Edition ...................................................... 78
John : Plasma Science And
Creation Of Wealth ..................................................... 13
Jolhe : Engineering Drawing:An
Introduction To Autocad .............................................. 75
Jonsson : Manufacturing Planning And Control ............. 65
Joseph : Control Systems 3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition) .............................................. 15
Joseph : Environmental Studies 2nd Edition .................. 69
Joshi : Jigs And Fixtures 2nd Edition .............................. 21
Joshi : Machine Tools Handbook:
Design And Construction ........................................... 94
Juran : Juran Quality Control
Handbook 5th Edition ................................................. 92
K
Karassik : Pump Handbook 4th Edition .......................... 56
Kays : Convective Heat And Mass
Transfer 4th Edition .................................................... 44
Kays : Convective Heat And Mass
Transfer, 4th Edition ................................................... 42
Kazimi : Solid Mechanics Revised 1st Edition ................ 11
Kelley : Pro Engineer-wildfire
Instructor 5th Edition .................................................. 77
Kelly : Mechanical Vibrations
(Special Indian Edition) .............................................. 28
Kelton : Simulation With Arena 4th Edition .................... 73
Kern : Process Heat Transfer .......................................... 43
Khan : Non Conventional Energy
Resources 2nd Edition ............................................... 45
Kiely : Environmental Engineering
(Special Indian Edition) .............................................. 71
King : Introduction To Data Acquisition
With Labview CD-Rom ............................................... 55
Kohan : Boiler Operator’s Guide 4th Edition .................. 51
Kohli : Automotive Electrical Equipment ........................ 60
Krar : Technology Of Machine Tools 7th Edition ............. 19
Krause : Aircraft Safety 2nd Edition ................................ 88
Krishnamurthy : Finite Element Analysis:
Theory And Programming 2nd Edition ...................... 61
Kroes : Aircraft Basic Science 7th Edition ...................... 88
Kroes : Aircraft Maintenance & Repair 6th Editon .......... 88
Kroes : Aircraft Powerplants 7th Edition ......................... 87
Kulkarni : Machine Design (Sigma Series) .................... 25
Kumar : Control Systems (Sigma Series) ....................... 15
Kumar : Engineering Mechanics 4th Edition .................... 4
Kumar : Illustrated Dictionary Of Aviation ....................... 89
L
Lagrega : Hazardous Waste
Management 2nd Edition ........................................... 72
Lammers : Steam Plant Operations 8th Edition ....... 45, 91
Law : Simulation Modeling And
Analysis 4th Edition (SIE) .......................................... 74
Leach : Autocad 2010 Instructor 6th Edition .................. 82
Liou : Microfluid Mechanics ............................................. 37
Little : Welding And Welding Technology ....................... 20
Lombardo : Aircraft Systems, 2nd Edition ..................... 88
Lulla : World Class Quality: An
Executive Handbook ................................................... 93
M
Mahalik : Mechatronics Principles:Concepts
And Applications ......................................................... 30
Mahalik : Mems ................................................................ 21
Maitra : Handbook Of Gear
Design 2nd Edition ..................................................... 27
Maitra : Handbook Of Mechanical Design ...................... 27
Majumdar : Oil Hydraulic Systems ................................. 57
Majumdar : Pneumatic Systems:Principles
And Maintenance ........................................................ 57
Martin : Ethics In Engineering 3rd Edition ...................... 73
AUTHOR INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 99
Martin : Introduction To Engineering
Ethics 2nd Edition ....................................................... 73
May : Automotive Mechanics Vo Lume
2 8th Edition ................................................................ 59
Martin : Automotive Mechanics
Volume 1 8th Edition .................................................. 59
Mccarty : The Six Sigma Black Belt Handbook .............. 91
Mcgraw-hill : Mcgraw-hill Concise
Encyclopedia Of Engineering .................................... 93
Mclean : Schaum’s Outline Of Engineering
Mechanic 5th Edition .................................................... 5
Mehta : Machine Tool Design And
Numerical Control 2nd Editon .................................... 19
Mehta : Machine Tool Design And
Numerical Control, 3rd Edition ................................... 18
Michael : Water Wells &
Pumps 2nd Edition ..................................................... 56
Mittal : Robotics And Control ........................................... 23
Mobley : Maintenance Engineering
Handbook 7th Edition ................................................. 90
Murthy : Structure And Properties
Of Engineering Materials .............................................. 9
N
Nag : Basic & Applied
Thermodynamics 2nd Editon ..................................... 39
Nag : Heat And Mass Transfer 3rd Edition ...................... 42
Nag : Power Plant Engineering 3rd Edition ..................... 48
Nahmias : Production And Operations
Analysis 6th Edition .................................................... 66
Nakra : Instrumentation, Measurements
And Analysis 3rd Edition ............................................ 52
Narula : Material Science .................................................. 9
Nash : Strength Of Materials
5th Edition (Special Indian Edition) ............................. 7
Nayar : Testing Of Metals ................................................. 12
Nayar : The Metals Databook .......................................... 89
Nayar : The Steel Handbook ............................................ 91
Negi : Strength Of Materials (Sigma Series) .................... 8
Nelson : Engineering Mechanics ...................................... 4
Nelson : Flight Stability And Automatic
Control 2nd Edition ..................................................... 86
Newman : Principles Of Interactive
Computer Graphics 2nd Edition ................................ 80
Norton : Kinematics And Dynamics Of
Machinery (Special Indian Edition) ............................ 24
P
Palani : Control Systems: Engineering 2nd Edition ....... 15
Palm : System Dynamics 2nd Edition ............................. 29
Pandey : Modern Machining Process ............................. 17
Pati : Textbook Of Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic
Machines ..................................................................... 32
Patranabis : Principles Of Industrial
Instrumentation 3rd Edition ........................................ 54
Peavy : Environmental Engineering ................................ 72
Petela : Thermal Radiation Engineering:
For Solar Power Ene .................................................. 43
Pitts : Schaum’s Outline Of Heat
Transfer 2nd Edition ................................................... 44
Pohl : Thermodynamics Demystified .............................. 41
Poling : Properties Of Gas And Liquids 5th Edition ......... 9
Potter : Fluid Mechanics Demystified ............................. 36
Potter : Schaum’s Outlines Thermodynamics
2nd Edition (SIE) ........................................................ 40
Prabhudev : Handbook Of Heat
Treatment Of Steels ................................................... 94
Pzydek : The Six Sigma Handbook
3rd Edition ................................................................... 92
R
Raju : Total Quality Management: A Primer ................... 93
Ramasamy : Calibration Principles ................................. 68
Ramaswamy : Total Quality Management ...................... 68
Rangan : Instrumentation 2nd Edition ............................ 53
Rao : Cad/Cam: Principles And
Applications 3rd Edition ............................................. 81
Rao : Fluid Mechanicsand
Machinery 2nd Edition ................................................ 33
Rao : Manufacturing Technology:
(Volume-1) Foundry, Form ......................................... 16
AUTHOR INDEX
100 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Rao : Manufacturing Technology:
(Volume-2) Metal Cutting ........................................... 16
Rathore : Thermal Engineering ....................................... 37
Rattan : Strength Of Materials 2nd Edition ....................... 5
Rattan : Theory Of Machines 3rd Edition ........................ 23
Reddy : Finite Element An Introduction
To The Finite Eleme ................................................... 60
Reinhart : Basic Flight Physiology 3rd Edition ............... 94
Riggs : Engineering Economy 4th Edition ...................... 64
Roberge : Corrosion Engineering .................................... 12
Robert : Fundamentals Of Graphics
Communication 6th Edition ........................................ 77
Robert : Introduction To Graphics
Communications For Engine ..................................... 76
Robert : Technical Graphics
Communication 3rd Edition ........................................ 78
Robert : Technical Graphics
Communications 4th Edition ...................................... 77
Rogers : Mathematical Elements For
Computer Graphics 2nd Edition ................................ 80
Ross : Taguchi Techniques For
Quality Engineering 2nd Edition ................................ 93
Rubin : Introduction To Engineering
And The Environment ................................................. 72
S
Sacks : Welding Principles And
Practices 3rd Edition .................................................. 20
Saha : Introduction To Robotics ....................................... 22
Sanders : Human Factors In Engineering
And Design 7th Editio ................................................. 63
Sarkar : Strength Of Materials ........................................... 8
Sarkar : Thermal Engineering .......................................... 41
Sawyer : Chemistry For Environmental
Engineering And Scienc ............................................. 72
Schey : Introduction To Manufacturing
Processes, 3rd Edition ............................................... 18
Schulz : Diesel Mechanics, 4th Edition .......................... 58
Sidheshwar : Machine Drawing ...................................... 83
Singh : Fitting Sidhant, (Hindi) Fitter
Trade Theory 3rd Edition ............................................ 17
Singh : Industrial Instrumentation And
Control 3rd Edition ...................................................... 53
Singh : Machine Drawing: Includes
Autocad 2nd Edition ................................................... 83
Sinha : Computer Graphics ............................................. 79
Sivakumar : Introduction To Environmental
Science And Engineer ................................................ 70
Skrotzki : Power Station Engineering & Economy ......... 48
Smith : Foundations Of Materials Science
And Engineering 5th Edition ....................................... 11
Smith : Materials Science And
Engineering 4th Edition (SIE) .................................... 10
Som : Introduction To Fluid Mechanics
And Fluid Machines .................................................... 32
Srinath : Advanced Mechanics Of
Solids 3rd Edition ......................................................... 6
Srinivasan : Automotive Mechanics
2nd Edition .................................................................. 57
Srinivasan : Engineering Materials
And Metallurgy 2nd Edition ........................................ 12
Srivastava : Control Systems .......................................... 14
Stoecker : Design Of Thermal
Systems, 3rd Edition .................................................. 56
Stoecker : Refrigeration And Air
Conditioning 2nd Edition ............................................ 47
Streeter : Fluid Mechanics 9th Edition ............................ 35
Streeter : I-deas Student Guide 2nd Edition ................... 27
Subramanya : Fluid Mechanics And
Hydraulic Machines: Problems A ............................... 33
Sukhatme : Solar Energy: Principles
Of Thermal Collection And ......................................... 45
Suryanarayana : Design And Simulation
Of Thermal Systems .................................................. 56
T
Timoshenko : Engineering Mechanics
Revised 4th Edition (SIE) ............................................. 3
Timoshenko : Theory Of Elastic
Stability 2nd Edition .................................................... 13
Timoshenko : Theory Of Plates
And Shells 2nd Edition ............................................... 27
Treager : Aircraft: Gas Turbine
Engine Technology ..................................................... 49
AUTHOR INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 101
AUTHOR INDEX
Turns : An Introduction To Combustion:
Concepts And Applic .................................................. 44
U
Ugural : Mechanical Design: An
Integrated Approach ................................................... 26
Ugural : Mechanics Of Materials ....................................... 8
Ullman : The Mechanical Design
Process 4th Edition .................................................... 27
Ulrich : Product Design And
Development 4th Edition ............................................ 30
V
Vanek : Energy Systems Engineering ............................. 46
Varmah : Control Systems: Problems
And Solutions .............................................................. 14
Vijaya : Material Science ................................................... 8
Vollmann : Manufacturing Planning And
Control For Supply Chain Management .................... 65
W
Wang : Handbook Of Air Conditioning
And Refrigeration 2nd Edition .................................... 92
Wells : Airport Planning And
Management 5th Edition ............................................ 89
White : Fluid Mechanics 7th
Edition (Sie) (Si Units) ................................................ 33
White : Viscous Fluid Flow 3rd Edition ........................... 36
Whyte : Fatal Traps For Helicopter Pilots ....................... 87
Wiesel : Spaceflight Dynamics 2nd
Edition (Special Indian Edition) .................................. 86
Wilson : Root Cause-analysis: A Tool
For Total Quality Management ................................... 93
Wise : Robotics Demystified:A
Self-teaching Guide .................................................... 23
Wohlers : Applying Autocad 2011 2nd Edition ............... 82
X
Xiang : Computer Graphics
2nd Edition (Schaums Outline Series) ...................... 80
Y
Yahya : Turbines, Compressors
And Fans 4th Edition .................................................. 49
Young : Roark’s Formulas For Stress And
Strain 7th Edition ........................................................ 91
Z
Zeid : Mastering Cad/Cam (SIE) 2nd Editon .................. 81
102 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
TITLE INDEX
INDEX
A
Advanced Mechanics Of
Solids 3rd Edition : Srinath ........................................ 6
Advanced Strength And Applied
Stress Analysis 2nd Edition : Budynas .................... 10
Aircraft Basic Science
7th Edition : Kroes .................................................... 88
Aircraft Electricity &
Electronics 5th Edition : Eismin ............................... 87
Aircraft Maintenance &
Repair 6th Editon : Kroes ......................................... 88
Aircraft Performance
And Design : Anderson ............................................ 86
Aircraft Powerplants
7th Edition : Kroes .................................................... 87
Aircraft Safety 2nd Edition : Krause .............................. 88
Aircraft Systems, 2nd Edition : Lombardo.................... 88
Aircraft: Gas Turbine Engine
Technology : Treager ................................................ 49
Airport Planning And Management
5th Edition : Wells ..................................................... 89
An Introduction To Combustion: Concepts
And Application : Turns ............................................. 44
An Introduction To Mechanics Of
Solids 3rd Edition : Crandall ...................................... 7
An Introduction To Reliability And
Maintainability : Ebeling ........................................... 68
Analytical Dynamics : Baruh ............................................ 5
Applying Autocad 2011 2nd Edition : Wohlers .............. 82
Autocad 2010 Instructor 6th Edition : Leach ................. 82
Automotive Electrical Equipment : Kohli ....................... 60
Automotive Excellence
Volume 1 2nd Edition : Glencoe .............................. 60
Automotive Excellence
Volume 2 2nd Edition : Glencoe .............................. 60
Automotive Mechanics
10th Edition (Special Indian Edition) : Crouse ........ 57
Automotive Mechanics
2nd Edition : Srinivasan ........................................... 57
Automotive Mechanics
Volume 2 8th Edition : May ....................................... 59
Automotive Mechanics
Volume 1 8th Edition : Martin ................................... 59
B
Basic & Applied Thermodynamics
2nd Editon : Nag........................................................ 39
Basic Flight Physiology
3rd Edition : Reinhart ............................................... 94
Basic Refrigeration And Air
Conditioning 3rd Edition : Ananthanarayanan ........ 47
Boiler Operation Engineering Questions
And Answers : Chattopadhyay ................................ 50
Boiler Operator’s
Guide 4th Edition : Kohan ........................................ 51
C
Cad/Cam: Principles And
Applications 3rd Edition : Rao .................................. 81
Cad/Cam:Theory And
Practice 2nd Edition (SIE) : Ibrahim ........................ 80
Calibration Principles : Ramasamy ............................... 68
Chemistry For Environmental
Engineering And Scienc : Sawyer ............................ 72
Computational Fluid Dynamics : Anderson .................. 37
Computational Fluid Dynamics
The Basics With Application : Anderson ................. 34
Computer Graphics : Sinha ........................................... 79
Computer Graphics
(For Doeacc ‘A’ Level) : Isrd Group ......................... 80
Computer Graphics 2nd Edition : Harrington ............... 80
Computer Graphics 2nd Edition
(Schaums Outline Series) : Xiang............................ 80
Concepts In Engineering 2nd Edition : Holtzapple ...... 84
Control Systems : Srivastava ........................................ 14
Control Systems (Sigma Series) : Kumar ..................... 15
Control Systems 3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition) : Joseph ............................. 15
Control Systems: Engineering
2nd Edition : Palani ................................................... 15
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 103
TITLE INDEX
Control Systems: Principles And
Design 3rd Edition : Gopal ....................................... 13
Control Systems: Problems And
Solutions : Varmah.................................................... 14
Convective Heat And Mass
Transfer 4th Edition : Kays ....................................... 44
Convective Heat And Mass
Transfer, 4th Edition : Kays ...................................... 42
Corrosion Engineering : Roberge .................................. 12
D
Design And Simulation Of Thermal
Systems : Suryanarayana ........................................ 56
Design For Electrical And
Computer Engineers : Ford ...................................... 62
Design Of Machine Elements
2nd Edition : Babu .................................................... 25
Design Of Machine Elements
3rd Edition : Bhandari .............................................. 24
Design Of Thermal Systems,
3rd Edition : Stoecker ............................................... 56
Diesel Mechanics, 4th Edition : Schulz ........................ 58
Digital Control And State Variable
Methods: Conven : Gopal ......................................... 13
Doebelin’s Measurement Systems
6th Edition (SIE) : Doebelin ..................................... 51
E
Energy Systems Engineering : Vanek ........................... 46
Engineering Design 4th Edition : Dieter ........................ 62
Engineering Drawing : Agrawal ..................................... 75
Engineering Drawing &
Design, 7th Edition : Jensen .................................... 76
Engineering Drawing And
Design 7th Edition : Jensen ..................................... 78
Engineering Drawing:An
Introduction To Autocad : Jolhe ................................ 75
Engineering Economy 4th Edition : Riggs .................... 64
Engineering Economy 7th Edition : Blank .................... 64
Engineering Fundamentals And
Problem Solving 5th Edition : Eide .......................... 84
Engineering Materials And
Metallurgy 2nd Edition : Srinivasan ......................... 12
Engineering Mechanics : Dubey ...................................... 1
Engineering Mechanics : Nelson ..................................... 4
Engineering Mechanics 4th Edition : Kumar .................. 4
Engineering Mechanics
Revised 4th Edition (SIE) : Timoshenko ................... 3
Engineering Thermodynamics : Arasu .......................... 40
Engineering Thermodynamics
4th Edition : Elonka .................................................. 38
Enginering Drawing 7th Edition : Boundy ..................... 79
Environmental Engineering : Peavy .............................. 72
Environmental Engineering
(Special Indian Edition) : Kiely ................................. 71
Environmental Impact
Assessment 2nd Edition : Canter ............................ 73
Environmental Studies 2nd Edition : Joseph ................ 69
Essential Of Fluid Mechanics : Cimbala ....................... 35
Ethics In Engineering
3rd Edition : Martin ................................................... 73
Experimental Methods For
Engineers 7th Edition (SIE) : Holman...................... 52
F
Factory Physics 3rd Edition : Hopp ............................... 67
Fatal Traps For Helicopter Pilots : Whyte ..................... 87
Finite Element An Introduction To
The Finite Eleme : Reddy ......................................... 60
Finite Element Analysis
(Special Indian Edition) : Buchanan ........................ 61
Finite Element Analysis: Theory And
Programming 2nd Edition : Krishnamurthy ............ 61
Fitting Sidhant, (Hindi) Fitter Trade
Theory 3rd Edition : Singh........................................ 17
Flight Stability And Automatic
Control 2nd Edition : Nelson .................................... 86
Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulics
(Schaum’s Outline Ser : Giles .................................. 34
Fluid Mechanics 7th Edition
(Sie) (Si Units) : White .............................................. 33
Fluid Mechanics 9th Edition : Streeter .......................... 35
104 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Fluid Mechanics And Hydraulic Machines:
Problems A : Subramanya ....................................... 33
Fluid Mechanics Demystified : Potter ........................... 36
Fluid Mechanics:Fundamentals
And Applications 2nd : Cengel ................................. 32
Fluid Mechanicsand Machinery
2nd Edition : Rao ....................................................... 33
Foundations Of Engineering
2nd Edition : Holtzapple ........................................... 84
Foundations Of Materials Science
And Engineering 5th Edition : Smith ........................ 11
Fundamentals Of Aerodynamics
5th Edition (Sie) : Anderson ..................................... 85
Fundamentals Of Finite
Element Analysis : Hutton ........................................ 61
Fundamentals Of Graphics
Communication 6th Edition : Robert ........................ 77
Fundamentals Of Industrial
Instrumentation And Pro : Dunn ............................... 54
Fundamentals Of Machine
Elements 2nd Edition : Hamrock ............................. 26
Fundamentals Of Thermal-fluid
Sciences With Student : Cengel .............................. 35
G
Gas Turbines 3rd Edition : Ganesan ............................. 49
H
Handbook Of Air Conditioning
And Refrigeration 2nd Edition : Wang...................... 92
Handbook Of Gear
Design 2nd Edition : Maitra ...................................... 27
Handbook Of Heat Treatment
Of Steels : Prabhudev .............................................. 94
Handbook Of Mechanical Design : Maitra .................... 27
Hazardous Waste
Management 2nd Edition : Lagrega ........................ 72
Heat And Mass Transfer
3rd Edition : Nag........................................................ 42
Heat And Mass Transfer Fundamentals
And Application : Cengel .......................................... 41
Heat And Mass Transfer: A
Practical Approach 4th Edition : Cengel .................. 43
Heat Transfer 10th Edition : Holman ............................. 42
Heat Transfer 10th Edition
(Special Indian Edition : Holman.............................. 41
Human Factors In Engineering
And Design 7th Editio : Sanders .............................. 63
Hvac Equations, Data And
Rules Of Thumb 2nd Edition : Bell ........................... 48
I
I-deas Student Guide 2nd Edition : Streeter ................. 27
Illustrated Dictionary Of Aviation : Kumar ..................... 89
Industrial Energy Efficiency Handbook : Bannister ..... 62
Industrial Instrumentation
And Control 3rd Edition : Singh ............................... 53
Industrial Robotics (Sie): Technology,
Programming : Groover ............................................ 22
Industrial Safety Management:Hazard
Identification : Deshmukh ........................................ 63
Instrumentation 2nd Edition : Rangan........................... 53
Instrumentation, Measurements And
Analysis 3rd Edition : Nakra ..................................... 52
Intermediate Mechanics Of
Materials : Barber ..................................................... 11
Internal Combustion Engine
Fundamentals : Heywood ........................................ 50
Internal Combustion Engines,
4th Edition : Ganesan ............................................... 49
Introduction To Physical Metallurgy
2nd Edition : Avner .................................................... 12
Introduction To Data Acquisition
With Labview Cd-r : King .......................................... 55
Introduction To Engineering And
The Environment : Rubin ......................................... 72
Introduction To Engineering
Ethics 2nd Edition : Martin ....................................... 73
Introduction To Engineering
Materials : Agarwal ................................................... 10
Introduction To Environmental
Engineering 4th Edition : Davis ............................... 70
Introduction To Environmental Science
And Engineer : Sivakumar ....................................... 70
Introduction To Flight 6th Edition
(SIE) : Anderson ....................................................... 86
TITLE INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 105
Introduction To Fluid Mechanics
And Fluid Machines : Som........................................ 32
Introduction To Graphics Communications
For Engine : Robert .................................................. 76
Introduction To Machine Design : Bhandari ................. 25
Introduction To Manufacturing
Processes, 3rd Edition : Schey ................................ 18
Introduction To Mechatronics And
Measurement System : Alciatore ...................... 29, 53
Introduction To Robotics : Saha ..................................... 22
Introduction To Thermodynamics And
Heat Transfer W : Cengel ......................................... 40
J
Jigs And Fixtures 2nd Edition : Joshi ............................ 21
Jigs And Fixtures:Non Standard
Clamping Devices : Grant ........................................ 21
Juran Quality Control Handbook
5th Edition : Juran ..................................................... 92
Juran’s Quality Planning &
Analysis 5th Edition : Gryna ..................................... 69
K
Kinematics And Dynamics Of
Machinery (Special Indian Edition) : Norton ............ 24
L
Lean Six Sigma For Service: How To
Use Lean Speed : George ........................................ 93
Lean Six Sigma Using Sigmaxl
And Minitab : Bass .................................................... 92
Lean Six Sigma: Combining Six
Sigma Quality With L : George ................................ 93
M
Machine Design (In Si Units)
(Special Indian Edition : Hall .................................... 26
Machine Design (Sigma Series) : Kulkarni .................. 25
Machine Drawing : Sidheshwar .................................... 83
Machine Drawing: Includes Autocad
2nd Edition : Singh ................................................... 83
Machine Tool Design And Numerical
Control 2nd Editon : Mehta ....................................... 19
Machine Tool Design And Numerical
Control, 3rd Edition : Mehta ...................................... 18
Machine Tool Design Handbook : Cengel ..................... 89
Machine Tools Handbook:
Design And Construction : Joshi .............................. 94
Machining & Cnc Technology With
Student Dvd, Update : Fitzpatrick ........................... 20
Maintenance Engineering
Handbook 7th Edition : Mobley ................................ 90
Manufacturing Planning
And Control : Jonsson ............................................. 65
Manufacturing Planning And Control
For Supply Chain Management : Vollmann ............ 65
Manufacturing Technology: (Volume-1) Foundry, Form :
Rao ............................................................................. 16
Manufacturing Technology:
(Volume-2) Metal Cutting : Rao ................................ 16
Marks’ Standard Handbook For
Mechanical Engineers : Avallone ............................. 91
Mastering Cad/Cam (SIE) 2nd Editon : Zeid ................ 81
Material Science : Narula ................................................. 9
Material Science : Vijaya .................................................. 8
Materials Science And
Engineering 4th Edition (SIE) : Smith ...................... 10
Mathematical Elements For Computer
Graphics 2nd Edition : Rogers ................................. 80
Mcgraw-hill Concise Encyclopedia
Of Engineering : Mcgraw-hill ................................... 93
Measurement And Data Analysis
For Engineering And : Dunn ..................................... 55
Mechanical Behavior Of
Materials, 2nd Edition : Courtney .............................. 7
Mechanical Design: An
Integrated Approach : Ugural ................................... 26
Mechanical Metallurgy 3rd Edition : Dieter ................... 12
Mechanical Vibrations : Gowda ..................................... 28
Mechanical Vibrations
(Special Indian Edition) : Kelly ................................. 28
Mechanics For Engineers:
Dynamics 5th Edition : Beer ....................................... 5
TITLE INDEX
106 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Mechanics For Engineers:
Statics 5th Edition : Beer ............................................ 4
Mechanics Of Materials : Ugural ..................................... 8
Mechanics Of Materials
5th Edition (Si Units) (Sie) : Beer .............................. 6
Mechatronics : Hindustan Machine Tools Ltd. ........... 30
Mechatronics Principles:Concepts
And Applications : Mahalik ....................................... 30
Mems : Mahalik .............................................................. 21
Mems And Microsystems Design
And Manufature : Hsu ............................................... 22
Metrology And Measurements : Bewoor ....................... 51
Microfluid Mechanics : Liou ........................................... 37
Modern Compressible Flow With
Historical Perspectice : Anderson ........................... 36
Modern Machining Process : Pandey............................ 17
Modular Design For Machine Tools : Ito ........................ 19
N
Niebel’s Methods, Standards, & Work
Design 12th Edition : Freivalds ................................ 63
Non Conventional Energy
Resources 2nd Edition : Khan.................................. 45
O
Oil Hydraulic Systems : Majumdar................................ 57
P
Planning And Design Of
Airports 5th Edition : Horonjeff ................................ 89
Plasma Science And Creation
Of Wealth : John ....................................................... 13
Pneumatic Systems:Principles And
Maintenance : Majumdar .......................................... 57
Power Plant Engineering
3rd Edition : Nag........................................................ 48
Power Plant Technology : El-wakil ................................ 48
Power Station Engineering
& Economy : Skrotzki ............................................... 48
Principles Of Environmental Engineering
& Science : Davis ...................................................... 71
Principles Of Environmental
Science: Inquiry And : Cunningham........................ 70
Principles Of Foundry Technology
5th Edition : Jain ....................................................... 16
Principles Of Industrial Instrumentation
3rd Edition : Patranabis ........................................... 54
Principles Of Interactive Computer
Graphics 2nd Edition : Newman .............................. 80
Principles Of Metal Casting
2nd Editon : Heine .................................................... 17
Pro Engineer-wildfire
Instructor 5th Edition : Kelley ................................... 77
Procedural Elements For Computer
Graphics 2nd Edition : David.................................... 79
Process Heat Transfer : Kern ........................................ 43
Product Design And
Development 4th Edition : Ulrich ............................. 30
Production & Operations
Management 4th Edition : Chary .............................. 66
Production And Operations
Analysis 6th Edition : Nahmias ................................ 66
Production Technology : Hmt ......................................... 17
Project Management 5th Edition : Cleland ................... 93
Project Management In New
Product Development : Barkley ............................... 31
Properties Of Gas And Liquids
5th Edition : Poling ..................................................... 9
Pump Handbook 4th Edition : Karassik ........................ 56
Pump Operation And
Maintenance : Hicks ................................................. 55
Purchasing And Materials
Management : Gopalakrishnan ............................... 67
Q
Quality Management 3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition) : Gitlow ............................... 69
Quality Management Handbook : Hradesky ................. 93
Quality Without Tears : Crosby...................................... 93
TITLE INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 107
R
Refrigeration And Air Conditioning
2nd Edition : Stoecker .............................................. 47
Refrigeration And Air
Conditioning 3rd Edition : Arora ............................... 47
Reliability Engineering : Balagurusamy ....................... 68
Roark’s Formulas For Stress And
Strain 7th Edition : Young ......................................... 91
Robotics And Control : Mittal ......................................... 23
Robotics Control, Sensing,
Vision, And Intelligen : Freivalds ............................. 23
Robotics Demystified:A
Self-teaching Guide : Wise ....................................... 23
Robotics Technology And Flexible
Automation 2nd Edition : Deb ................................... 23
Root Cause-analysis: A Tool For
Total Quality Management : Wilson ......................... 93
S
Schaum’s Outline Of Engineering
Mechanic 5th Edition : Mclean ................................... 5
Schaum’s Outline Of Heat
Transfer 2nd Edition : Pitts ....................................... 44
Schaum’s Outline Of Statics
And Strength Of Materi : Jackson ........................... 11
Schaum’s Outlines Thermodynamics
2nd Edition (SIE) : Potter ......................................... 40
Schaum’s Outline Of Fluid
Dynamics 3rd Edition : Hughes ............................... 36
Shigley’s Mechanical Engineering
Design 9th Editio : Budynas..................................... 24
Shop Theory 6th Edition : Anderson ............................. 18
Simulation Modeling And
Analysis 4th Edition (SIE) : Law ............................... 74
Simulation Modeling Methods
To Reduce Risks And In : Harrington ...................... 74
Simulation Using Promodel
3rd Edition : Harrell ................................................... 75
Simulation With Arena
4th Edition : Kelton ................................................... 73
Small Gas Engine
Repair 3rd Edition : Dempsey ................................. 90
Solar Energy Fundamentals
And Applications : Garg ............................................ 46
Solar Energy Projects For
The Evil Genius : Harper .......................................... 46
Solar Energy: Principles Of
Thermal Collection And : Sukhatme ........................ 45
Solid Mechanics Revised
1st Edition : Kazimi ................................................... 11
Spaceflight Dynamics 2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition) : Wiesel .............................. 86
Standard Boiler Operators Questions
And Answers : Elonka .............................................. 50
Standard Boiler Room Questions
And Answers 3rd Edition : Elonka ........................... 50
Statics And Mechanics Of Materials : Beer ..................... 9
Statics And Strength Of
Materials 2nd Edition : Cheng .................................. 10
Statistical Quality Control
7th Edition : Grant ..................................................... 69
Steam Plant Operations
8th Edition : Lammers ........................................ 45, 91
Strength Of Materials : Sarkar ......................................... 8
Strength Of Materials (Sigma Series) : Negi ................... 8
Strength Of Materials 2nd Edition : Rattan ..................... 5
Strength Of Materials 5th Edition
(Special Indian Edition) : Nash ................................... 7
Structure And Properties Of
Engineering Materials : Murthy .................................. 9
Structures And Properties Of
Engineering Materials : Henkel ................................ 11
System Dynamics 2nd Edition : Palm ........................... 29
Taguchi Techniques For Quality
Engineering 2nd Edition : Ross ................................ 93
T
Technical Graphics
Communication 3rd Edition : Robert ....................... 78
Technical Graphics
Communications 4th Edition : Robert ...................... 77
Technology Of Machine
Tools 7th Edition : Krar ............................................. 19
Technology Ventures: From Idea
To Enterprise 2nd Edition : Dorf ............................... 85
TITLE INDEX
108 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
TITLE INDEX
Testing Of Metals : Nayar ............................................... 12
Textbook Of Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic
Machines : Pati .......................................................... 32
The Engineering Properties Of
Soil And Their Measu : Bowles ................................ 71
The Mechanical Design
Process 4th Edition : Ullman .................................... 27
The Metals Databook : Nayar ........................................ 89
The Six Sigma Black
Belt Handbook : Mccarty .......................................... 91
The Six Sigma Handbook
3rd Edition : Pzydek .................................................. 92
The Steel Handbook : Nayar .......................................... 91
Theory Of Elastic
Stability 2nd Edition : Timoshenko .......................... 13
Theory Of Machines
3rd Edition : Rattan ................................................... 23
Theory Of Plates And
Shells 2nd Edition : Timoshenko ............................. 27
Thermal Engineering : Rathore ..................................... 37
Thermal Engineering : Sarkar ........................................ 41
Thermal Radiation Engineering:
For Solar Power Ene : Petela ................................... 43
Thermodynamics : Arora ................................................ 39
Thermodynamics An Engineering
Approach 7th Edition : Cengel ................................. 38
Thermodynamics An Engineering
Approach With Student : Cengel .............................. 38
Thermodynamics Demystified : Pohl ............................ 41
Tool Design (Sie), 4th Edition : Donaldson .................. 18
Total Quality Management : Gupta ................................ 68
Total Quality Management : Ramaswamy .................... 68
Total Quality Management:
A Primer : Raju .......................................................... 93
Troubleshooting And Repair Of Diesel
Engines 4th Edition : Dempsey ................................ 89
Turbines, Compressors And
Fans 4th Edition : Yahya ........................................... 49
V
Vector Mechanics For Engineers:
Dynamics 9th Edition : Beer ....................................... 3
Vector Mechanics For Engineers:
Dynamics, (Si Units) : Beer ....................................... 3
Vector Mechanics For Engineers:
Statics 9th Edition : Beer ............................................ 2
Vector Mechanics For Engineers:
Statics And Dynami : Beer .......................................... 1
Vector Mechanics For Engineers:
Statics And Dynami : Beer .......................................... 1
Vector Mechanics For Engineers:
Statics, (Si Units) : Beer ............................................. 2
Virtual Instrumentation Using
Labview: Principles : Gupta ...................................... 54
Viscous Fluid Flow 3rd Edition : White ......................... 36
W
Water Wells & Pumps
2nd Edition : Michael ................................................ 56
Welding And Welding
Technology : Little ..................................................... 20
Welding Principles And Practices
3rd Edition : Sacks .................................................... 20
Workshop Practice 2nd Edition : Bawa ......................... 17
World Class Quality: An
Executive Handbook : Lulla ...................................... 93
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 109
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
SUBJECT INDEX
ENGINEERING MECHANICS .................................................................................................................................................. 1
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS .................................................................................................................................................. 5
METALLURGY ........................................................................................................................................................................ 12
ELASTICITY ............................................................................................................................................................................ 13
CONTROL SYSTEMS ............................................................................................................................................................ 13
MANUFACTURING METHODS ............................................................................................................................................. 16
MACHINE TOOL DESIGN ..................................................................................................................................................... 18
WELDING ............................................................................................................................................................................... 20
JIGS & FIXTURES ................................................................................................................................................................. 21
MEMS ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 21
ROBOTICS.............................................................................................................................................................................. 22
KINEMATICS / DYNAMICS OF MACHINES......................................................................................................................... 23
DYNAMICS OF MACHINES................................................................................................................................................... 24
MACHINE SESIGN ................................................................................................................................................................. 24
PLATES & SHELLS ............................................................................................................................................................... 27
MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS ................................................................................................................................................. 28
DYNAMIC SYSTEMS ............................................................................................................................................................. 28
MECHATRONICS ................................................................................................................................................................... 29
PRODUCT PLANNING AND DESIGN................................................................................................................................... 30
FLUID MECHANICS ............................................................................................................................................................... 31
VISCOUS FLUID FLOW ........................................................................................................................................................ 36
FLUID MECHANICS (ADVANCED/COMPRESSIBLE FLOW GAS DYNAMICS) ............................................................... 36
COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS ................................................................................................................................. 37
THERMAL ENGINEERING .................................................................................................................................................... 37
HEAT TRANSFER................................................................................................................................................................... 41
COMBUSTION ENGINEERING ............................................................................................................................................. 44
ENERGY CONVERSION........................................................................................................................................................ 45
REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING HVAC ................................................................................................................. 47
110 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
POWER PLANT ENGINEERING ........................................................................................................................................... 48
TURBINES .............................................................................................................................................................................. 49
IC ENGINES ............................................................................................................................................................................ 49
BOILER OPERATION ............................................................................................................................................................ 50
MEASUREMENTS/EXPERIMENTAL METHODS /INSTRUMENTATION ............................................................................ 51
PUMP ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 55
THERMAL SYSTEM DESIGN................................................................................................................................................ 56
HYDRAULICS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 57
AUTOMOTIVE MECHANICS ................................................................................................................................................. 57
FINITE ELEMENT METHOD ................................................................................................................................................. 60
GENERAL ENGINEERING .................................................................................................................................................... 61
ENGINEERING ECONOMY ................................................................................................................................................... 64
PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT/ INVENTORY CONTROL ................................................................. 65
QUALITY CONTROL/RELIABILITY ENGINEERING ............................................................................................................ 68
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING ...................................................................................................................................... 69
ENGINEERING ETHICS ........................................................................................................................................................ 73
SIMULATION .......................................................................................................................................................................... 73
ENGINEERING DRAWING .................................................................................................................................................... 75
COMPUTER GRAPHICS ....................................................................................................................................................... 79
CAD/CAM ................................................................................................................................................................................ 80
AUTOCAD ............................................................................................................................................................................... 82
MACHINE DRAWING ............................................................................................................................................................. 83
INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING / PROBLEM SOLVING ............................................................................................. 84
ENTREPRENEURSHIP .......................................................................................................................................................... 84
AERODYNAMICS ................................................................................................................................................................... 85
STABILITY AND CONTROL .................................................................................................................................................. 86
DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT ......................................................................................................................................................... 86
FLIGHT .................................................................................................................................................................................... 86
AVIATION TECHNOLGOY ..................................................................................................................................................... 87
PROFESSIONAL REFERENCES.......................................................................................................................................... 89
Tata McGraw-Hill Education is bringing 21st century custom publishing solution to India with
McGraw-Hill Create (www.mcgrawhillcreate.in), an innovative platform that gives instructors
unprecedented control over and customization of higher education classroom content.
Increasingly, instructors are looking for low-cost solutions that offer the ability to integrate
content from multiple disciplines, allow them to seamlessly incorporate their own material,
contain enhanced search functions and promise faster delivery times. Instructors are
demanding content solutions that are tailored to the way they teach. It is with these needs in
mind that Create has been developed.
The create platform enables professors to design custom classroom content from a library of
nearly 50,000 sources. At Create's core is a Google-like search engine functionality that enables
professors to immediately pull from a wide range of quality content, including 4,000 McGraw-
Hill textbooks, 5,500 articles, 11,000 literature, philosophy and humanities readings, and 25,000
business case studies from prominent business schools across the world. This powerful search
tool allows professors to view content across the library, or limit their search by category, such
as discipline or copyright year.
CREATE, which is now being used by higher education institutions worldwide, is currently
available across all 75 disciplines for which McGraw-Hill supplies content.
To know more, please contact
Marketing Manager
Higher Education
vijay_sarathi@mcgraw-hill.com
Tel : + 91-120-4383400/ 3486
Vijay Sarathi
The Next- Generation
Custom Publishing
Platform
press
Tata McGraw-Hill, India’s leading publisher of text and reference books now offers
Express-a library of selet e-books in Engineering, Computing, Technology and
Management areas.
Express is available in India on the Mylibrary platform. MyLibrary is an industry-leading
e-content aggregation platform for public, academic and professional libraries areound
the world. I
The easy-to-navigate user interface allows for fast access to electronic information,
making Express an indispensable tool for Engineering , Computing, Science &
Technology library users. This is supported by flexible authentication, comprehensive
search and retrieval capabilities and the ability for individual users to annotate and store
searches and notes for access at a later date.
Express features 500 key works spread across Civil Engineering, Computing, Electrical
Engineering, Electronics Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Business Management,
Science and Mathematics. These carefully selected best-sellers include works of authors
such as APJ Abdul Kalam, Ajoy Ghatak, Gerd Keiser, D P Kothari, P K Nag, A K Ray, Jacob
Millman, Dennis Roddy, Elaine Rich among others.
Express is certain to be a very valuable addition to your digital library.
To know more, please contact.
Marketing Manager
Higher Education
vijay_sarathi@mcgraw-hill.com
Tel : + 91-120-4383400/ 3486
Vijay Sarathi